Toyota Camry 1999 SIL

FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide information on the electrical system of the 1999 CAMRY...

94 downloads 848 Views 6MB Size Report

This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
Report copyright / DMCA form

DOWNLOAD PDF

FOREWORD This wiring diagram manual has been prepared to provide information on the electrical system of the 1999 CAMRY.

Applicable models: MCV20 Series SXV20 Series

For service specifications and repair procedures of the above models other than those listed in this manual, refer to the following manuals;

Manual Name 1999 CAMRY Repair Manual Volume 1 Volume 2 1999 TOYOTA New Car Features

Pub. No. RM654U1 RM654U2 NCF160U

All information in this manual is based on the latest product information at the time of publication. However, specifications and procedures are subject to change without notice.

NOTICE When handling supplemental restraint system components (removal, installation or inspection, etc.), always follow the direction given in the repair manuals listed above to prevent accidents and supplemental restraint system malfunction.

A INTRODUCTION This manual consists of the following 12 sections: No.

Section

Description

INDEX

Index of the contents of this manual.

INTRODUCTION

Brief explanation of each section.

B

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

Instructions on how to use this manual.

C

TROUBLE– SHOOTING

Describes the basic inspection procedures for electrical circuits.

D

ABBREVIATIONS

Defines the abbreviations used in this manual.

E

GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS

Defines the symbols and functions of major parts.

F

RELAY LOCATIONS

Shows position of the Electronic Control Unit, Relays, Relay Block, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit.

G

ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING

Describes position of Parts Connectors, Splice points, Ground points, etc. This section is closely related to the system circuit.

INDEX

Index of the system circuits.

SYSTEM CIRCUITS

Electrical circuits of each system are shown from the power supply through ground points. Wiring connections and their positions are shown and classified by code according to the connection method. (Refer to the section, ”How to use this manual”). The ”System Outline” and ”Service Hints” useful for troubleshooting are also contained in this section.

I

GROUND POINTS

Shows ground positions of all parts described in this manual.

J

OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

Provides circuit diagrams showing the circuit connections.

K

POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

Describes power distribution from the power supply to various electrical loads.

L

PART NUMBER OF CONNECTORS

Indicates the part number of the connectors used in this manual.

A

H

HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL B This manual provides information on the electrical circuits installed on vehicles by dividing them into a circuit for each system. The actual wiring of each system circuit is shown from the point where the power source is received from the battery as far as each ground point. (All circuit diagrams are shown with the switches in the OFF position.) When troubleshooting any problem, first understand the operation of the circuit where the problem was detected (see System Circuit section), the power source supplying power to that circuit (see Power Source section), and the ground points (see Ground Points section). See the System Outline to understand the circuit operation. When the circuit operation is understood, begin troubleshooting of the problem circuit to isolate the cause. Use Relay Location and Electrical Wiring Routing sections to find each part, junction block and wiring harness connectors, wiring harness and wiring harness connectors, splice points, and ground points of each system circuit. Internal wiring for each junction block is also provided for better understanding of connection within a junction block. Wiring related to each system is indicated in each system circuit by arrows (from__, to__). When overall connections are required, see the Overall Electrical Wiring Diagram at the end of this manual.

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ∗ The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

[A]

STOP LIGHT FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 66)

,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, ,,,,,,,,,, [C]

15A STOP

7. 5A GAUGE

4 IB

2

1

,,,, @@@@ ÀÀÀÀ @@@@ ÀÀÀÀ ,,,, @@@@ ÀÀÀÀ ,,,, @@@@ ÀÀÀÀ ,,,, @@@@ ÀÀÀÀ ,,,, @@@@ ÀÀÀÀ ,,,, @@@@ ÀÀÀÀ ,,,, 7 3C

[G]

15 3C R–L

W–R

R (W/G)

3 IB

L (S/D)

[B]

R–L

4 2

C7 REAR LIGHTS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

S6 STOP LIGHT SW 14

[E]

IE1

13

1 G–W

[D]

L (S/D)

I5

[F]

G–W

Y–G

G–W TO ABS ECU

[H]

7

L4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

8 DELAY CIRCUIT

[J]

B18

H17 HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT

[L] 1

W–B B18 W–B

1 BV1

W–B

W–B

W–B

3

2

BO

50

[N]

[M]

BL

W–B

4

[K]

(SHIELDED) R6 STOP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

R7 STOP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]

G–R

G–R

G–R

1 BV1

3

11

G

[I]

4

1

G–R

2

4

B [I]

[A] : System Title [B] : Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and only the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the J/B Example :

Indicates Relay Block No.1

: Indicates the wiring color. Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code. B

= Black

W = White

BR = Brown

L

= Blue

V

SB = Sky Blue

= Violet

R = Red

O = Orange LG = Light Green

[C] : ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector, etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, or specification is different.

P

Y

[D] : Indicates related system.

The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the second letter indicates the color of the stripe.

[E] : Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is shown with arrows ( ). Outside numerals are pin numbers.

= Pink

= Yellow

G = Green

Example:

L–Y

L (Blue)

Female

Male (

)

GR = Gray

Y (Yellow)

[J] : Indicates a wiring Splice Point (Codes are ”E” for the Engine Room, ”I” for the Instrument Panel, and ”B” for the Body).

The first letter of the code for each wiring harness and wiring harness connector(s) indicates the component’s location, e.g, ”E” for the Engine Compartment, ”I” for the Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and ”B” for the Body and Surrounding area. When more than one code has the first and second letters in common, followed by numbers (e.g, IH1, IH2), this indicates the same type of wiring harness and wiring harness connector. [F] : Represents a part (all parts are shown in sky blue). The code is the same as the code used in parts position. [G] : Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No. and the connector code is shown beside it). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other parts.

Example:

,,,, ,,,, 3C indicates ,,,, that it is inside ,,,, Junction Block ,,,, No.3 ,,,, ,,,,

The Location of splice Point I 5 is indicated by the shaded section. [K] : Indicates a shielded cable.

[L] : Indicates the pin number of the connector. The numbering system is different for female and male connectors. Example : Numbered in order from upper left to lower right

Female

Numbered in order from upper right to lower left

Male

[M] : Indicates a ground point. [H] : When 2 parts both use one connector in common, the parts connector name used in the wire routing section is shown in square brackets [ ].

The first letter of the code for each ground point(s) indicates the component’s location, e.g, ”E” for the Engine Compartment, ”I” for the Instrument Panel and Surrounding area, and ”B” for the Body and Surrounding area. [N] : Page No.

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL [O]

SYSTEM OUTLINE Current is applied at all times through the STOP fuse to TERMINAL 2 of the stop light SW. When the ignition SW is turned on, current flows from the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 8 of the light failure sensor, and also flows through the rear lights warning light to TERMINAL 4 of the light failure sensor.

STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING When the ignition SW is turned on and the brake pedal is pressed (Stop light SW on), if the stop light circuit is open, the current flowing from TERMINAL 7 of the light failure sensor to TERMINALS 1, 2 changes, so the light failure sensor detects the disconnection and the warning circuit of the light failure sensor is activated. As a result, the current flows from TERMINAL 4 of the light failure sensor to TERMINAL 11 to GROUND and turns the rear lights warning light on. By pressing the brake pedal, the current flowing to TERMINAL 8 of the light failure sensor keeps the warning circuit on and holds the warning light on until the ignition SW is turned off.

[P]

SERVICE HINTS

S6 STOP LIGHT SW 2–1 : Closed with the brake pedal depressed

L4 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR 1, 2, 7–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the stop light SW on 4, 8–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position 11–GROUND : Always continuity

[Q]

: PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

See Page

Code

See Page

34

L4

36

R7

37

H17

36

R6

37

S6

35

[R]

: RELAY BLOCKS Code 1

[S]

Code

C7

See Page 18

Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location)

R/B No.1 (Instrument Panel Left)

@@@ ÀÀÀ ,,, : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR ,,, @@@ ÀÀÀ ,,, @@@ ÀÀÀ Code See Page

Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

[T]

IB

20

Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

3C

22

Instrument Panel Wire and J/B No.3 (Instrument Panel Left Side)

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code

[U]

See Page

Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location)

IE1

42

Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)

BV1

50

Luggage Room Wire and Floor Wire (Luggage Compartment Left)

: GROUND POINTS Code

[V]

See Page

Ground Points Location

BL

50

Under the Left Quarter Pillar

BO

50

Back Panel Center

: SPLICE POINTS Code

[W]

I5

See Page 44

Wire Harness with Splice Points

Code

Cowl Wire

B18

C7

H17

See Page 50

Wire Harness with Splice Points Luggage Room Wire

L4

R6

R7

1 2 4 X X 7 8 X 11 X

X

X

3

3

6

6

S6

GRAY

4 X

13

1

2

[X]

1

2

B [O] : Explains the system outline. [P] : Indicates values or explains the function for reference during troubleshooting. [Q] : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of the parts in the system circuit. Example : Part ”L4” (Light Failure Sensor) is on page 36 of the manual. ∗ The letter in the code is from the first letter of the part, and the number indicates its order in parts starting with that letter. Example : L 4

Á Á

Parts is 4th in order Light Failure Sensor

[R] : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of Relay Block Connectors in the system circuit. Example : Connector ”1” is described on page 18 of this manual and is installed on the left side of the instrument panel. [S] : Indicates the reference page showing the position on the vehicle of J/B and Wire Harness in the system circuit. Example : Connector ”3C” connects the Instrument Panel Wire and J/B No.3. It is described on page 22 of this manual, and is installed on the instrument panel left side. [T] : Indicates the reference page describing the wiring harness and wiring harness connector (the female wiring harness is shown first, followed by the male wiring harness). Example : Connector ”IE1” connects the floor wire (female) and Instrument panel wire (male). It is described on page 42 of this manual, and is installed on the left side kick panel. [U] : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the ground points on the vehicle. Example : Ground point ”BO” is described on page 50 of this manual and is installed on the back panel center. [V] : Indicates the reference page showing the position of the splice points on the vehicle. Example : Splice point ”I5” is on the Cowl Wire Harness and is described on page 44 of this manual. [W]: Indicates connector to be connected to a part (the numeral indicates the pin No.) Explanation of pin use.

Pins used in the system circuit. Occupied positions, but not applicable to the system circuit. Unoccupied positions. The pins shown [X] : Connector Colorare only for the highest grade, or only include those in the specification. Connectors not indicated are milky white in color.

HINT : Junction Connector

Same Color

Short Terminal

Junction connector (code: J1 to J40) in this manual include a short terminal which is connected to a number of wire harnesses. Always perform inspection with the short terminal installed. (When installing the wire harnesses, the harnesses can be connected to any position within the short terminal grouping. Accordingly, in other vehicles, the same position in the short terminal may be connected to a wire harness from a different part.) Wire harness sharing the same short terminal grouping have the same color.

B HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL The ground points circuit diagram shows the connections from all major parts to the respective ground points. When troubleshooting a faulty ground point, checking the system circuits which use a common ground may help you identify the problem ground quickly. The relationship between ground points ( EA , IB and IC shown below) can also be checked this way.

I GROUND POINT FAN MAIN RELAY

5

A/C FAN RELAY NO.2

5

A/C FAN RELAY NO.3

5

E3

O/D MAIN SW

E3

CLOCK

W–B

W–B

A

A

A

A

E5

E6

W–B

FRONT SIDE MARKER LIGHT RH

W–B

FRONT SIDE MARKER LIGHT LH

W–B

BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW W–B

W–B

,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,, ,,,,

W–B

I4 W–B

2 IA1

B4

COMBINATION METER W–B

1 3D

W–B

CRUISE CONTROL MIRROR SW

3 3F

W–B

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW

13 3G

W–B TURN SIGNAL FLASHER

5 W–B 3E

I2

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW

6 3E

I2

LIGHT CONTROL SW [COMB. SW] WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW]

W–B

I5

15 ID1

W–B

W–B I5

W–B

W–B BLOWER RESISTOR 8 IB1 W–B

I8

W–B A/C AMPLIFIER

4

4

POWER WINDOW CONTROL RELAY

B5

DOOR KEY LOCK SW LH

B5

DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW

FUEL CONTROL SW 3 IC3

I5

W–B WOOFER AMPLIFIER BR

COMBINATION METER

4 BR

BR 4

I3

BR I3

COMBINATION METER BR FUEL SENDER

W–B

4

BR

BR

5 BA1

W–B

AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR

B5

(4A–GZE)

W–B HEATER RELAY

POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

I5

4 W–B

BR

B5

DOOR LOCK MOTOR LH W–B

4 RADIO AND PLAYER

UNLOCK WARNING SW

W–B

W–B

HORN SW [COMB. SW] DIMMER SW [COMB. SW]

I2

W–B

10 EA2

I4

BLOWER SW

I5

W–B

B4

W–B

I6

W–B

EA

ELECTRICAL IDLE−UP CUT RELAY (M/T)

HEATER SERVO MOTOR AMPLIFIER

PARKING BRAKE SW

7 W–B 3C

E4

B4

I6

W–B

7 3B

W–B

DOOR LOCK MOTOR RH

A

E5

E4

W–B HEATER CONTROL ASSEMBLY

J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W–B

W–B

W–B

E4

W–B

DOOR KEY LOCK SW RH

A

E2

E4

W–B

W–B

E3

W–B

DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH

DOOR LOCK CONTROL RELAY

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

E3

W–B

RETRACT MOTOR LH

PARKING LIGHT LH

W–B

W–B

RETRACT MOTOR RH

FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH

W–B

W–B

RETRACT CONTROL RELAY

PARKING LIGHT RH

W–B

W–B

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH

W–B

W–B

5

W–B

FAN MAIN RELAY

IB

IC

∗ The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

B The ”Current Flow Chart” section, describes which parts each power source (fuses, fusible links, and circuit breakers) transmits current to. In the Power Source circuit diagram, the conditions when battery power is supplied to each system are explained. Since all System Circuit diagrams start from the power source, the power source system must be fully understood.

K POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) The chart below shows the route by which current flows from the battery to each electrical source (Fusible Link, Circuit Breaker, Fuse, etc.) and other parts. 10A ECU–B Short Pin

2

2 7.5A DOME

15A EFI Battery

30A AM2

Fusible Link Block

2

10A HAZARD

6

2 20A RADIO NO.1 Starter

S2 10A HORN 100A ALT

60A ABS

6

5

Engine Room R/B (See Page 20) Fuse 20A

10A

System

Page

STOP

ABS ABS and Traction Control Cruise Control Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator Multiplex Communication System

194 187 180 166 210

DOME

Cigarette Lighter and Clock Combination Meter Headlight Interior Light Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning Light Auto Turn Off Theft Deterrent and Door Lock Control

214 230 112 122

POWER SOURCE

40A DOOR LOCK CB 1.25B FL MAIN

W

W

W

2

2

7 EB1

W

W

B

W

B

1

7.5A DOME

I2 50A MAIN

E7

2

W–L

W

W

W

I2

1

1

R

W I2

1

B

W 1

W

B

2

2

4

W–B 2

B

4

B

B

2

3

2

4

1

2

1

W–B 2

2

3

B–W

1

3

2

G

15A TAIL 1

20A DEFOG

B–Y 1

G

W–R 1

B

2

1

4

I8 IGNITION SW

B–W

STARTER RELAY

E7

8

IG1

3

ACC

2

1

IG2

B

2

1 TAIL RELAY

INJECTION RELAY B–O

E7

2 W

15A HAZ–RADIO

AM1

2

6 EB1 W–R

W–R 2

AM2

E7

7.5A AM2

B

G–W

W

BATTERY 3 EA2 1 EA1

W–B

1

1

E6

15A RAD CIG

B–Y 1

P–L 1

∗ The system shown here is an EXAMPLE ONLY. It is different to the actual circuit shown in the SYSTEM CIRCUITS SECTION.

C TROUBLESHOOTING To Ignition SW IG Terminal

Fuse [A]

SW 1

Voltmeter [B]

VOLTAGE CHECK (a) Establish conditions in which voltage is present at the check point. Example: [A] – Ignition SW on [B] – Ignition SW and SW 1 on [C] – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (SW 2 off) (b) Using a voltmeter, connect the negative lead to a good ground point or negative battery terminal, and the positive lead to the connector or component terminal. This check can be done with a test light instead of a voltmeter.

Relay [C]

Solenoid

SW 2

CONTINUITY AND RESISTANCE CHECK (a) Disconnect the battery terminal or wire so there is no voltage between the check points. (b) Contact the two leads of an ohmmeter to each of the check points.

Ohmmeter

SW

If the circuit has diodes, reverse the two leads and check again. When contacting the negative lead to the diode positive side and the positive lead to the negative side, there should be continuity. When contacting the two leads in reverse, there should be no continuity.

Ohmmeter

Diode

(c) Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V minimum) for troubleshooting of the electrical circuit. Digital Type

Analog Type

C To Ignition SW IG Terminal

Test Light

Fuse Case Short [A]

SW 1 Short [B] Disconnect Disconnect Light

(a) Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads of the fuse. (b) Connect a test light in place of the fuse. (c) Establish conditions in which the test light comes on. Example: [A] – Ignition SW on [B] – Ignition SW and SW 1 on [C] – Ignition SW, SW 1 and Relay on (Connect the Relay) and SW 2 off (or Disconnect SW 2) (d) Disconnect and reconnect the connectors while watching the test light. The short lies between the connector where the test light stays lit and the connector where the light goes out. (e) Find the exact location of the short by lightly shaking the problem wire along the body.

CAUTION:

Relay Short [C]

Disconnect SW 2

FINDING A SHORT CIRCUIT

(a) Do not open the cover or the case of the ECU unless absolutely necessary. (If the IC terminals are touched, the IC may be destroyed by static electricity.) (b) When replacing the internal mechanism (ECU part) of the digital meter, be careful that no part of your body or clothing comes in contact with the terminals of leads from the IC, etc. of the replacement part (spare part).

Solenoid

DISCONNECTION OF MALE AND FEMALE CONNECTORS To pull apart the connectors, pull on the connector itself, not the wire harness. HINT : Check to see what kind of connector you are disconnecting before pulling apart.

Pull Up

Press Down

Pull Up

Press Down

C TROUBLESHOOTING HOW TO REPLACE TERMINAL (with terminal retainer or secondary locking device)

Reference:

1. PREPARE THE SPECIAL TOOL

10 3

1

HINT : To remove the terminal from the connector, please construct and use the special tool or like object shown on the left. 2. DISCONNECT CONNECTOR

1

0.2 (mm)

3. DISENGAGE THE SECONDARY LOCKING DEVICE OR

Example: (Case 1)

Up

Tool

TERMINAL RETAINER. (a) Locking device must be disengaged before the terminal locking clip can be released and the terminal removed from the connector. (b) Use a special tool or the terminal pick to unlock the secondary locking device or terminal retainer. NOTICE: Do not remove the terminal retainer from connector body.

Terminal Retainer

[A] Terminal Retainer

HINT : The needle insertion position varies according to the connector’s shape (number of terminals etc.), so check the position before inserting it.

[Retainer at Full Lock Position]

Stopper

”Case 1” Raise the terminal retainer up to the temporary lock position.

Terminal Retainer

[Retainer at Temporary Lock Position]

Example: (Case 2)

For Non–Waterproof Type Connector

Secondary Locking Device

”Case 2” Open the secondary locking device.

C Tool Tab

Tab

Example:

[B]

Terminal Retainer

Tool Male

Access Hole ( Mark)

Tool

For Waterproof Type Connector HINT : Terminal retainer color is different according to connector body. Example: Terminal Retainer Black or White Black or White Gray or White

: Connector Body : Gray : Dark Gray : Black

Female

”Case 1” Type where terminal retainer is pulled up to the temporary lock position (Pull Type). Insert the special tool into the terminal retainer access hole (Mark) and pull the terminal retainer up to the temporary lock position. HINT : The needle insertion position varies according to the connector’s shape (Number of terminals etc.), so check the position before inserting it.

Retainer at Full Lock Position

Retainer at Temporary Lock Position [Male] [Female]

Example: (Case 2)

”Case 2” Type which cannot be pulled as far as Power Lock insert the tool straight into the access hole of terminal retainer as shown.

Terminal Retainer

Tool

Tool

[Male]

Press Down

Press Down [Female]

C TROUBLESHOOTING Push the terminal retainer down to the temporary lock position.

Retainer at Full Lock Position

Retainer at Temporary Lock Position

[Male]

[Female] (c) Release the locking lug from terminal and pull the terminal out from rear.

Locking Lug

Tool

4. INSTALL TERMINAL TO CONNECTOR (a) Insert the terminal. HINT: 1. Make sure the terminal is positioned correctly. 2. Insert the terminal until the locking lug locks firmly. 3. Insert the terminal with terminal retainer in the temporary lock position.

(b) Push the secondary locking device or terminal retainer in to the full lock position. 5. CONNECT CONNECTOR

ABBREVIATIONS D ABBREVIATIONS The following abbreviations are used in this manual. ABS

=

Anti–Lock Brake System

A/C

=

Air Conditioning

ACIS

=

Acoustic Control Induction System

A/T

=

Automatic Transaxle

COMB. =

Combination

ECU

=

Electronic Control Unit

EGR

=

Exhaust Gas Recirculation

ESA

=

Electronic Spark Advance

EVAP

=

Evaporative Emission

FL

=

Fusible Link

J/B

=

Junction Block

LH

=

Left–Hand

M/T

=

Manual Transaxle

O/D

=

Overdrive

R/B

=

Relay Block

RH

=

Right–Hand

SFI

=

Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection

SRS

=

Supplemental Restraint System

SW

=

Switch

TEMP.

=

Temperature

VSV

=

Vacuum Switching Valve

w/

=

With

w/o

=

Without

∗ The titles given inside the components are the names of the terminals (terminal codes) and are not treated as being abbreviations.

E GLOSSARY OF TERMS AND SYMBOLS GROUND The point at which wiring attaches to the Body, thereby providing a return path for an electrical circuit; without a ground, current cannot flow.

BATTERY Stores chemical energy and converts it into electrical energy. Provides DC current for the auto’s various electrical circuits. CAPACITOR (Condenser) A small holding unit for temporary storage of electrical voltage.

CIGARETTE LIGHTER An electric resistance heating element.

HEADLIGHTS Current flow causes a headlight 1. SINGLE filament to heat up and emit light. A FILAMENT headlight may have either a single (1) filament or a double (2) filament

2. DOUBLE FILAMENT

CIRCUIT BREAKER Basically a reusable fuse, a circuit breaker will heat and open if too much current flows through it. Some units automatically reset when cool, others must be manually reset.

HORN An electric device which sounds a loud audible signal.

DIODE A semiconductor which allows current flow in only one direction.

IGNITION COIL Converts low–voltage DC current into high–voltage ignition current for firing the spark plugs.

DIODE, ZENER

LIGHT Current flow through a filament causes the filament to heat up and emit light.

A diode which allows current flow in one direction but blocks reverse flow only up to a specific voltage. Above that potential, it passes the excess voltage. This acts as a simple voltage regulator.

PHOTODIODE The photodiode is a semiconductor which controls the current flow according to the amount of light.

LED (LIGHT EMITTING DIODE) Upon current flow, these diodes emit light without producing the heat of a comparable light.

DISTRIBUTOR, IIA Channels high–voltage current from the ignition coil to the individual spark plugs.

METER, ANALOG Current flow activates a magnetic coil which causes a needle to move, thereby providing a relative display against a background calibration.

FUSE

METER, DIGITAL Current flow activates one or many LED’s, LCD’s, or fluorescent displays, which provide a relative or digital display.

A thin metal strip which burns through when too much current flows through it, thereby stopping current flow and protecting a circuit from damage.

FUEL

FUSIBLE LINK (for Medium Current Fuse)

(for High Current Fuse or Fusible Link)

A heavy–gauge wire placed in high amperage circuits which burns through on overloads, thereby protecting the circuit. The numbers indicate the crosssection surface area of the wires.

M

MOTOR A power unit which converts electrical energy into mechanical energy, especially rotary motion.

E RELAY Basically, an electrically operated 1. NORMALLY switch which may be normally CLOSED closed (1) or open (2). Current flow through a small coil creates a magnetic field which either opens or closes an attached switch.

SPEAKER An electromechanical device which creates sound waves from current flow.

2. NORMALLY OPEN

SWITCH, MANUAL 1. NORMALLY OPEN

RELAY, DOUBLE THROW A relay which passes current through one set of contacts or the other.

Opens and closes circuits, i it thereby th b stopping (1) or allowing (2) current flow.

2. NORMALLY CLOSED

RESISTOR An electrical component with a fixed resistance, placed in a circuit to reduce voltage to a specific value.

SWITCH, DOUBLE THROW A switch which continuously passes current through one set of contacts or the other.

RESISTOR, TAPPED A resistor which supplies two or more different non adjustable resistance values.

SWITCH, IGNITION A key operated switch with several positions which allows various circuits, particularly the primary ignition circuit, to become operational.

RESISTOR, VARIABLE or RHEOSTAT A controllable resistor with a variable rate of resistance. Also called a potentiometer or rheostat. SENSOR (Thermistor) A resistor which varies its resistance with temperature.

SWITCH, WIPER PARK Automatically returns wipers to the stop position when the wiper switch is turned off.

SENSOR, SPEED Uses magnetic impulses to open and close a switch to create a signal for activation of other components.

TRANSISTOR A solidstate device typically used as an electronic relay; stops or passes current depending on the voltage applied at ”base”.

(Reed Switch Type)

SHORT PIN Used to provide an unbroken connection within a junction block.

SOLENOID An electromagnetic coil which forms a magnetic field when current flows, to move a plunger, etc.

WIRES Wires are always drawn as (1) NOT straight lines on wiring CONNECTED diagrams. Crossed wires (1) without a black dot at the junction are j nott joined; j i d crossed wires (2) with a black dot or octagonal ( ) (2) SPLICED mark at the junction are spliced (joined) connections.

F RELAY LOCATIONS [Engine Compartment]

[Body]

F [Instrument Panel]

Fusible Link Block

Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18) (Inside Engine Room J/B No.2)

F RELAY LOCATIONS ,,, ,,, ,,,: Instrument Panel J/B

Lower Finish Panel (See Page 19)

F [Instrument Panel J/B Inner Circuit]

F RELAY LOCATIONS ,,, ,,, ,,,: Engine Room J/B No.2 Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18)

F [Engine Room J/B No.2 Inner Circuit]

F RELAY LOCATIONS 1

Engine Compartment Left (See Page 18) : Engine Room R/B No.1 (Inside Engine Room J/B No.2)

2

: Engine Room R/B No.2 Near the Battery (See Page 18)

F 3

: Engine Room R/B No.3 Radiator Upper Support RH (See Page 18)

(TMMK Made w/ ABS and Traction Control) (TMC Made w/ ABS, w/ ABS and Traction Control)

3

: Fusible Link Block

Radiator Upper Support RH (See Page 18)

(TMMK Made w/ ABS w/o Traction Control)

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

[1MZ–FE]

A 1 A/C Condenser Fan Motor A 2 A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock Sensor A 3 A/C Triple Pressure SW (A/C Dual and Single Pressure SW) A 4 ABS Actuator A 5 ABS Actuator A 6 ABS Actuator and ECU A 7 ABS and Traction Actuator A 8 ABS and Traction Actuator A 9 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH A 10 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH A 28 Air Fuel Ratio Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1) A 29 Air Fuel Ratio Sensor (Bank 2 Sensor 1) A 30 A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor A 31 Airbag Sensor Front LH A 32 Airbag Sensor Front RH B 1 Back–Up Light SW B 2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW C 1 Camshaft Position Sensor C 2 Crankshaft Position Sensor C 3 Cruise Control Actuator D 1 Data Link Connector 1 D 2 Daytime Running Light Resistor D 3 Diode (A/C)

E E E E E

1 2 3 5 6

EGR Gas Temp. Sensor EGR Valve Position Sensor Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor Engine Hood Courtesy SW

F F F F F F F F F

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Front Turn Signal Light and Parking Light LH Front Turn Signal Light and Parking Light RH Front Wiper Motor Fusible Link Block Fusible Link Block Fusible Link Block Fusible Link Block Fusible Link Block Fusible Link Block

G 1 Generator G 2 Generator H H H H H H

1 2 3 4 5 6

Headlight LH Headlight RH Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1) Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 2 Sensor 1) Horn (High) Horn (Low)

G Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

[1MZ–FE]

I I I I I I I I I I I

1 2 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Idle Air Control Valve Igniter Ignition Coil No.1 Ignition Coil No.2 Ignition Coil No.3 Injector No.1 Injector No.2 Injector No.3 Injector No.4 Injector No.5 Injector No.6

K 1 Knock Sensor 1 K 2 Knock Sensor 2 M 2 Mass Air Flow Meter N 1 Noise Filter (Ignition) O 1 Oil Pressure SW P 1 Park/Neutral Position SW,A/T Indicator Light SW and Back–Up Light SW P 2 Power Steering Oil Pressure SW

R 1 Radiator Fan Motor S 1 Starter S 2 Starter T 1 Theft Deterrent Horn T 2 Throttle Position Sensor V 2 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Combination Meter) V 3 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Electronically Controlled Transmission) V 4 VSV (EGR) V 5 VSV (EVAP) V 6 VSV (Intake Air Control) W W W W W

1 2 3 4 5

Washer Level Warning SW Washer Motor Water Temp. Sender Water Temp. SW No.1 Water Temp. SW No.2

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

[5S–FE]

A 1 A/C Condenser Fan Motor A 2 A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock Sensor A 3 A/C Triple Pressure SW (A/C Dual and Single Pressure SW) A 4 ABS Actuator A 5 ABS Actuator A 6 ABS Actuator and ECU A 9 ABS Speed Sensor Front LH A 10 ABS Speed Sensor Front RH A 11 Air Fuel Ratio Sensor A 31 Airbag Sensor Front LH A 32 Airbag Sensor Front RH B 1 Back–Up Light SW B 2 Brake Fluid Level Warning SW C 1 Camshaft Position Sensor C 2 Crankshaft Position Sensor C 3 Cruise Control Actuator D 1 Data Link Connector 1 D 2 Daytime Running Light Resistor

E E E E

3 4 5 6

Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor Engine Hood Courtesy SW

F F F F F F F F F

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Front Turn Signal Light and Parking Light LH Front Turn Signal Light and Parking Light RH Front Wiper Motor Fusible Link Block Fusible Link Block Fusible Link Block Fusible Link Block Fusible Link Block Fusible Link Block

G 1 Generator G 2 Generator H H H H H

1 2 3 5 6

Headlight LH Headlight RH Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1) Horn (High) Horn (Low)

G Position of Parts in Engine Compartment

[5S–FE]

I 1 Idle Air Control Valve I 3 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.1 I 4 Ignition Coil and Igniter No.2 I 8 Injector No.1 I 9 Injector No.2 I 10 Injector No.3 I 11 Injector No.4 I 14 Intake Air Temp. Sensor K 1 Knock Sensor 1

R 1 Radiator Fan Motor S 1 Starter S 2 Starter T 1 Theft Deterrent Horn T 2 Throttle Position Sensor V 2 Vehicle Speed Sensor (Combination Meter) V 4 VSV (EGR) V 5 VSV (EVAP)

M 1 Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor N 1 Noise Filter (Ignition) O 1 Oil Pressure SW P 1 Park/Neutral Position SW,A/T Indicator Light SW and Back–Up Light SW P 2 Power Steering Oil Pressure SW

W W W W

1 2 3 4

Washer Level Warning SW Washer Motor Water Temp. Sender Water Temp. SW No.1

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 23 24 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40

A/C Amplifier A/C Evaporator Temp. Sensor A/C SW ABS and Traction ECU ABS and Traction ECU ABS and Traction ECU ABS ECU ABS ECU Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor Airbag Squib (Front Passenger Airbag Assembly) Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad) Ashtray Illumination A/C Blower Motor Linear Controller A/C Control Assembly A/C Control Assembly A/C Room Temp. Sensor A/C Solar Sensor Air Inlet Control Servo Motor Air Mix Control Servo Motor Automatic Light Control Sensor

B B B B

3 4 5 8

Blower Motor Blower Resistor Blower SW Blower Resistor (Low Speed)

C C C C C C C

4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Cigarette Lighter Cigarette Lighter Illumination Clock Clutch Start SW Combination Meter Combination Meter Combination Meter

C C C C C C C C

11 12 13 14 15 17 18 19

Combination SW Combination SW Combination SW Cruise Control Clutch SW Cruise Control ECU Center Airbag Sensor Assembly Center Airbag Sensor Assembly Center Airbag Sensor Assembly

D D D D D D

4 5 6 7 10 11

Data Link Connector 2 Data Link Connector 3 Daytime Running Light Relay (Main) Diode (Courtesy) Diode (Dome) Diode (Idle–Up)

E E E E E

7 8 9 10 11

Engine Control Module Engine Control Module Engine Control Module Engine Control Module Engine Control Module

G 3 Glove Box Light and SW H 7 Hazard SW H 8 Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 2) H 9 Heater Control SW I I I I

15 16 17 18

Ignition Key Cylinder Light Ignition SW Integration Relay Integration Relay

G Position of Parts in Instrument Panel

J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33

Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector

J J J J

34 35 36 37

Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector Junction Connector

K 3 Key Interlock Solenoid O 2 O/D Main SW and A/T Shift Lever Illumination P 3 Parking Brake SW P 4 Power Outlet R R R R R R

2 3 4 5 6 7

Radio and Player Radio and Player Radio and Player Rear Window Defogger SW Remote Control Mirror SW Rheostat

S S S S

3 4 5 6

Shift Lock ECU Stereo Component Amplifier Stereo Component Amplifier Stop Light SW

T T T T T

3 4 5 6 7

Theft Deterrent ECU Theft Deterrent ECU Traction Off SW Turn Signal Flasher Transponder Key Amplifier

U 1 Unlock Warning SW W 6 Wireless Door Lock ECU

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Body

B 6 Buckle SW LH

F 10 F 11 F 12 F 13 F 14

C16 Condenser

H10 High Mounted Stop Light

D12 D13 D14 D15 D16 D17 D18 D19 D20 D21 D22

I 19 Interior Light

A 25 ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH A 26 ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH A 27 Auto Antenna Motor and Relay

Door Courtesy SW Front LH Door Courtesy SW Front RH Door Courtesy SW Rear LH Door Courtesy SW Rear RH Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front RH Door Lock Control SW RH Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Front LH Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Front RH Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Rear LH Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Rear RH

Front Door Speaker LH Front Door Speaker RH Front Tweeter (Speaker) LH Front Tweeter (Speaker) RH Fuel Pump and Sender

J 38 Junction Connector J 39 Junction Connector J 40 Junction Connector L L L L L L

1 2 3 4 5 6

License Plate Light LH License Plate Light RH Light Failure Sensor Luggage Compartment Key Unlock SW Luggage Compartment Light Luggage Compartment Light SW

G Position of Parts in Body

M 3 Moon Roof Control SW and Relay M 4 Moon Roof Motor and Limit SW N 2 Noise Filter (Rear Window Defogger) P 5 P 6 P 7 P 8 P 9 P 10 P 11 P 12 P 13 P 24 P 25

Personal Light Power Window Control SW Front RH Power Window Control SW Rear LH Power Window Control SW Rear RH Power Window Master SW and Door Lock Control SW LH Power Window Motor Front LH Power Window Motor Front RH Power Window Motor Rear LH Power Window Motor Rear RH Pretensioner LH Pretensioner RH

R 8 R 9 R10 R 11 R12 R13 R14 R15 R16 R17

Rear Combination Light LH Rear Combination Light LH Rear Combination Light RH Rear Combination Light RH Rear Speaker LH Rear Speaker RH Rear Window Defogger Rear Window Defogger Remote Control Mirror LH Remote Control Mirror RH

S 7 Side Airbag Sensor LH S 8 Side Airbag Sensor RH V V V V

1 7 8 9

Vapor Pressure Sensor VSV (Vapor Pressure Sensor) Vanity Light LH Vanity Light RH

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING Position of Parts in Seat

B 7 Buckle SW LH P 14 P 15 P 16 P 17 P 18 P 19 P 20

Power Seat Control SW (Driver’s Seat) Power Seat Control SW (Front Passenger’s Seat) Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Rear Vertical Control) Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Reclining Control) Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Slide Control) Power Seat Motors (Driver’s Seat) Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s Seat Rear Vertical Control) P 21 Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s Seat Reclining Control) P 22 Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s Seat Slide Control) P 23 Power Seat Motors (Front Passenger’s Seat)

S 9 Side Airbag Squib LH S 10 Side Airbag Squib RH

MEMO

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness : Location of Ground Points

[1MZ–FE]

: Location of Splice Points

G Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness EA1

DARK GRAY

2 1

1 2

(w/o Daytime Running Light)

ES1

EB1

EB1

(w/ Daytime Running Light)

1 2 3 4

4

3

2

1

5 6 7 8

8

7

6

5

GRAY

EB2

1 2 3 4

4

3

2

1

5 6 X X

X X

6

5

1

BLACK

1

1

Code


EA1

Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room Main No.3 Wire (Radiator LH)

EB1 EB2

GRAY

Cowl Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room J/B No.2) No 2)

EC1

Engine Wire and Sensor Wire (Head Cover RH)

ES1

Engine Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room J/B No.2)

GRAY

1

EC1

1 2 3 4

DARK GRAY

2 1 4 3


[5S–FE]


G Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness EA1

1 2

DARK GRAY

(w/ Daytime Running Light)

2 1

(w/o Daytime Running Light)

EB1

EB1

1 2 3 4

4

3

2

1

5 6 7 8

8

7

6

5

EB2

GRAY

1 2 3 4

4

3

2

1

5 6 X X

X

X

6

5

1

Code


EA1

Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room Main No.3 Wire (Radiator LH)

EB1 EB2

GRAY


GRAY

1

G ELECTRICAL WIRING ROUTING : Location of Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

: Location of Ground Points

G Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

Code


ID1

Floor Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE1

Front Door LH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IE2

Front Door LH Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IF1 IF2 IG1 IG2 IG3 IH1 IH2

Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel) Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Lower Finish Panel) Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Blower Motor) Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.2 No 2 Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)



G Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness

Code


II1 II2 II3

Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Blower Motor)

II4 IJ1

Engine Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Under the Blower Motor)

IK1 IK2

Engine g Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire ((Right g Kick Panel))

IK3 IL1 IM1 IM2 IN1 IN2

Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel) Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel) Floor No No.2 2 Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IT1

Cowl Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IU1

Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)



G Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness BO1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

BP1

2

1

7 6 5 4 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Code


BO1

Rear Door Wire LH and Floor Wire (Under the Left Center Pillar)

BP1

Rear Door Wire RH and Floor No.2 Wire (Under the Right Center Pillar)

2

1

7 6 5 4 3



G Connector Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness BQ1

BV1

BR1

YELLOW

1 2 1 2 3

3 2 1

BW1

1 2

2 1 2 1

YELLOW

2 1 1 2

Code


BQ1

Floor Wire and Seat No.1 Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

BR1

Floor No.2 Wire and Seat No.2 Wire (Under the Passenger’s Seat)

BV1


BW1


POWER SOURCE 5

2

G1 GENERATOR

B–W

1

2

(* 6)

3

B

2

2

(* 6) W–B

2

GR

(* 6)

A/F HTR RELAY 60A FL ABS

B 1

B–G

1

3

(*7, *2 * 4)

R–L

ABS SOL RELAY 6 4

3

5

3

2

1

3

60A FL ABS B–G

1

3

2

W–L

3

2

(* 2 * 5)

GR–R

3

W–B

3

1

2

4

3

W–R

3

GR–R

L (*6)

L

3

GR–L

3

3

ABS MOTOR RELAY B–R

W–B

1 4 2

3

1

B–R

L–R

1

5

(* 3)

1

1

1

100A ALT

25A A/F HTR

1 A

1 C

50A HTR

1 D

4 2F

W–B

5 2C

W–B

6 2K

15A EFI 10A HAZARD 20A RADIO NO. 1 10A HORN

4 2L

30A AM2

1

B–R

B–G

SHORT PIN

10A ECU–B

2

W–B

1

W–R

(* 6)

1 2A

5A ALT–S

7. 5A DOME R

40A MAIN B

BATTERY

3 2B

1

HEAD RELAY 2

1

2

3

5

4

3

2

1 ST RELAY

(* 8)

3 2G (*9)

FL MAIN 3. 0W

B

R–B

W

5

ENGINE MAIN RELAY

B–R

1

FL 1. 25B

2

W–B

1

F7 D , F8 E , F9 F

L–B 1 E

3

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

B–R 2 F

1

2

30A CDS F4 A , F5 B , F6 C ,

B–R 1 F

1

2 30A RDI

4

2 2B

2

(* 3)

HTR RELAY

E3

1 B

L–R

1

10A A/C

L–B

1

2

W–B

B–G

1

1

L–W

(* 2 * 5)

B–G

(*7, *2 * 4)

B–G

(5S–FE W/O ABS)

(* 6)

L

L–B

4 2G

R–L (* 8)

15A HEAD (RH)(* 9) 15A HEAD RH(UPR)(* 8)

15A HEAD (LH)(* 9) 15A HEAD LH(UPR)(* 8)

EB

B–R

4 1B

5

3

1

2

10A TAIL

25A DOOR

7. 5A PANEL

15A STOP TAILLIGHT RELAY

7. 5A OBD

30A POWER 1

POWER RELAY 5 3

2

1

2

NOISE FILTER 1 2

B–R

NOISE FILTER 1 2

I1 40A DEF 1

2

7 1J

W–B

DEFOGGER RELAY 5 3 10A MIRROR–HEATER

B–R

1 1B

W

2 1K

1 1

2

2

40A AM1 15A CIG 7. 5A RAD–NO. 2

2 AM1

ACC 3

L–R

IG1 4

B–Y

6 1K 1 1K

15A POWER–OUTLET 15A ECU–IG 10A HEATER 10A GAUGE

7 AM2

IG2 6

B–R

ST2 8

R

25A WIPER 7. 5A TURN 3 1K 4 1K 5 1K 5 1B 6 1A

I16 IGNITION SW

W–R W–R B–R

5A IGN 5A STARTER

5A DRL NO. 2 R

1

2

(*8)

2

2

W–R

1

2

4 2

DIM RELAY

3

2 2 2

R–B

2

1

2

2

R–G

R–L(* 8) R–Y

10A H–LP LH (LWR) 1

3

2

R

W–B

R

10A H–LP RH (LWR)

R–L (*8) A * 1 : TMC MADE * 2 : TMMK MADE * 3 : EXCEPT TAIWAN

* 4 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL * 5 : W/O TRACTION CONTROL * 6 : CALIFORNIA

* 7 : TMC MADE EXCEPT 5S–FE W/O ABS * 8 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT * 9 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

J11 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IG

POWER SOURCE SERVICE HINTS HEAD RELAY [ENGINE ROOM J/B NO.2] 2–1 : Closed with the light control SW at HEAD position or the dimmer SW at FLASH position Closed with the engine running and the parking brake pedal released (Parking brake SW off) (w/ Daytime Running Light) TAILLIGHT RELAY [INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B] 5–3 : Closed with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position I16 IGNITION SW 2–3 : Closed with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position 2–4 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON or ST position 7–6 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON or ST position 7–8 : Closed with the ignition SW at ST position : PARTS LOCATION Code F4

See Page 26 (1MZ–FE)

A

F5 F6

F7

28 (5S–FE) 26 (1MZ–FE)

B

F8

28 (5S–FE) 26 (1MZ–FE)

C

Code

F9

28 (5S–FE)

See Page D E F

Code

26 (1MZ–FE)

G1

28 (5S–FE)

See Page 26 (1MZ–FE) 28 (5S–FE)

26 (1MZ–FE)

I16

30

28 (5S–FE)

J11

31

26 (1MZ–FE) 28 (5S–FE)

: RELAY BLOCKS Code

See Page


1

24

Engine Room R/B No.1 (Engine Compartment Left)

2

24

Engine Room R/B No.2 (Near the Battery)

3

25

Engine Room R/B No.3 (Radiator Upper Support RH)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code

See Page


1A 1B 1J

20

Cowl Wire and J/B Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

22

Engine g Room Main Wire and Engine g Room J/B No.2 ((Engine g Compartment Left))

22

Cowl Wire and Engine Room J/B No No.2 2 (Engine Compartment Left)

1K 2A 2B 2C 2F 2G 2K 2L

: GROUND POINTS Code EB IG

See Page 36 (1MZ–FE) 38 (5S–FE) 40

Ground Points Location Left Radiator Side Support Instrument Panel Brace LH

: SPLICE POINTS Code E3


Wire Harness with Splice Points Cowl Wire

Code I1

See Page 42


F4 (A)

F5 (B)

F6 (C)

1

F9 (F)

F7 (D)

1

F8 (E)

1

G1

1

I16

1

J11

ORANGE 1 1

A

2

A X

2

3

4

X

6

7

8

A A

A

A

(Hint : See Page 7)

STARTING AND IGNITION (1MZ–FE)

ACC AM1

IG1 ST1

7 AM2

3 1K

B–R

IG2 6 ST2 8

8 1C

B–R

W–R

R B–W 4 1K

I16 IGNITION SW

J29 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B

B 5 1K 5A STARTER

B–W

B

B–W

11

2 5 30A AM2

40A MAIN

ST RELAY

1

3

2

3 2B

5 2D

9 2K

2

5 P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW

P 11 2J

N 6 GR

B–O

(* 2 M/T)

GR

II2

B–G

C B

B–O

GR(*1 A/T)

1 A

(*2 A/T)

B–R

10

W–B

F4 A , F6 C FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

GR(* 1)

B–O(* 2)

1 C

(* 1 M/T)

B

B

(A/T)

1 2A

1

II2

1 B–W

C7 CLUTCH START SW

4 2L

(A/T)

B–W

(M/T)

W–R

3 1J

(A/T)

B–W

5 1B

C B J7 A ,

J8 B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR B A

B A

GR(*1)

FL MAIN 3. 0W

B–O(*2)

1 A

1 B

W–B

B–R

B–O(*2)

M BATTERY S1 B , S2 A STARTER

GR(* 1)


A

IG

* 1 : TMC MADE * 2 : TMMK MADE

B–R

12

II3 B–R

B–W


A

B–R

B–R

1

1

2 G

2 Y

2

2

1

10

IGC3

IGC2 I2 IGNITER

9 +B

3

GR

GND

7

BR–Y

IGT1

6

LG–B

IGT2

5

W–R

IGT3

B–W

IGF 4

BR

IGC1

20 B

25 E

13 E

12 E

11 E

NSW

B–R

B–R 1

A

B–R

A

I5 IGNITION COIL NO. 1

A


A

L


A

IGF

IGT3

IGT2

IGT1

STA 1 N1 NOISE FILTER (IGNITION)

E 7 A , E 8 B , E11 E

7 A

B–O(* 2)

GR(*1)

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

2

BR

GR(*1) B–O(* 2)

BR

ED

STARTING AND IGNITION (1MZ–FE) SERVICE HINTS I16 IGNITION SW 7–6 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON or ST position 7–8 : Closed with the ignition SW at ST position P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW 5–6 : Closed with the A/T shift lever in P or N position (A/T) S1 (B), S2 (A) STARTER Points closed with the Park/Neutral position SW at P or N position and the ignition SW at ST position (A/T) Points closed with the clutch start SW on and the ignition SW at ST position (M/T) : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

C7

Code

See Page

Code

See Page

30

I5

27 (1MZ–FE)

J18

31

E7

A

30

I6

27 (1MZ–FE)

J29

31

E8

B

30

I7

27 (1MZ–FE)

N1

27 (1MZ–FE)

E11

E

30

I16

30

P1

F4

A

26 (1MZ–FE)

J7

A

31

S1

B

27 (1MZ–FE)

F6

C

26 (1MZ–FE)

J8

B

31

S2

A

27 (1MZ–FE)

I2

27 (1MZ–FE)

J11

27 (1MZ–FE)

31


See Page


1B 1C 1J

20

Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

22


22

Cowl Wire and Engine g Room J/B No.2 ((Engine g Compartment Left))

1K 2A 2B 2D 2J 2K 2L

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code II2 II3

See Page 42

Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Engine Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Blower Motor)


See Page


ED

36 (1MZ–FE)

Rear Side of the Surge Tank

IG

40

Instrument Panel Brace LH

E7 (A)

C7

E8 (B)

E11 (E) (California)

1 2 X X

7

X X X

X

X

X X

X X X X X

11 12 13

20 X

X 25

X

X X X

E11 (E)

F4 (A)

F6 (C)

(Except California) BLACK 1

1

X

11 12 13 X 25

I2

I5

I6

I7

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

1 1

2

3

4

5

6

7

X

I16

2

1

2

1

9 10

J7 (A)

J8 (B)

GRAY

GRAY

B B B

C C C

J11

A X

X

6

7

8

A

A A

A

A

(Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

J18

(Hint : See Page 7)

J29

ORANGE B B B B

A A A A A A A A A A A A A


S1 (B)

2

S2 (A) BLACK 1 1

N1

P1

GRAY

GRAY

1 2

X

5

6

STARTING AND IGNITION (5S–FE)

ACC AM1

IG1 ST1

7 AM2

B–R

IG2 6 ST2 8

13 II3

B–R B–W

W–R

R


B

4 1K

I16 IGNITION SW

B–R

5 1K

B–W

B

B–W

B–W

4 2L 2 5 30A AM2

40A MAIN

1

II2

B–W

C7 CLUTCH START SW

11 1

(A/T)

W–R

3 1J

(M/T)

B–W

5 1B

(A/T)

5A STARTER

2

ST RELAY

5 P

1 2A

1

3

2

3 2B

5 2D

9 2K

P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW

N

11 2J

GR

B–G

1 A

C B

B–O

GR(*3 A/T)

II2

(*4 A/T)

B–O

(* 4 M/T)

GR GR(* 3)

B–O(* 4) B–R

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

10

W–B

F4 A , F6 C

(* 3 M/T)

B 1 C

(A/T)

6 B

C B J7 A ,

J8 B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR B A

B A

GR(*3)

FL MAIN 3. 0W

B–O(*4)

1 A

1 B

W–B

B–R

B–O(*4)

M BATTERY S1 B , S2 A STARTER

GR(*3)


A

IG

* 1 : W/ ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM * 2 : W/O ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM



B

B

B–R

B

B–R

B

B–R

1

1

3

4

3

2

W–R

Y–R

GND 4

B–W

2

BR

IGF

W–R

GND

B

IGT

I4 IGNITION COIL AND IGNITER NO. 2 IGT

N1 NOISE FILTER (IGNITION)

+B I3 IGNITION COIL AND IGNITER NO. 1 IGF

BR

+B

B–R

B–W

A A A

W–R

22 A 22 A NSW

23 C 20 C

17 C 3 C

IGT1

IGF

BR

W–R

I2

22 C (*1) 19 C (*2) IGT2

STA 11 A (*1) 11 A (*2)

E7 A , E9 C ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

GR(* 3)

BR

B–O(* 4)

EC


1

STARTING AND IGNITION (5S–FE) SERVICE HINTS I16 IGNITION SW 7–6 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON or ST position 7–8 : Closed with the ignition SW at ST position P1 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW 5–6 : Closed with the A/T shift lever in P or N position (A/T) S1 (B), S2 (A) STARTER Points closed with the Park/Neutral position SW at P or N position and the ignition SW at ST position (A/T) Points closed with the clutch start SW on and the ignition SW at ST position (M/T) : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

C7

Code

30

See Page

I16

Code

30

See Page

N1

29 (5S–FE)

E7

A

30

J7

A

31

E9

C

30

J8

B

31

S1

P1 B

29 (5S–FE) 29 (5S–FE)

F4

A

28 (5S–FE)

J11

31

S2

A

29 (5S–FE)

F6

C

28 (5S–FE)

J19

31

I3

29 (5S–FE)

J25

31

I4

29 (5S–FE)

J29

31


See Page


1B 1J

20

Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower ( Finish Panel))

22


22


1K 2A 2B 2D 2J 2K 2L

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code II2 II3

See Page 42



See Page


EC

38 (5S–FE)

Surge Tank RH

IG

40



I2

See Page 42

Wire Harness with Splice Points Engine Wire

Code

See Page


E7 (A)

E7 (A)

(w/ Engine Immobiliser System)

(w/o Engine Immobiliser System)

11

X 11

X

22

22

X 17 X 22 23

C7

1 2

E9 (C)

F4 (A)

E9 (C) (w/ Engine Immobiliser System) DARK GRAY

F6 (C)

I3 GRAY

(w/o Engine Immobiliser System) 1

1

3

1 2 3 4

X 19 20

I4

I16

BLACK

1 2 3 4 X

X

6

7

8

J11

J19

J7 (A)

J8 (B)

GRAY

GRAY

B B B

C C C

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J25

J29

A A A A A A

B B B B

B B B B

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

GRAY A A

A A

A

A

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

N1

P1

GRAY

GRAY

S1 (B)

S2 (A)

BLACK

BLACK 1

1 X

X

5

6

1

CHARGING B–G

ACC 2 AM1

IG1 4

B–Y

ST1

7 AM2

IG2 6

B–R

W

W–R

ST2

2 1K

5 1K

3 1K

I16 IGNITION SW

2

1 1K

5A IGN

10A GAUGE

* 1 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT * 2 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT 40A AM1

2 1J

B–R

8 1T

4 B

5A ALT–S

Y

30A AM2

Y C

C C Y

100A ALT

Y (* 1)

(*1)

1 C


B

2 F

Y

B–R

1 F

(* 2)

B–R

1 B

W

B–G

1 2A

(*1)

4 IG2

E3

R–L

C8 A , C9 B

3 2C

B–R

4 2L

13 A

TO DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

5 1B W–R

1 1B

CHARGE WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

1

6 EB1 4 IK2

F6 C , F9 F

R–L

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

G1 B , G2 A 3 A 1 A 2 A

FL MAIN 3. 0W

B–G

F4 A , F5 B , Y

B–G

1 A

S

L

IG

BATTERY

IC REGULATOR

1 B B

GENERATOR

SERVICE HINTS G2 (A) GENERATOR (A) 3–GROUND : 13.9–15.1 volts with the engine running at 2000 rpm and 25C (77F) 13.5–14.3 volts with the engine running at 5000 rpm and 115C (239F) (A) 1–GROUND : 0–4 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and the engine not running : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

C8

A

30

C9

B

30

F4 F5

F6

26 (1MZ–FE)

A

F9

28 (5S–FE) 26 (1MZ–FE)

B

Code

G1

28 (5S–FE)

See Page C F B

Code

26 (1MZ–FE)

G2

28 (5S–FE)

See Page A

26 (1MZ–FE) 28 (5S–FE)

26 (1MZ–FE)

I16

30

28 (5S–FE)

J1

31

26 (1MZ–FE) 28 (5S–FE)


See Page


1B 1J

20


20


22

Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B No No.2 2 (Engine Compartment Left)

22

Cowl Wire and Engine Room J/B No.2 (Engine Compartment Left)

1K 1T 2A 2C 2L

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code EB1


Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Cowl Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room J/B No.2) No 2)

IG2

40

Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Lower Finish Panel)

IK2

42





Code E3

See Page 38 (5S–FE)


CHARGING C8 (A)

C8 (A)

(TMC Made) BLUE

(TMMK Made) BLUE

13

13

C9 (B)

C9 (B)

F4 (A)

(TMC Made) 1 4

F5 (B)

4

F6 (C)

F9 (F)

G1 (B)

G2 (A)

ORANGE 1

1

1 1

I16

J1

X

2

4

X

6

7

BLACK

C C C C (Hint : See Page 7)

2

1

2

3

MEMO

ENGINE CONTROL (1MZ–FE) B(* 1)

R

B–R

8 1C

(* 1)

B–W

5

1

3

2

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

1 2A

B–R

3 1

1

5 EB1

4 EB1

I1

7 ID1 L–B


2

(* 1)

II3 B–R

12

W–B

2

30A AM2

5

J35 A , J36 B

2

B–W

4 2L 4 1K

2 A/F HTR RELAY

2

C A

B–R

5A IGN

L

5A STARTER

W–R

5 1B

(* 1)

1

1

L–B

7 1W

1

L–B

3 1K

I16 IGNITION SW

C A

1

CIR OPN RELAY

3 1J

A B

2

B–R

G–R

B

(*1)

ST2 8

B–R

B–W

25A A/F HTR

B–R

R 5 1K

1

B–R

IG2 6

W–R

7 AM2

B–W 7 IK1

G–R

1 ES1

B–R

B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

(*1)

B–W

B–W

A

A

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

2

2

2

2

2

2

1

1

1

1

1

B–R

A

4 F14 FUEL PUMP

M 5 G–R W–B

I13 INJECTOR NO. 6

A

I12 INJECTOR NO. 5

A

I11 INJECTOR NO. 4

A

I10 INJECTOR NO. 3

A

I9 INJECTOR NO. 2

1 A

I8 INJECTOR NO. 1

F4 A , F6 C

B–R

1

(* 1)

G

R–L

W

Y

L

B–G

W–B R

FL MAIN 3. 0W

G R–L W

BATTERY

Y R L W–B

1 C

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

B

B–W

A J40 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BL

B(*1)

B(* 1)

B–W

B–Y FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

B–Y

B–W

B–Y 9

II3 B–W

B–R

B–W

C7 CLUTCH START SW

2

5 P N

C B

C B

GR

(* 5 A/T)

10 II2

J7 A ,

J8 B

V

B–W

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B–Y

(A/T)

6 2

GR(*4 A/T)

B–Y

10 ID1


(M/T)

B–W 1

GR(*4 M/T)

B–Y

B–Y

1

B–O(* 5 M/T)

B B

B–Y

B–R

B–W

B–O

B–Y J27 A , J28 B

B–Y

E A

V7 VSV (VAPOR PRESSURE SENSOR)

B B

4 2F 10 2C W–B

W–B

E A

2 2J B B

5 2C

B A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

3

B A

11 II2

(A/T)


B–Y

B–Y

B

B

B–Y

5 EFI RELAY

2

B–W

8 2J

7 2K 1

B

(A/T)

15A EFI

B A B–W

B–O

B–Y

1 ID1

(* 5)

V

B–W

GR (*4)

16 A

8 A

+B

G–R

3 FC A

B–R

2 A

9 A MREL

TPC

20 B

7 A

1 A BATT

STA

NSW

E7 A , E8 B , E9 C ,

G

TRC–

L

20 A (* 2)

13 A (* 2)

21 A

LG

14 A

(* 2)

4 C

B

5 D

(* 2)

6 D

W

1 E

(* 2)

16 B

2 E

(* 3)

10 C

3 E

(* 3)

5 C

BR–W

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE NEO EFI+ EFI– TRC+

RXCK

L–Y

TXCT

CODE

R–L

# 10

(* 3)

# 20

G–W

# 30

L

# 40

R

4 E

(*1)

# 50

Y

# 60

W

IGSW

R–L

W–B

E10 D , E11 E

G

R–L W Y R TO TRANSPONDER KEY AMPLIFIER

L

B–Y

W–B EB

FROM ABS AND TRACTION ECU

* 1 : CALIFORNIA * 2 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL * 3 : W/ ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM


ENGINE CONTROL (1MZ–FE) B(*1)

B(* 1)

B–Y B–Y


A B–Y

A FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) A

A

A

A B–Y BR

10A MIRROR– HEATER

H3 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 1)

BR

(* 6)

(* 6)

E1

HT

OX

1

3

L–B(* 6)

(SHIELDED)

Y–G

R–Y

G–W

2

4

+B

7 D

3 D

W

B–Y

2

1

G–O

V5 VSV (EVAP)

V4 VSV (EGR) 2

2

(*6)

B–Y

1

B–Y

B–Y

1

LG

B–Y

A

C B

V6 VSV (INTAKE AIR CONTROL)

A A

S6 STOP LIGHT SW


J27 A , J28 B

2 A

1

5 1R JUNCTION CONNECTOR

4 1R

G–W

7 1C

G–W

11 1J

(* 6)

G–O

9 1C

15A STOP

W

10A TAIL

E7 A , E8 B , E9 C , E10 D , E11 E ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

15 A

ELS2

VG

E2G

THA

19 D

L–Y

22 D

R–B

10 D

5

3

1

TO IGNITER

18 E

ACIS

P

25 E

W–R

IGF

13 E

LG–B

IGT3

12 E

BR–Y

IGT2

11 E

GR

IGT1

17 E

STP

EGR

EVP1

B–Y

2

OXR1

KSW 11 C 8 IG3

L–B

L–B

M2 MASS AIR FLOW METER 4

11 D

HTR

B B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

18 A

J 9 A , J10 B

19 A ELS

B A

BR

BR

2

1

L–B

5 1M

7 1D

L–B

W–B

3 1M

7 1J

W–B

B–Y

A

IG


U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW

B(*1)

BR(* 6) BR


B–Y

B–Y (SHIELDED)

A A

BR(* 6)

BR

A B–Y

BR(* 6) BR (*6)

OX 3

BR(* 6)

12 D

16 E

4 D

OXL1

HTL

RSO

* * * *

P–B

Y–B

R–W

(*6)

B

(*6)

Y–R

I2

15 E

3

9 B

RSC

HTS

THG

THW

13 D

14 D

BR(* 1)

1

B–R(* 1)

BR(* 6)

(SHIELDED)

4

I2

B–R(* 1 *5)

I2

2

R(* 1 * 4)

HT 1

(* 1)

BR E1

1 : CALIFORNIA 4 : TMC MADE 5 : TMMK MADE 6 : EXCEPT CALIFORNIA

8 B

3 D

OXS

11 D

20 D AFR–

3

4

+B

BR(* 1 * 5)

1

B

G(* 1 *4)

HT 1

2

B(* 1)

AFR+

OX 3

II1

A28 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 1) B

+B

2

2

BR(* 1)

B

E1

B

(SHIELDED)

2


I1 IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE

4

(* 6)

BR

(* 6)

H4 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (SHIELDED) (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)

B–Y

B–Y

(*6)

J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B(*1)

(SHIELDED)

I2

B–Y

BR

HAFR

E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D , E11 E

1

3

Y

2

3 E2

1 VTA

4

II1

CF G–W J10 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR

2 ID1

VC

6 BR

T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

D B D B

VCC

BR

BR

I2 Y

Y

Y

3 II1

Y

5 ID1

II2

IND T 3 THEFT DETERRENT ECU

B–L

R–Y

2

E2 I2

G–W

P

1

PTNK

9 D

1

P2 POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SW

I2

4 IG3 R–Y

1

6 ID1

PS

29 E

16 C

FROM FAN NO. 1 RELAY

I2

17 A

R–Y

BR

BR

BR

1

Y

BR

1

2

IMLD

PTNK

V1 VAPOR PRESSURE SENSOR

2

BR

I2

2

BR

Y

L

BR

3

E2 EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR

G–Y

W–G

22 E

P

EGLS

2 D

BR

VC

23 D

E5 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR

VTA1

E1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR

E2 18 D

G–B


ENGINE CONTROL (1MZ–FE) BR(* 6)

BR(* 6)

BR

BR

B–Y (SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

BR(* 6)

BR(* 6)

BR(* 6)

BR(* 6)

BR(* 1)

BR(* 1)

A29 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR (BANK 2 SENSOR 1) B(*1)

B(* 1) BR(* 1) BR 4

21 D

B–W

B–R

TE1 8

I2

(SHIELDED)

E1

(SHIELDED) I2 L

L–W

D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1

L(* 1 *5)

B–W(*1 * 4)

B–W(*1 * 5)

12 D

AFL–

4 D HAFL

AFL+

L(* 1 *4)

(SHIELDED)

+B

L

3

I2

C1 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 2 1

BR

12

C2 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 1 2

BR

3

BR

BR

B–Y

1

BR

BR(*1)

2

B–W(* 1)

BR(* 1)

6 E TC

16 D

24 D

NE+

NE–

10 E G22+

E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D , E11 E ENGINE CONTROL MODULE KNKL

KNKR

28 E

TW 14 B

27 E

ACT

A/C

13 B

25 B

TACH 27 B

BR

BR

B–O B–O

B–O

B–Y

F A

3 EC1

1

B–O

W

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED) K1 KNOCK SENSOR 1

K2 KNOCK SENSOR 2

W

(SHIELDED)

D B

14 B

1

TW

10 B 7 C ACT

13 B 1 C AC1

J27 A , J28 B

1 EC1

LG–B

V(* 8)

(SHIELDED)

W

(SHIELDED)

2 EC1

F A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

4 EC1

(SHIELDED)

W

(SHIELDED)

I2

16 A (*8) 4 C (*7) IGN

A12 C A/C AMPLIFIER A34 A , A35 B A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

BR(* 6)

BR(*7)

BR

BR

BR

BR

I2

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED) A

BR(* 6)

BR(*6)

A

BR(* 6)

BR(*6)

A

BR(* 1)

BR(*1)

A

BR(* 1)

BR(*1)

A

BR

BR

A

BR

BR

A

BR

A

A

BR

A

A

* 1 : CALIFORNIA * 4 : TMC MADE * 5 : TMMK MADE

* 6 : EXCEPT CALIFORNIA * 7 : MANUAL A/C * 8 : AUTOMATIC A/C

A

BR


(* 5 M/T) A BR

6 A

SIL

W

BR

(* 6)

BR

11 A

EOM

(* 1)

13 C

ADJ2

BR

W

24 E

E1

V–W BR

BR

17 D

G–R

(*5 M/T)

BR

W

22 B SPD

E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D , E11 E

E01

E02

E03

21 E

31 E

30 E

1 D

BR

BR

BR

BR


E04

E05 8 D

BR

BR

(* 1)

(* 1)

B–O

B B B

BR (*1)

BR

J26 JUNCTION CONNECTOR (* 1)

B

B–O BR (* 6)

EC

ENGINE CONTROL (1MZ–FE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) BR

7. 5A OBD

(SHIELDED)

10A GAUGE

D F B


J28 B

D

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

F B

5

16

SG

BAT

SIL

CG

7

4

3 IG3

V–W

C 9 B , C10 C COMBINATION METER

7 C

14 B

15 B

6 C

V–W


(SHIELDED)

W

B

B

II2

V–W

R–L


SPEEDOMETER

2 V–W

TACHOMETER

G–R

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP

W–B

(SHIELDED) W

J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C C

R–L

R–L

BR

I5

BR

C A

2 1D

BR

C A

J8 B

B B

J7 A ,

B B

1 1J

R–L

BR

BR

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

10 1J

R–L

BR

6 II3

B

BR

I3

8 C

2 C

5 C

2

IJ1

3

2

SI

SE

IG+

BR

L

IJ1

P

7

V2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (COMBINATION METER)

W–B

R–L

8 1J

7 1J

P

10 IG3

L

6 IG3

A

W–B

A A

G–R


G–R

A

J8 B

B–O

J7 A ,

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B–O

A B

BR

R–L

1

B–O A

ED

IG

J11 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IH

SYSTEM OUTLINE This system utilizes an engine control module and maintains overall control of the engine, transmission and so on. An outline of the engine control is explained here. 1. INPUT SIGNALS (1) Engine coolant temp. signal circuit The engine coolant temp. sensor detects the engine coolant temp. and has a built–in thermistor with a resistance which varies according to the water temp. is input into TERMINAL THW of the engine control module as a control signal. (2) Intake air temp. signal circuit The intake air temp. sensor is installed in the mass air flow meter and detects the intake air temp., which is input as a control signal into TERMINAL THA of the engine control module. (3) Oxygen sensor signal circuit The oxygen density in the exhaust gases is detected and input as a control signal into TERMINALS OXL1, OXR1 (Except California) and OXS of the engine control module. To maintain stable detection performance by the heated oxygen sensor, a heater is used for warming the sensor. The heater is also controlled by the engine control module (HTL, HTR (Except California) and HTS). (4) RPM signal circuit Camshaft position and crankshaft position are detected by the camshaft position sensor and crankshaft position sensor. The camshaft position is input as a control signal to TERMINAL G22+ of the engine control module, and the engine RPM is input into TERMINAL NE+. (5) Throttle signal circuit The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve opening angle as a control signal, which is input into TERMINAL VTA1 of the engine control module. (6) Vehicle speed signal circuit The vehicle speed sensor, installed inside the transmission, detects the vehicle speed and inputs a control signal into TERMINAL SPD of the engine control module. (7) Park/Neutral position SW signal circuit The Park/Neutral position SW detects whether the shift position is in neutral, parking or not, and inputs a control signal into TERMINAL STA of the engine control module. (8) A/C SW signal circuit The A/C control assembly (Automatic A/C) or A/C Amplifier (Manual A/C) inputs the A/C operations into TERMINAL A/C of the engine control module as a control signal. (9) Battery signal circuit (California or w/ engine immobiliser and/or traction control) Voltage is always supplies to TERMINAL BATT of the engine control module. If you turn on the ignition SW, the current goes from TERMINAL MREL of the engine control module to the EFI relay and put on the relay, and the voltage related to the engine control module operation is supplied to TERMINAL +B of the engine control module through the EFI relay. (Except California or w/ engine immobiliser and/or traction control) Voltage is constantly applied to TERMINAL BATT of the engine control module. When the ignition SW is turned on, voltage for engine control module start–up power supply is applied to TERMINAL +B of engine control module via EFI relay. (10) Intake air volume signal circuit Intake air volume is detected by the mass air flow meter and a signal is input into TERMINAL VG of the engine control module as a control signal. (11) NSW signal circuit To confirm whether the engine is cranking, the voltage applied to the starter motor during cranking is detected and the signal is input into TERMINAL NSW of the engine control module as a control signal. (12) Engine knock signal circuit Engine knocking is detected by the knock sensor 1 and 2, then the signals are input into TERMINALS KNKR and KNKL of the engine control module as a control signal. (13) Air fuel ratio signal circuit (California) The air fuel ratio is detected and input as a control signal into TERMINALS AFL+, AFR+ of the engine control module.

ENGINE CONTROL (1MZ–FE) 2. CONTROL SYSTEM ∗ SFI system The SFI system monitors the engine condition through the signals, which are input from each sensor (Input signals (1) to (12) ). The best fuel injection volume is decided based on this data and the program memorized by the engine control module, and the control signal is output to TERMINALS #10, #20, #30, #40, #50 and #60 of the engine control module to operate the injector (Inject the fuel). The SFI system produces control of fuel injection operation by the engine control module in response to the driving conditions. ∗ ESA system The ESA system monitors the engine condition through the signals, which are input to the engine control module from each sensor (Input signals from 1, 3, 4, 12). The best ignition timing is decided according to this data and the memorized data in the engine control module and the control signal is output to TERMINALS IGT1, IGT2 and IGT3. This signal controls the igniter to provide the best ignition timing for the driving conditions. ∗ Heated oxygen sensor heater control system The heated oxygen sensor heater control system turns the heater on when the intake air volume is low (Temp. of exhaust emissions is low), and warms up the heated oxygen sensor to improve detection performance of the sensor. The engine control module evaluates the signals from each sensor (Input signals from 1, 4, 9, 10), current is output to TERMINALS HTL, HTR and HTS, controlling the heater. ∗ Idle air control system The idle air control system (Rotary solenoid type) increases the RPM and provides idle stability for fast idle–up when the engine is cold, and when the idle speed has dropped due to electrical load and so on, the engine control module evaluates the signals from each sensor (Input signals from 1, 4, 5, 8, 9), current is output to TERMINALS RSO and RSC to control idle air control valve. ∗ EGR control system The EGR control system detects the signal from each sensor (Input signals from 1, 4, 9, 10), and outputs current to TERMINAL EGR to control the VSV (EGR). The EGR valve position sensor is mounted on the EGR valve. this sensor converts the EGR valve opening height into a voltage and sends it to the engine control module as the EGR valve position signal. ∗ ACIS ACIS includes a valve in the bulkhead separating the surge tank into two parts. This valve is opened and closed in accordance with the driving conditions to control the intake manifold length in two stages for increased engine output in all ranges from low to high speeds. The engine control module judges the engine speed by the signals ( (4), (5) ) from each sensor and outputs signals to the TERMINAL ACIS to control the VSV (Intake air control). 3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM With the diagnosis system, when there is a malfunction in the engine control module signal system, the malfunctioning system is recorded in the memory. 4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM When a malfunction occurs in any systems, if there is a possibility of engine trouble being caused by continued control based on the signals from that system, the fail–safe system either controls the system by using data (Standard values) recorded in the engine control module memory or else stops the engine.

SERVICE HINTS E5 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR 1–2 : Approx. 15.04 kΩ (–20C, –4F) Approx. 5.74 kΩ (0C, 32F) Approx. 2.45 kΩ (20C, 68F) Approx. 1.15 kΩ (40C, 104F) Approx. 0.584 kΩ (60C, 140F) Approx. 0.318 kΩ (80C, 176F) E7 (A), E8 (B), E9 (C), E10 (D), E11 (E) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE Voltage at engine control module wiring connector BATT–E1 : Always 9.0–14.0 volts +B–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) VC–E2 : Always 4.5–5.5 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) VTA1–E2 : 0.3–0.8 volts (Ignition SW on and throttle valve fully closed) : 3.2–4.9 volts (Ignition SW on and throttle valve fully open) VG–E2G : 1.1–1.5 volts (Engine idling and A/C SW OFF position) THA–E2 : 0.5–3.4 volts (Engine idling and intake air temp. 20°C, 68°F) THW–E2 : 0.2–1.0 volts (Engine idling and engine coolant temp. 80°C, 176°F) IGF–E1 : 4.5–5.5 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) Pulse generation (Engine idling) G22+–NE– : Pulse generation (Engine idling) NE+–NE– : Pulse generation (Engine idling) NSW–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW on and other shift position in P or N position) Below 3.0 volts (Ignition SW on and shift position in P or N position) SPD–E1 : Pulse generation (Ignition SW on and rotate driving wheel slowly) TC–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON Position) W–E1 : Below 3.0 volts A/C–E1 : Below 2.0 volts (Engine idling and A/C SW on) 9.0–14.0 volts (A/C SW off) ACT–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Engine idling and A/C SW on) Below 2.0 volts (A/C SW off) ACIS–E01 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) STA–E1 : 6.0 volts or more (Engine cranking) THG–E2 : 4.5–5.5 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) ELS–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts (Taillight SW at ON position) 0–1.5 volts (Taillight SW at OFF position) ELS2–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts (Defogger SW at ON position) 0–1.5 volts (Defogger SW at OFF position) EGR–E01 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) FC–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) 0–3.0 volts (Engine idling) EVP1–E01 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) CF–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Electric cooling fan is operating on high speed) 0–2.0 volts (Electric cooling fan is operating on low speed or off) TACH–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling) TPC–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW on and disconnect the vacuum hose from the vapor pressure sensor) PTNK–E1 : 3.0–3.6 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) 1.3–2.1 volts (Ignition SW on and apply vacuum 2.0 kpa (15.0 mmHg, 0.6 in.Hg) STP–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts (Ignition SW on and brake pedal depressed) Below 1.5 volts (Ignition SW on and brake pedal released) SIL–E1 : Pulse generation (During transmission) RSC, RSO–E01 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW on and disconnect E 7 of engine control module connector) KNKL, KNKR–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling) HTS, HTL, HTR–E03 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) 0–3.0 volts (Engine idling) OXS, OXL, OXR–E1 : Pulse generation (Maintain engine speed at 2500 rpm for two minutes after warning up) IGT1, IGT2, IGT3–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine idling) #10, #20, #30, #40, #50, #60–E01 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) Pulse generation (Engine idling)

ENGINE CONTROL (1MZ–FE) I8, I9, I10, I11, I12, I13 INJECTOR 2–1 : Approx. 13.8 Ω CIR OPN RELAY [R/B NO.1] 3–5 : Closed with starter running EFI RELAY [ENGINE ROOM J/B NO.2] 3–5 : Closed with ignition SW at ON or ST position : PARTS LOCATION Code A12

See Page C

Code

See Page

Code

See Page

30

H8

30

A28

26 (1MZ–FE)

H3

26 (1MZ–FE)

A29

26 (1MZ–FE)

H4

26 (1MZ–FE)

J27

A

31

J28

B

31

A34

A

30

I1

27 (1MZ–FE)

A35

B

30

I8

27 (1MZ–FE)

J24

31

J26

31

J29

31

C1

26 (1MZ–FE)

I9

27 (1MZ–FE)

J35

A

31

C2

26 (1MZ–FE)

I10

27 (1MZ–FE)

J26

B

31

C7

30

I11

27 (1MZ–FE)

J40

32

C9

B

30

I12

27 (1MZ–FE)

K1

27 (1MZ–FE)

C10

C

30

I13

27 (1MZ–FE)

K2

27 (1MZ–FE)

D1

26 (1MZ–FE)

I16

30

M2

27 (1MZ–FE)

D5

30

J3

31

P1

27 (1MZ–FE)

E1

26 (1MZ–FE)

31

P2

27 (1MZ–FE)

E2

26 (1MZ–FE)

J7

A

31

S6

31

E5

26 (1MZ–FE)

J8

B

31

T2

27 (1MZ–FE)

J4

E7

A

30

J9

A

31

T3

31

E8

B

30

J10

B

31

U1

31

E9

C

30

J11

31

V1

27 (1MZ–FE)

E10

D

30

J12

31

V2

27 (1MZ–FE)

E11

E

30

J15

31

V4

27 (1MZ–FE)

F4

A

26 (1MZ–FE)

J18

31

V5

27 (1MZ–FE)

F6

C

26 (1MZ–FE)

J20

31

V6

27 (1MZ–FE)

32

J22

31

V7

27 (1MZ–FE)

F14

: RELAY BLOCKS Code

See Page


1

24

Engine Room R/B No.1 (Engine Compartment Left)

2

24

Engine Room R/B No.2 (Near the Battery)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code 1B 1C 1D

See Page


20


20


20


22


22


1J 1K 1M 1R 1W 2A 2C 2F 2J 2K 2L


See Page

EB1

36 (1MZ–FE)

Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Cowl Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room J/B No.2)

EC1

36 (1MZ–FE)

Engine Wire and Sensor Wire (Head Cover RH)

ES1

36 (1MZ–FE)

Engine Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room J/B No.2)

ID1

40


IG3

40

Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Under the Blower Motor)

42

Engine g Wire and Cowl Wire (Under ( the Blower Motor))

IJ1

42


IK3

42


II1 II2 II3


See Page


EB

36 (1MZ–FE)

Left Radiator Side Support

EC

36 (1MZ–FE)

Surge Tank RH

ED

36 (1MZ–FE)


IG

40


IH

40

Instrument Panel Brace RH

BL

44

Under the Left Center Pillar


See Page


Code

I1

42

Cowl Wire

I3

I2

42

Engine Wire

I5

See Page 42


ENGINE CONTROL (1MZ–FE) A12 (C)

A28

A29

ORANGE

DARK GRAY

DARK GRAY

1 X 4 X 7 X

A35 (B)

X

A34 (A)

1

2

1

2

3

4

3

4

C1

C2

BLACK

BLACK

1 2

1 2

X 16 X X X X

C7

1 2

10 X X 13 14 X

C9 (B)

C9 (B) (TMC Made)

(TMMK Made)

14 15

C10 (C)

C10 (C)

(TMC Made) BROWN

2 5 6

7 8

(TMMK Made) BROWN

2 5 6

7 8

D5

D1 BLACK

X X 3

X

X 8 X 12 X X

X

14 15

E1 DARK GRAY

X

X

X

X

X

X

1 2 X

16 X X X X X X X X 7 X 5 4 X X X

E2

E5

BLACK

DARK GRAY

E7 (A)

E9 (C)

1 2

1 2 3

X 8 9

X X X 4 5 X

8 9 X 11 X 13 14 15

X 13 14 X 16 X X X

X X X 10 11 X

16 17

20 X 22

1 2 3 X X

E10 (D)

X X X

6 7

18 19 20 21 X

E10 (D)

(California)

1 2

E8 (B)

E11 (E)

(Except California) BLACK

3 4 5 6 7

X 2

(California)

3 4 5 6 7

1 2

3 4 X 6

8 9 10 11 12 13 14 X 16

X 9 10 11 12 13 14 X 16

10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 21

17 18 19 20 21

17 18 19 X X

22 X 24 25

22 23 24

22 23 24

F4 (A)

E11 (E)

13 X X

X 25 X 27 X

27 28

29 30 31

F6 (C)

F14

(Except California) BLACK 1

1

3 4 X 6

1 2

4

5

10 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 21 22 X 24 25

27 28

29 30 31

H3

H4

H8

I1

I8

I9

DARK GRAY

DARK GRAY

DARK GRAY

GRAY

GRAY

GRAY

12

12

1

2

1

2

1

2

3

4

3

4

3

4

1 2 3

I10

I11

I12

I13

GRAY

GRAY

GRAY

GRAY

12

12

12

12

I16

X

X

6

7

8

16 X

ENGINE CONTROL (1MZ–FE) J4

J7 (A)

J8 (B)

BLACK

GRAY

GRAY

A A A A A A

A A A A A A

B B B C C C

B B B C C C

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J3

X X DD DX

C C C C

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J9 (A)

J10 (B)

BLACK

BLACK

J11

J12 BLACK

A B B

B B

D D D

A

A A A

A A

A

A (Hint : See Page 7)


(Hint : See Page 7)

J15

J18

BLACK

ORANGE

B B B

J20


J22

A A A A A A A A A A A


(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)


J24

J26

J27 (A)

J28 (B)

A A B B

B B C C

E E F F

D D E E F F

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

B B B B

A B A A B B B

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J29

J35 (A)

J36 (B)

B B B B

C C

A A

(Hint : See Page 7)

A A

A A

A

A


K1

J40

K2

DARK GRAY

DARK GRAY

1

1

(Hint : See Page 7)

M2

P1

P2

BLACK

GRAY

BLACK

1 2 3 4 5

X

5

6

1

S6

T2

BLUE

BLACK

T3

X X X X 6

2

V1 BLACK

1 2 3 1

U1

1 2

1

2

3

X

V2

V4

V5

V6

V7

BLACK

BROWN

BLUE

BROWN

BLUE

1 2 3 1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE) R

B–R

B–R

I1

(* 2)

(* 2) B–W

B–R

B–R R

(*1)

W–R

ST2 8

B–R

I3

(* 1) B–R

7 1W

B–R

3 1K

7

IK1 B–R

I16 IGNITION SW

(* 2)

B–R

IG2 6

(* 2)

B–R

7 AM2

(* 1)

5 1K 5A IGN

1 1

5

W–R

5 1B

1

CIR OPN RELAY

8 1C B–R

4 2L

2

4 EB1

B–R

B–R

2

2

2

2

L–B

1

I11 INJECTOR NO. 4

1

I10 INJECTOR NO. 3

I9 INJECTOR NO. 2

1

L–B

B–R

7 ID1

G–R

B

(* 1)

B

B–W

B

B–R I8 INJECTOR NO. 1

B–G

1 A

II4

B B

F4 A , F6 C

L–B

6

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

5 EB1

B

1 2A

1 C

1

G–R

(* 1)

B–R


(* 1)

1 B–W

II3 B–R

12

30A AM2

3

4 M 1

F14 FUEL PUMP

W

Y

W–B

FL MAIN 3. 0W

R

L

5

G–R B–W(*1) B–R(*1) W Y BATTERY R

W–B

L

B–R

A

BL


R B–Y FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

4 1K

B–R B–Y 5A STARTER

(*2) B–W (A/T)

8 2J

2

B–O (*4 M/T) C B

12 A 12 A

(A/T)

GR(*3)

#40

#30

#20

#10

9 C 24 C

10 C 25 C

11 C 11 C

12 C 12 C

23 C 20 C

17 C 3 C

L

B

W–R

STA

R

NSW

Y

(*1)

B–R

(*1)

1 A

11 A (*1) 11 A (*2)


W

BATT

IGSW

7 D B–W

MREL

G–R

FC 14 A 14 A

E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D

22 A (*1) 22 A (*2)

2 A 1 A

+B

C B

B A

B–Y

B–Y

W–B

B–Y

1

C7 CLUTCH START SW

B–W

J27 A , J28 B

B B

B–W (M/T)

JUNCTION CONNECTOR B–Y

B A

E B

GR(* 3 M/T)

(A/T) B

B–O

B–Y B A

B–W

J7 A ,

B


II2

(*4 A/T)

10

4 2F 10 2C

E A

(A/T)

GR

B–Y

E3

GR

B–Y

B–Y

W–B

N

II2

B–O

2 2J

3

E A

11

6

B 5 2C

II3

IGT1

IGF

G–R

IGT2 22 C (*1) 19 C (*2) Y–R

B–R

EFI RELAY 2

9

3 1J

(*3 A/T)

5


B–W

1

P

(*4)

7 2K

5

J8 B

15A EFI

(*1)

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B–W

2

IGF

IGT

+B

GND

+B

GND

L

13 II3

B–R

4

J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B

1

4

A J19 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A B

A

W–B

B–R

B–Y * 1 : W/ ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM * 2 : W/O ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM

EB


BR

W–B

B–R

1

BR

R

B–R

Y

BR

IGF

I4 IGNITION COIL AND IGNITER NO. 2

W–R 3

IGT

B–R

W

3

2


B–R(*1)

W–R

I2

B–W(* 1)

EC

ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE) B

B–Y

B B

B


B

B–Y

B–Y

B

B–Y(* 6) BR

V–W

BR

AF– 4

(* 5)

W(*4)

(* 5)

L(* 3)

(* 5)

O(*4)

2 C 2 C

(*5)

12 B 13 B

I2

V

G(*5)

P–B

3 C 22 C

HT 1

W

B–O

15 B 23 C

AF+

I2

(SHIELDED)

W

V

6 C 9 C

3

+B

B–W(*3)

BR 1

7 C 10 C

II4

(*5)

B

2

3

2

(SHIELDED)

1 1

1 ID1

5

A11 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR

B–Y 1

K1 KNOCK SENSOR 1

2

2

2 V5 VSV (EVAP)

1

V4 VSV (EGR)


V7 VSV (VAPOR PRESSURE SENSOR) V B–Y

10 ID1

B–Y

B–Y

BR

16 B 8 B TPC

ISCO

ISCC

EGR

EVP

KNK

6 B (* 1) 6 B (* 2)

14 B 14 B

HTAF

AF–

AF+

BR

3

1

PTNK

VCC

E2


BR

I6

BR

3 II2


Y

2

2 ID1

BR

P

BR

2

Y

I2 BR

I2

1

3 VC

1

BR

2 VTA

BR

1 E2

E2

3 VC

2 PIM

M1 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR

2

1


Y

G–B

7 II4

4 B (* 1) 4 B (* 2)

BR

Y

THW

I14 INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR

5 ID1

3 B 3 B Y–B

Y

THA

2 B 2 B

BR

P

PIM

BR

8 II4

9 B 9 B

B–Y

P

E2

10 B 11 B

BR

6 ID1

VTA

Y

P

VC 1 B 1 B

BR

8 B 7 B

LG

PTNK

Y

E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

I2

BR B–Y

B–Y


B–Y

* 5 : CALIFORNIA * 6 : EXCEPT CALIFORNIA


BR B–Y(*6)

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR BR (* 6)

TE1 8

2


10A TAIL

1

2

9 1C 1

11 1J

J12 JUNCTION CONNECTOR G–O

BR E1

C1 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

HT 1

3

+B

BR

OX 3

12

C2 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

E1

B–Y

4

+B


BR

(* 6)

(* 6)

2

B–Y

A

G–O

B–W

L

BR

B–R

I2

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

L–W

(*6)

L–Y

(SHIELDED)

W

A

(*6)


B–Y


3

1

I2

L

B–R

2

5 B 6 B

1 C 8 C

OX1

HT1

7 B 15 B

12 D 4 C

6 D 17 C

TE1

NE+

NE–

D11 DIODE (IDLE–UP)

13 A (*1) 2 A (*2)

11 D 5 C G+

ELS


B–Y

2 IK2

L–R

L–B 9

II4

1

A13 A/C EVAPORATOR TEMP. SENSOR

8 IG3 L–B

G

IK2

TO UNLOCK WARNING SW


9

W–L

R–Y D

TO TRANSPONDER KEY AMPLIFIER

FROM A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH AND LOCK SENSOR

R–Y D

L–Y

6 4 IG3

4 C (* 1) 12 B (* 2)

II2 B–L

II3

L–W

10

THR PS SW 11 B 10 B

1

2 BR

L–Y

4 D

W–L

G–W

KSW

LOCK IN 19 C 18 C

L–B

IK2

TXCT 9 D

R–L

G

7

CODE 8 D

W–L

R–Y

IND

II4

RXCK 3 D


BR

2

3

PRS 19 A 13 A

FROM A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW

A14 A/C SW

H9 HEATER CONTROL SW

5

R–B

B

T3 THEFT DETERRENT ECU

B

1

MGC 21 A 21 A

R–Y

J12 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–B R–B

R–W

IMLD 1 D

L–Y

A/C SW 10 A 10 A

FROM MG CLT RELAY

LOCK 20 A 15 A

1

B–Y

ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE)

BR BR BR BR BR (*6) BR

B–Y

II2 BR

12

4

+B

HT

OX


G–R

3 (SHIELDED)

13 B 5 B

HT2

OX2

8 A 9 A

4 A 5 A

SPD

W

G–R

14 C 21 C

V–W

II3

B

1

P–B

II3

W B

P–B

1

2

V–W

2

E1

W

6 A (* 1) 16 A (* 2) SIL

E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D

E02

E03

13 C 13 C

26 C 26 C

25 C 16 B

7 A 8 A

A

BR

A

BR


A

BR

A

BR

A

A

BR

BR

B–O

STP 9 A (* 1) 4 A (* 2)

BR BR

A

BR

BR

BR

TACH

G–W

E01

15 C 15 C BR

BR A BR A

E04

BR

E1 24 C 14 C

(* 5)

EOM 2 D

BR


(*6)

B–Y BR

EC

EC

BR

BR

BR

G–W BR

I2

B–O


7. 5A OBD


15A STOP

7 1C

1 1J

2 1D R–L

10 1J

10A GAUGE

R–L

B

W

D

D

3 IG3

V–W

(SHIELDED)

15 B

6 C

SPEEDOMETER

TACHOMETER


R–L

BR

G–R

5 C

P

G–R 10 IG3

L

B–O

2 C

6 IG3

J21 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A

8 1J

4 1R

7 1J

5 1R

R–L

BR

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

8 C A

W–B

J8 B

B–O

A A B B

II2

R–L

W–B A B

2

G–R

BR C A

COMBINATION METER

1

G–W

CG 4

C A

J7 A ,

14 B

C 9 B , C10 C

S6 STOP LIGHT SW

BAT

J8 B

SG 5

7 C

2 16

J7 A ,

SIL

J28 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR

F B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

7

F B

BR

I5


(SHIELDED)

W


V–W

G–R

R–L

R–L

V–W

W



7

IJ1

2

IJ1

L

BR

I3

P

(SHIELDED)

J27 A , J28 B

C B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W–B

A A

BR

F A

B–O

J27 A

II3 G–W

6


JUNCTION CONNECTOR

3

F A

2 SI

SE

IG+ 1

R–L G–W

A J11 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IG


* 5 : CALIFORNIA * 6 : EXCEPT CALIFORNIA

BR

B–O

IH

ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE) SYSTEM OUTLINE This system utilizes an engine control module and maintains overall control of the engine, transmission and so on. An outline of the engine control is explained here. 1. INPUT SIGNALS (1) Engine coolant temp. signal circuit The engine coolant temp. sensor detects the engine coolant temp. and has a built–in thermistor with a resistance which varies according to the engine coolant temp. thus the engine coolant temp. is input in the form of a control signal into TERMINAL THW of the engine control module. (2) Intake air temp. signal circuit The intake air temp. sensor detects the intake air temp., which is input as a control signal into TERMINAL THA of the engine control module. (3) Oxygen sensor signal circuit The oxygen density in the exhaust gases is detected and input as a control signal into TERMINAL OX1 (except California) and OX2 of the engine control module. (4) RPM signal circuit Camshaft position and crankshaft position are detected by the camshaft position sensor and crankshaft position sensor. Camshaft position is input as a control signal to TERMINAL G+ of the engine control module, and engine RPM is input into TERMINAL NE+. (5) Throttle signal circuit The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve opening angle, which is input as a control signal into TERMINAL VTA of the engine control module. (6) Vehicle speed signal circuit The vehicle speed sensor, installed inside the transmission, detects the vehicle speed and inputs a control signal into TERMINAL SPD of the engine control module. (7) Park/Neutral position SW signal circuit (A/T) The Park/Neutral position SW detects whether the shift position are in neutral, parking or not, and inputs a control signal into TERMINAL STA of the engine control module. (8) A/C SW signal circuit The A/C amplifier function is built in the engine control module. The A/C SW signal inputs into the TERMINAL A/C SW of the engine control module. (9) Battery signal circuit Voltage is constantly applied to TERMINAL BATT of the engine control module. When the ignition SW is turned on, the voltage for engine control module start–up power supply is applied to TERMINAL +B of engine control module via EFI relay. (10) Intake air volume signal circuit Intake air volume is detected by the manifold absolute pressure sensor (for manifold pressure) and is input as a control signal into TERMINAL PIN of the engine control module. (11) Starter signal circuit To confirm whether the engine is cranking, the voltage applied to the starter motor during cranking is detected and the signal is input into TERMINAL NSW of the engine control module as a control signal. (12) Engine knock signal circuit Engine knocking is detected by knock sensor 1 and the signal is input into TERMINAL KNK as a control signal. (13) Electrical load signal circuit The signal when systems such as the rear window defogger, headlights, etc. Which cause a high electrical burden are on is input to TERMINAL ELS as a control signal. (14) Air fuel ratio signal circuit (California) The air fuel ratio is detected and input as a control signal into TERMINAL AF+ of the engine control module.

2. CONTROL SYSTEM ∗ SFI system The SFI system monitors the engine condition through the signals, which are input from each sensor (Input signals from (1) to (14) etc.) to the engine control module. The best fuel injection volume is decided based on this data and the program memorized by the engine control module, and the control signal is output to TERMINALS #10, #20, #30 and #40 of the engine control module to operate the injector. (Inject the fuel). The SFI system produces control of fuel injection operation by the engine control module in response to the driving conditions. ∗ ESA system The ESA system monitors the engine condition through the signals, which are input to the engine control module from each sensor (Input signals from (1), (2), (4) to (12) etc.) the best ignition timing is detected according to this data and the memorized data in the engine control module, and the control signal is output to TERMINALS IGT1 and IGT2. This signal controls the igniter to provide the best ignition timing for the driving conditions. ∗ Idle Air Control system The IAC system (Step motor type) increases the RPM and provides idling stability for fast idle–up when the engine is cold and when the idle speed has dropped due to electrical load, etc. The engine control module evaluates the signals from each sensor (Input signals (1), (4) to (8), (13) etc.), outputs current to TERMINALS ISCO and ISCC, and controls the idle air control valve. ∗ Fuel pump control system The engine control module operation outputs to TERMINAL FC and controls the CIR OPN relay. Thus controls the fuel pump drive speed in response to conditions. ∗ EGR control system The EGR cut control system controls the VSV (EGR) by evaluating the signals from each sensor which are input to the engine control module (Input signals (1), (5), (6), (9) etc.) and by sending output to TERMINAL EGR of the engine control module. ∗ A/C conditioning operation system In addition to the conventional A/C cut control, the engine control module performs the air conditioning operation as well since the A/C amplifier function is built in it. 3. DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM With the diagnosis system, when there is a malfunctioning in the engine control module signal system, the malfunction system is recorded in the memory. The malfunctioning system can then be found by reading the display (Code) of the malfunction indicator lamp. 4. FAIL–SAFE SYSTEM When a malfunction occurs in any system, if there is a possibility of engine trouble being caused by continued control based on the signals from that system, the fail–safe system either controls the system by using data (Standard values) recorded in the engine control module memory or else stops the engine. SERVICE HINTS E7 (A), E8 (B), E9 (C), E10 (D) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE Voltage at engine control module wiring connector BATT–E1 : Always 9.0–14.0 volts +B–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) VC–E2 : 4.5– 5.5 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) VTA–E2 : 0.3– 0.8 volts (Ignition SW on and throttle valve fully closed) 3.2–4.9 volts (Ignition SW on and throttle valve open) PIM–E2 : 3.3– 3.9 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) THA–E2 : 0.5–3.4 volts (Ignition SW on and intake air temp. 20°C, 68°F) THW–E2 : 0.2– 1.0 volts (Ignition SW on and coolant temp. 80°C, 176°F) STA–E1 : 6.0–14.0 volts (Engine cranking) W–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (No trouble and engine running) TE1–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) NSW–E1 : 0– 3.0 volts (Ignition SW on and Park/Neutral position SW position P or N position) 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW on and except Park/Neutral position SW position P or N position) IGT1, IGT2–E1 : Pulse generation (Engine cranking or idling) #10, #20, #30, #40–E01, E02 : 9.0–14.0 volts (Ignition SW at ON position) RESISTANCE AT ENGINE CONTROL MODULE WIRING CONNECTORS (Disconnect wiring connector) VC–E2 : 2.5–5.0 kΩ THA–E2 : 2.21–2.69 kΩ (Intake air temp. 20°C, 68°F) THW–E2 : 0.29–0.354 kΩ (Coolant temp. 80°C, 176°F)

ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE) : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

Code

See Page

Code

See Page

A11

28 (5S–FE)

H8

30

J21

31

A13

30

H9

30

J23

31

A14

30

I1

29 (5S–FE)

J25

C1

28 (5S–FE)

I3

29 (5S–FE)

J27

A

31

C2

28 (5S–FE)

I4

29 (5S–FE)

J28

B

31

C7

30

I8

29 (5S–FE)

J29

31

31

C9

B

30

I9

29 (5S–FE)

J40

32

C10

C

30

I10

29 (5S–FE)

K1

29 (5S–FE)

D1

28 (5S–FE)

I11

29 (5S–FE)

M1

29 (5S–FE)

D5

30

I14

29 (5S–FE)

P1

29 (5S–FE)

D11

30

I16

30

P2

29 (5S–FE)

E5

28 (5S–FE)

J3

31

S6

31

A

30

J4

31

T2

29 (5S–FE)

E8

B

30

J7

A

31

T3

31

E9

C

30

J8

B

31

V1

29 (5S–FE)

E10

D

30

J10

31

V2

29 (5S–FE)

F4

A

28 (5S–FE)

J11

31

V4

29 (5S–FE)

F6

C

28 (5S–FE)

J12

31

V5

29 (5S–FE)

F14

32

J15

31

V7

29 (5S–FE)

H3

28 (5S–FE)

J19

31

E7


See Page 24

Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) Engine Room R/B No.1 (Engine Compartment Left)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code 1B 1C 1D

See Page


20


20


20


22


22


1J 1K 1R 1W 2A 2C 2F 2J 2K 2L


See Page


EB1

38 (5S–FE)

Cowl Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room J/B No.2)

ID1

40


IG3

40


42


42


42


II2 II3 II4 IJ1 IK1 IK2


See Page


EB

38 (5S–FE)


EC

38 (5S–FE)

Intake Manifold

IG

40


IH

40


BL

44



See Page

E3

38 (5S–FE)

I1

42

I2

42


I5

Engine Wire

A11

A13

3

See Page


I3 42

Cowl Wire

I6

A14

DARK GRAY

1

Code

C1

C2

DARK GRAY

DARK GRAY

1 2

1 2

C7

15

2 1 2

4

C9 (B)

C9 (B)

(TMC Made)

14 15

(TMMK Made)

C10 (C)

C10 (C)

(TMC Made) BROWN

BROWN

2 5 6

7 8

2 5 6

14 15

7 8

1 2

ENGINE CONTROL (5S–FE) ∗ 1 : w/ Engine Immobiliser System ∗ 2 : w/o Engine Immobiliser System

D5

D1 BLACK X X 3

X

X 8 X X

12 X X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

D11

E5

ORANGE

GREEN

1 2 3

1 2

16 X X X X X X X X 7 X 5 4 X X X

E7 (A)

E7 (A)

E8 (B)

E8 (B)

(∗ 1)

(∗ 2)

(∗ 1) DARK GRAY

(∗ 2)

1 2 4 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 4 5 X 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

12 13 14 19 20 21 22

12 13 14 15 16 21 22

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

E9 (C)

E9 (C)

E10 (D)

(∗ 1) DARK GRAY

(∗ 2)

DARK GRAY

F4 (A)

1 2 3 4 X 6 7 9 10 11 12 13

2 3 4 5 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 2 3 4 X 6

14 15 X 17 X 19 22 23 24 25 26

14 15 X 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26

7 8 9 X 11 12

1

F6 (C)

F14 1

4

H3

H8

DARK GRAY

DARK GRAY

5

1

2

1

2

3

4

3

4

H9 2

I1

I3

I4

I8

I9

I10

GRAY

GRAY

BLACK

BROWN

GRAY

BROWN

1 2 3

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

12

12

12

I11

I14

GRAY

BLACK

12

I16

J3

J4 BLACK

1 2 X

X

6

7

8

C C C C (Hint : See Page 7)

X X DD DX (Hint : See Page 7)

J7 (A)

J8 (B)

J10

GRAY

GRAY

BLACK

J11

A A A A A A

A A A A A A

B B B C C C

B B B C C C

D D D

A A

A A

A

A


(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J12

J15

J19

J21

BLACK

BLACK

GRAY

GRAY

A A A B B B

B B B

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

A A A B B A A A B B B B B

A A A B B A A A B B B B B

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J23

J25

J27 (A)

J28 (B)


B B B B

A A B B

B B C C

E E F F

E E F F

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)


J29

J40

B B B B

A A

(Hint : See Page 7)

X

5

A A

A

K1

M1

DARK GRAY

BLACK

1

A

1 2 3

(Hint : See Page 7)

P1

P2

S6

T2

GRAY

BLACK

BLUE

BLACK

6

1

1 2 3 1

2

T3

X X X X 6 X

V1

V2

V4

V5

V7

BLACK

BLACK

BLUE

BLACK

BLUE

1

2

3

1 2 3 1

2

1

2

1

2

ENGINE IMMOBILISER SYSTEM FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) * 1 : 1MZ–FE * 2 : 5S–FE

15A EFI 7 2K 5

B–W

C

(*1)


1

5 2C

4 2F

W–B

W–B

II4 B–W

6

B–Y

(*1)

2 2J

B–W

2

B–Y

B–W 3

(*2)

EFI RELAY

(*2)

C

8 A (* 1) 7 D (* 2) MREL

B A

E 7 A , E 9 C , E10 D

B A CODE

RXCK

4 C 8 D J27 A , J28 B

2

3

(* 2)

L–Y

II4 (* 2)

2

L–Y

(*1)

L–Y

(* 2)

R–L

II4 (* 2)

4

R–L

(*1)

(* 2)

II4 (* 2)

1

G–W

(*1)

G–W

G–W

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

4

TRANSPONDER KEY COIL

1

T7 TRANSPONDER KEY AMPLIFIER

5

EB

W–B

W–B

B–Y

W–B

B–Y

E B

TXCT


10 C (* 1) 9 D (* 2)

5 C 3 D

R–L

E A

IE


See Page

Code

E7

A

30

J27

E9

C

30

J28

E10

D

30

J35

See Page A

31

B

31

Code T7

See Page 31

31


2C 2F 2J 2K

See Page


22


22



II4

See Page 42



EB IE

See Page 36(1MZ–FE) 38(5S–FE) 40

Ground Points Location Left Radiator Side Suport Cowl Side Panel LH

E7 (A)

E9 (C)

(1MZ–FE)

(1MZ–FE)

E10 (D)

3 X

X X X 4 5 X

8 X X

X X X 10 X

X X

X X

X

J27 (A)

(5S–FE) DARK GRAY

7 8 9 X

X

B B E E (Hint : See Page 7)

J28 (B)

J35

T7

C C

1 2 3 4 5

E E

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

HEADLIGHT (w/o DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT)

2 4

1

40A MAIN

15A HEAD (LH)

HEAD RELAY 3

2

8 2K

3 2G

4 2G

6 2G

R

R–B

R–B

8 2C R–W

1 3 2B

15A HEAD (RH)

3

3


H1 HEADLIGHT LH

B 2

1

1 R–L

R–B

R–B

B

H2 HEADLIGHT RH 2

R–L

B

B

3 F B

I17 INTEGRATION RELAY

D B

D B J35 A , J36 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR

D A

F A

F A

4 R–L

1 A

F B

R–B

F4 A , F6 C

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

R–B 1 C

R–Y

R–B

R–L

8

7

17

LOW HIGH FLASH 16 W–B

C13 COMBINATION SW

8

9

W–B

HEAD

R–L

3 IG1

TAIL

C9 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER]

DIMMER SW

B–G

LIGHT CONTROL SW

13 OFF

A


A

8 1J

BATTERY


A 7 1J

A

IG

W–B

W–B

FL MAIN 3. 0W

W–B

J11 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IF

SERVICE HINTS HEAD RELAY [ENGINE ROOM J/B NO.2] 2–1 : Closed with the light control SW at HEAD position or the dimmer SW at FLASH position C13 COMBINATION SW 13–16 : Continuity with the light control SW at HEAD position 8–16 : Continuity with the dimmer SW at FLASH position 7–16 : Continuity with the dimmer SW at HIGH or FLASH position : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

C9

30

C13

30

F4 F6

H1

26 (1MZ–FE)

A

H2

28 (5S–FE)

C

Code

See Page

Code

26 (1MZ–FE)

See Page

J7

31

28 (5S–FE)

J11

31

26 (1MZ–FE)

J32

31

28 (5S–FE)

J35

A

31

J36

B

31

26 (1MZ–FE)

I17

30

28 (5S–FE)

J5

31

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code 1J

See Page


20


22


22


2B 2C 2G 2K

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code IG1

See Page 40

Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Lower Finish Panel)


See Page


IF

40

Left Kick Panel

IG

40


HEADLIGHT (w/o DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT) C9

C9

(TMC Made)

8

(TMMK Made)

9

C13

8

F4 (A)

F6 (C) 1

9

H1

H2

BLACK

BLACK

1

1

1 2

X

X X X13 X 16 17

X X X 7

I17

3 4

J5

J7

ORANGE

GRAY


J11

2

3

A A A A A A

J32 GRAY

A A

A A

A


(Hint : See Page 7)

J35 (A)

J36 (B)

D D F F

D D F F (Hint : See Page 7)

B B B B

A

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

3

8

MEMO

HEADLIGHT (w/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT) G–R R–B 2

4

1

R–L HEAD RELAY

40A MAIN 3

2

8 2K

3 2G

4 2G

1

15A HEAD LH (UPR)

R–B

R

3 2B

15A HEAD RH (UPR)

G–R

R

2

6 1C

2

2

5 2G

2 2G R

R DIM RELAY

1 3

2

R–W

2

2

2 2

1

2 R–L

3

1 D2 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RESISTOR

8 EB1

2

R–B

W–R

2 R–Y

3

2 1 DRL NO. 4 RELAY

FL MAIN 3. 0W

1 H2 HEADLIGHT RH

R–B

R–B

W–R 1 A

F4 A , F6 C , F9 F

100A ALT

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

1 C

B–G

4

2 2

2

R–Y

BATTERY

R R

W–B

B–R 2 F

3

R–Y

B–R B–R 1 F

2 H1 HEADLIGHT LH

4 1B

E3

R–G

4

R–B

B

R

5A DRL NO. 2

W–B

5

1

1

2 TAILLIGHT RELAY

3

EB

7 EB1

R

G–R

G–R

R–B

R–B 2 A J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

1

1

A 10A H–LP LH (LWR)

10A H–LP RH (LWR) R–B

3

2 2

2

R

G–R

R–G

D6 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

16

H–LP

H–ON

CSB

20

19

2

18

6

R

R–B

R

CSO

CSE

P–L

GR–R

4 IG1

9 IG1

8 IG1

P–L

5

V–Y

15

V–Y

B B


1

4

CLTB

CLTS

R–Y R R

A40 AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR

GR–R

B

H

DIM

R–Y

R–B

R–B

TAIL

3 CLTE

HEADLIGHT (w/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

R–L 7. 5A DOME

R–B

D A

3

J27 A , J28 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR


2

12 2J

F B

R

R–L 1

R–B

4

R–B R–Y

R–Y

G

G

1 1W

R–Y

R–W

R

7 1V

R–L

G–Y

R–Y

T

22

23

+B

IG

3 HI

PKB

BRK

13

14

4

E 12

R–W

Y

R–W

CHG–

21 IND

W–B


17

C J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR


7 IG1

C

B B

R–W

R–W

Y

B

1

1

R–W

W–B

6 EB1

Y

P3 PARKING BRAKE SW

1

B2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW

G2 GENERATOR

W–B

2 L

W–B


10A GAUGE

1 1J

2 1D R–L

R–L

R–B R–Y G

R–Y

R–L

R–W

3 IG1

G

R–Y

R–B

D J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

14

13

8

R–L

R–L

D

LIGHT CONTROL SW


DIMMER SW

9 B

OFF TAIL HEAD LOW HIGH FLASH

W–B

R–W

7 B

C13 COMBINATION SW

8 B

HIGH BEAM

BRAKE

7 C

7

3 IG2

16

R–Y W–B

R–W

W–B

A A J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

7 1J

8 1J

W–B

W–B

A

A W–B

W–B

IF


A

IG

W–B

A

W–B

A


HEADLIGHT (w/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT) SYSTEM OUTLINE The current from the FL MAIN is always flowing from the MAIN fuse to HEAD relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL H–LP of the daytime running light relay (Main), from DOME fuse to TERMINAL +B of the daytime running light relay (Main) and from the ALT fuse to Taillight relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL TAIL (TMMK Made) of the daytime running light relay (Main). When the ignition SW is turned on, the current flowing through the GAUGE fuse flows to TERMINAL IG of the daytime running light relay (Main). 1. DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT OPERATION When the engine is started, voltage generated at TERMINAL L of the generator is applied to TERMINAL CHG– of the daytime running light relay (Main). If the parking brake lever is pulled up (Parking brake SW on) at this time, the relay is not activated so the daytime running light system does not operate. If the parking brake lever is then released (Parking brake SW off), a signal is input to TERMINAL PKB of the relay. This activates the daytime running light relay (Main) and the HEAD relay is turned to on, so the current flows from the MAIN fuse to the HEAD relay (Point side) to TERMINAL 1 of the DIM relay to TERMINAL 4 to H–LP LH (LWR), H–LP RH (LWR) fuses to TERMINAL 1 of the headlights to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1 of the daytime running light resistor to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND, causing the headlights to light up (Headlights light up dimmer than normal brightness.). Once the daytime running light system operates and the headlights light up, the headlights remain on even if the parking brake lever is pulled up (Parking brake SW on). If the engine stalls and the ignition SW remains on, the headlights remain light up even through current is no longer output from TERMINAL L of the generator. If the ignition SW is then turned off, the headlights go off. If the engine is started with the parking brake lever released (Parking brake SW off), the daytime running light system operates and headlights light up when the engine starts. 2. HEADLIGHT OPERATION When the light control SW is switched to HEAD position and the dimmer SW is set to LOW position, causing the daytime running light relay (Main) and the HEAD relay to turn on, so the current flows from the MAIN fuse to HEAD relay (Point side) to DRL NO.2 fuse to TERMINAL 3 of the DRL NO.4 relay to TERMINAL 4 to TERMINAL H–ON of the daytime running light relay (Main) to TERMINAL H to TERMINAL 3 of the integration relay to TERMINAL 4 to TERMINAL 13 of the light control SW to TERMINAL 16 to GROUND, activating the DRL. NO.4 relay. The current to HEAD relay (Point side) then flows to TERMINAL 1 of the DIM relay to TERMINAL 4 to H–LP LH (LWR), H–LP RH (LWR) fuses to TERMINAL 1 of the headlights to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1 of the DRL NO.4 relay to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND, causing the headlights to light up at normal intensity. When the light control SW is switched to HEAD position and the dimmer SW is set to HIGH position, the signal from the dimmer SW is input to the daytime running light relay (Main). This activates the daytime running light relay (Main) and the HEAD relay is turned on, so the current flows from the MAIN fuse to HEAD relay (Point side) to TERMINAL 1 of the DIM relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL DIM of the daytime running light relay (Main), activating the DIM relay. This causes current to flow from TERMINAL 1 of the DIM relay to TERMINAL 2 to HEAD LH (UPR), HEAD RH (UPR) fuses to TERMINAL 2 of the headlights to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1 of the DRL NO.4 relay to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND, causing the headlights to light up at high beam and the high beam indicator light to light up. When the dimmer SW is switched to FLASH position, the signal from the dimmer SW is input to the daytime running light relay (Main). This activates the daytime running light relay (Main) and the HEAD relay is turned on, so the current flows from the MAIN fuse to HEAD relay (Point side) to DRL NO.2 fuse to TERMINAL 3 of the DRL NO.4 relay to TERMINAL 4 to TERMINAL H–ON of the daytime running light relay (Main) to TERMINAL H to TERMINAL 8 of the dimmer SW to TERMINAL 16 to GROUND, activating the DRL NO.4 relay. At the same time, the current flows from the TERMINAL 1 of the DIM relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL DIM of the daytime running light relay (Main), activating the DIM relay, and also flows from the HEAD LH (UPR), HEAD RH (UPR) fuses to TERMINAL 2 of the headlights to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 1 of the DRL NO.4 relay to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND, causing the headlights to light up at high beam and the high beam indicator light to light up.

3. AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL OPERATION When the daytime running light is operating and the Automatic control sensor detects a decrease in the ambient light (It continues less than approx. 2500 lux over about 20 seconds, and it is less than 1000 lux.), the automatic light control operation starts. At the same time, daytime running light relay (Main) is activated, so current flows from the ALT fuse to the Taillight relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL TAIL of the daytime running light relay (Main), and the DRL NO.2 fuse to the DRL NO.4 relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL H–ON of the daytime running light relay (Main), activating both the Taillight relay and the DRL NO.4 relay, so that the taillights and headlights light up. When the automatic light control sensor detects an increase in the ambient light (It continues more than approx. 1000 lux over about 20 seconds, and it is more than approx. 2500 lux), the ignition SW is turned to off, the light control SW is turned to HEAD position, and the automatic light control operation stops. SERVICE HINTS HEAD RELAY [ENGINE ROOM J/B NO.2] 1–2 : Closed with the light control SW at HEAD position or the dimmer SW at FLASH position Closed with the engine running and the parking brake lever is released (Parking brake SW off) TAILLIGHT RELAY [INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B] 5–3 : Closed with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position D6 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN) 2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position 5, 7,17–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the light control SW at HEAD position or the dimmer SW at FLASH position Approx. 12 volts with the engine running and the parking brake lever is released (Parking brake SW off) 6,15–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts 8–GROUND : Continuity with the parking brake lever pulled up 11–GROUND : 13.9–15.1 volts with the engine running at 2000 rpm 25°C (77°F) 12–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the high beam light up 13–GROUND : Always continuity 16–GROUND : Continuity with the dimmer SW at HIGH or FLASH position 18–GROUND : Continuity with the brake fluid level not enough : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

A40

30 26 (1MZ–FE)

B2

28 (5S–FE)

C9

B

30

C10

C

30

C13

30 26 (1MZ–FE)

D2

28 (5S–FE)

D6 F4

30 A

26 (1MZ–FE) 28 (5S–FE)

Code F6

See Page C

F9

F G2 H1 H2 I17

Code

See Page

26 (1MZ–FE)

J1

31

28 (5S–FE)

J2

31

26 (1MZ–FE)

J4

31

28 (5S–FE)

J5

31

26 (1MZ–FE)

J7

31

28 (5S–FE)

J11

31

26 (1MZ–FE)

J27

A

31

28 (5S–FE)

J28

B

31

26 (1MZ–FE) 28 (5S–FE) 30

P3

31

HEADLIGHT (w/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT) : RELAY BLOCKS Code 2

See Page 24

Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) Engine Room R/B No.2 (Near the Battery)


See Page


1B 1C

20


1D

20


20


22


22


1J 1V 1W 2B 2G 2J 2K

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code EB1 IG1 IG2


Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Cowl Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room J/B No.2) No 2) Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Lower Finish Panel)

: GROUND POINTS Code EB


Ground Points Location Left Radiator Side Support

IF

40

Left Kick Panel

IG

40





Code E3



A40

B2

BLACK

GRAY

1

1 X 3 4

C9 (B) (TMC Made)

7 8

2

9

C9 (B)

C10 (C)

(TMMK Made)

7 8

(TMC Made) BROWN

9

C10 (C)

7

D2

C13

(TMMK Made) BROWN

GRAY

7

X X X 7

8 1

X X X X 1314 X 16

D6

F4 (A)

2

G2

F6 (C)

BLACK 1 X 2 3 4 5 6

1

1

X X X X X

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 X X

H1

H2

BLACK

BLACK

1 2

I17

J2

J1

BLACK

1 3

2

3 1 2 3 4

A A A B B B

B C C B B B B C C

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J4

J5

J7

BLACK

ORANGE

GRAY


A A A A A A


J11

A


A

A A

A

A

(Hint : See Page 7)

HEADLIGHT (w/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT) J27 (A)

J28 (B)

D D

F F

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

P3

1

MEMO

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

B

3 2B 1

5

7. 5A DOME

10A GAUGE

1

TAILLIGHT RELAY

40A MAIN 2

12 2J

3 2

6 1C * * * *

G–R

3

2

8 2K R G–R

T

H

(* 2 *4)

D6 A ,

(*1) J32 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B

(* 2)

B

B–R

G–Y

E3


R–B

G–R

(EXCEPT * 2 * 4)

5 A (* 3) 2 B (* 4)

17 B

B R

H–LP B

TAIL

B

(* 1)

B–R

6 A (* 3) 19 B (* 4)

16 B

R–B

(*2)

(* 2 * 4)

B–R

1

HEAD RELAY

A

A

B

4

R–B


1 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT 2 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT 3 : TMC MADE 4 : TMMK MADE

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

4 1B

R–B 1 1W

(*2) 1 C

1 F

2 F

2 C

7

3 C

100A ALT

1 A

F4 A , F6 C , F9 F

1 C

10

4 C

G

W–B

W–B

FL MAIN 3. 0L

I17 C INTEGRATION RELAY

7 1S

C13 COMBINATION SW

14

13

OFF TAIL R–G

8 1J

LIGHT CONTROL SW

7 1J

6

R–Y

B–G

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

HEAD

W–B

16

BATTERY

1 A

IG


A


D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH

1

SYSTEM OUTLINE With the ignition SW turned on, the current flows to TERMINAL 7 of the integration relay through GAUGE fuse. Voltage is applied at all times to TERMINAL (C) 2 of the integration relay through the taillight relay coil side, and to TERMINAL (C) 3 through the HEAD relay coil side (w/o daytime running light) or through the daytime running light relay (Main) (w/ daytime running light). 1. NORMAL LIGHTING OPERATION With the light control SW turned to TAIL position, a signal is input into TERMINAL (C) 1 of the integration relay. Due to this signal, the current flowing to TERMINAL (C) 2 of the relay flows to TERMINAL (C) 1 to TERMINAL 14 of the light control SW to TERMINAL 16 to GROUND, and taillight relay causes taillights to turn on. With the light control SW turned to HEAD position, a signal is input into TERMINALS (C) 1 and (C) 4 of the integration relay. Due to this signal, the current flowing to TERMINAL (C) 3 of the relay flows to TERMINAL (C) 4 to TERMINAL 13 of the light control SW to TERMINAL 16 to GROUND in the headlight circuit, and causes taillight and HEAD relay to turn the lights on. The taillight circuit is same as above. 2. LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF OPERATION With light on and ignition SW turned off (Input signal goes to TERMINAL 7 of the relay), when the driver’s door is opened (Input signal goes to TERMINAL 6 of the relay), the relay operates and the current is cut off which flows from TERMINAL (C) 2 of the relay to TERMINAL (C) 1 In taillight circuit and from TERMINAL (C) 3 to TERMINAL (C) 4 in headlight circuit. As a result, all lights are turned off automatically. SERVICE HINTS HEAD RELAY [ENGINE ROOM J/B NO.2] 2–1 : Closed with the light control SW at HEAD position or the dimmer SW at FLASH position Closed with the engine running and the parking brake lever released (w/ daytime running light) TAILLIGHT RELAY [INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B] 3–5 : Closed with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH 1–GROUND : Continuity with the front LH door open I17 (C) INTEGRATION RELAY 7–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position 6–GROUND : Continuity with the front LH door open 1–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts 10–GROUND : Always continuity (C) 2–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts (C) 3–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts (C) 4–GROUND : Continuity with the light control SW at HEAD position (C) 1–GROUND : Continuity with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

C13 D6

30 A

30

B

30

D12 F4

32 A

26 (1MZ–FE) 28 (5S–FE)

Code F6

See Page C

F9

F

I17

C J1

26 (1MZ–FE)

Code

See Page

J2

31

28 (5S–FE)

J7

31

26 (1MZ–FE)

J11

31

28 (5S–FE)

J32

31

30 31

LIGHT AUTO TURN OFF : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code

See Page


1B 1C

20


1S

20

Floor Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1W

20


2B

22

Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B No.2 (Engine Compartment Left)

22


1J

2J 2K


See Page

IG


40



See Page

E3


36 (1MZ–FE)

Code

Cowl Wire

E3

C13



D6 (A)

D6 (B)

(TMC Made) GRAY

X X X

X

X X

X X

(TMMK Made)

5 6

X

X 2

16 17 19 X X

X X X X 1314 X 16

D12

X X X X X

F4 (A)

F6 (C)

F9 (F)

I17 (C)

ORANGE 1

1

1 1

J1

B B B B B

J2

J7

BLACK

GRAY

A A A (Hint : See Page 7)

2

B B B B (Hint : See Page 7)

A

A A

A

A


J32

J11

A A A A A A A

(Hint : See Page 7)

GRAY

1 2 3 4

MEMO

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

2 1L

3 2K W

H7 HAZARD SW

10A HAZARD

G–R

7. 5A TURN

10

8

C13 TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW]

OFF

RH

HAZARD

TURN

G–W

6

2

1

3 G–Y

1

5

G–B

G–R

9

G–B

7

T6 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER 2

G–Y

LH

G–B

ON

C

D

G–B

3

G–Y

D

G–B

C


G–B

W–B

G–Y

D

G–B

C

8 1V

1 EB1

6 1S

2 1A

8 1H

6 1H

G–B

G–Y

1 B

1 C

LH

RH

16 B W–B

C 9 B , C10 C

TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER]

2

F2 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH

3

W–B

5

R11 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]

5

6

W–B

6

W–B

2

R9 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

3

W–B

IG


E4

EB

W–B

A W–B

A


B11

BP

W–B

F1 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH

G–Y

B B

J35 A , J36 B

G–Y

G–B

G–B

B A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

G–Y

11 1S

5 1A 10 1C

IF

SERVICE HINTS T6 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER 2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on or the hazard SW on 1–GROUND : Changes from 12 to 0 volts with the ignition SW on and the turn signal SW LEFT or RIGHT position, and with the hazard SW on 3–GROUND : Always continuity : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

Code

See Page

Code

B

30

F2

28 (5S–FE)

C10

C

30

H7

30

R9

33

30

J5

31

R11

33

26 (1MZ–FE)

J11

31

T6

31

28 (5S–FE)

J15

31

C13 F1 F2

26 (1MZ–FE)

J35

A

J36

See Page

C9

B

31

31

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code 1A

See Page


20


1H

20


1L

20


1S

20


1V

20


2K

22


1C

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code EB1


Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Cowl Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room J/B No.2) No 2)




IF

40

Left Kick Panel

IG

40


BP

44

Back Panel Center



Wire Harness with Splice Points Engine Room Main Wire

Code B11

See Page 44

Wire Harness with Splice Points Floor Wire

TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LIGHT C9 (B)

C9 (B)

(TMC Made)

(TMMK Made)

1

16

1

C10 (C)

C10 (C)

(TMC Made) BROWN

1

16

C13

(TMMK Made) BROWN

1

F1

F2

H7

J5

GRAY

GRAY

BLACK

ORANGE

2

2

3

3

X

X

5 6 7 8 9 10

J35 (A)

2

X X X

X

X X X X

3

J11

A A A A A A A A A A A A A (Hint : See Page 7)

J15

1

A A

A A

A

(Hint : See Page 7)

J36 (B)

R9

R11

B B

B B

X 5 6

X 5 6

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

BLACK CCCD D D (Hint : See Page 7)

T6

1 2

3

A

MEMO

STOP LIGHT FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

15A STOP

10A GAUGE

1 1S

2 1D

W

R–L

7 1C

D J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

2

R–L

S6 STOP LIGHT SW

R–L

D

7 C 1

C 8 A , C10 C

G–W

REAR LIGHTS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

Y–G

3 A

4 1R

5

IF2

G–W

Y–G

2 1S

L3 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

7

4

8

DELAY HOLD

2

11

G–R

1

5

B11 J40 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A

BL

W–B

W–B

A

BP

W–B

G–R 2

W–B

5

R11 STOP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]

G–R 2

W–B

W–B

1

H10 HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT

2

R9 STOP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

R

B7

SYSTEM OUTLINE Current is applied at all times through the STOP fuse to TERMINAL 2 of the stop light SW. When the ignition SW is turned on, current flows from the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 8 of the light failure sensor, and also flows through the rear lights warning light to TERMINAL 4 of the light failure sensor. STOP LIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING When the ignition SW is turned on and the brake pedal is pressed (Stop light SW on), if the stop light circuit is open, the current flowing from TERMINAL 7 of the light failure sensor to TERMINAL 2 and 1 changes, so the light failure sensor detects the disconnection and the warning circuit of the light failure sensor is activated. As a result, the current flows from TERMINAL 4 of the light failure sensor to TERMINAL 11 to GROUND and turns the rear lights warning light on. By pressing the brake pedal, the current flowing to TERMINAL 8 of the light failure sensor keeps the warning circuit on holding and the warning light on until the ignition SW is turned off. SERVICE HINTS S6 STOP LIGHT SW 2–1 : Closed with the brake pedal depressed L3 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

1, 2, 7–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the stop light SW on 4, 8–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position 11–GROUND : Always continuity : PARTS LOCATION Code C8 C10

See Page

Code

See Page

Code

See Page

A

30

J4

31

R9

33

C

30

J40

32

R11

33

32

L3

32

S6

31

H10


See Page


1C

20


1D

20


1R

20


1S

20


: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code IF2

See Page 40

Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)


See Page


BL

44


BP

44

Back Panel Center

: SPLICE POINTS Code B7

See Page 44


Code B11

See Page 44


STOP LIGHT C8 (A)

C8 (A)

(TMC Made) BLUE

(TMMK Made) BLUE

3

3

C10 (C)

C10 (C)

(TMC Made) BROWN

H10

(TMMK Made) BROWN 1

7

J4

J40

2

7

L3

R9

R11

2

2

X 5

X 5

BLACK X X DD DX

A A

A A

A

A


S6 BLUE

1

2

1 2 4 X X 7 8 X 11 X

MEMO

INTERIOR LIGHT B

W–B

1 2A 1 SHORT PIN 2

7. 5A DOME

12 2J R

R

R

B1 R

1

2

R

B5

R

B

R

1

C16 CONDENSER

L3 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR R

R

2

DOOR

I19 INTERIOR LIGHT

1

L5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT

2

OFF ON

R 1 A

2

2

P5 PERSONAL LIGHT

V8 VANITY LIGHT LH

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

F4 A , F6 C

1 V9 VANITY LIGHT RH

1

1 C

(*1)

R

B1

1

2

R–W

1

(* 1)

W–B

W–B

W–B

B–G

W–B

(W/ FADE OUT) R–W (W/O FADE OUT)

R–Y

B 3 : *1 B 2 : *2

BATTERY

W–B

3 1F

3 1V

W–B


BM

IE

L6 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW

W–B

FL MAIN 3. 0W

1

* 1 : W/ MOON ROOF * 2 : W/O MOON ROOF

W–B

* 3 : W/O THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM * 4 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM

7 1J I18 A , B INTEGRATION RELAY

4

D10 DIODE (DOME)

6 1F 12 1S

E

R

R–G D7 DIODE (COURTESY)

R

R–W 1

2 R–G

2

J33 A , J34 B

10

1

R–W

11

I15 IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT

C9 OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

J33 A JUNCTION CONNECTOR

G–R R–W

E A JUNCTION CONNECTOR


E

7 1S

D A D A D A

2

R

4 1G

R–G

1

11 1H

R–W

G–R

R

R

2 1F

R–W

1 1M

R–W

2 1M

8 A (*3) 6 B (*4)

6

(W/O FADE OUT)

8 1G

R–W

9 1S

(W/ FADE OUT)

5 1F

R

1 1W

R–Y

2

R

1

R–W

10

E A

D B

R–G

R–W (W/ FADE OUT) R–W (W/O FADE OUT)

R–G

1

D13 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH

1


R–G

6 IN2

R–W

1

D15 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH

D14 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR LH

R–W

8 IN2

1

INTERIOR LIGHT SERVICE HINTS I18 (A), (B) INTEGRATION RELAY 1–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts 4–GROUND : Continuity with the one of each door (Front LH, RH, rear LH and RH) open 6–GROUND : Continuity with the front LH door open 10–GROUND : Always continuity D12, D13, D14, D15 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH 1–GROUND : Closed with the door open L6 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW 1–GROUND : Closed with the luggage compartment door open : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

C9

30

C16

32

D7

30

D10

30

D12

32

D13

32

D14

32

D15 F4

A

Code

See Page

F4

A

F6

C

Code

See Page

28 (5S–FE)

J33

A

31

26 (1MZ–FE)

J34

B

31

28 (5S–FE)

L3

32

30

L5

32

A

30

L6

32

B

30

P5

33

I19

32

V8

33

32

J11

31

V9

33

26 (1MZ–FE)

J16

31

I15 I18

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code 1F

See Page


20

Roof Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

20


20


20


20


2A

22


2J

22


1G 1H 1J 1M 1S 1V 1W

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code IN2

See Page 42

Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Floor No.2 Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)


See Page


IE

40

Cowl Side Panel LH

IG

40


BM

44

Roof Left

: SPLICE POINTS Code B1 B2

See Page 44

Wire Harness with Splice Points Roof Wire

Code

See Page


B3

44

Roof Wire

B5

44

Floor Wire

C9

C9

(TMC Made)

10 11

D7

D10

BLACK

BLACK

1 2

1 2

C16

(TMMK Made)

1 2

10 11

D12

D13

D14

D15

1

1

1

1

F4 (A) 1

F6 (C)

I15

I18 (A)

I18 (B)

(w/o Theft Deterrent System) ORANGE 1

8

1 2

I19

(w/ Theft Deterrent System) ORANGE

X X 6

X X

X X X X X X X

J11

A A

J16

J33 (A)

J34 (B)

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

E E E

D D D E E E

D D D

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

A A

A

A


L3 1 X X X X

1

2

L6 GRAY

1

2

P5

V9 (TMMK Made) 1

2

V8

V8

(TMC Made) BLUE

(TMMK Made)

1

1 1 2

V9 (TMC Made) BLUE

L5 GRAY

2

1

2

1 2

ILLUMINATION G 1

5

TAILLIGHT RELAY

7. 5A PANEL 2

4 1B

3

6 1C

4 1J

5 1D G

G

B–R

G–R

G

A


E3


B A

A

B A

G–R

B

G A24 ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION

2

1

2

B

G

(* 3)

12

(* 3)

A34 A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

G

(* 4)

(* 4)

7

B

B

3

6

G

(* 4)

1

FL MAIN 3. 0W

G

1

B5 BLOWER SW

2

4

B B

(* 4)

B–G

2

B


1 A

6

B B

(* 4)

(* 5)

2

B B

A14 A/C SW

G–Y

C5 CIGARETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION G B

G

B B

(* 4)


17

B B

R5 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW

100A ALT

(*6)

G–R

2 F

F4 A , F9 F

B–R

1 F

16

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

B–R

(* 5)

LIGHT CONTROL SW

14

OFF

A B

A B

A B

A B

A A

A A

TAIL HEAD A A

16

J13 A , J14 B

W–B

A

W–B

B

A


B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B 8 1J

6 1V

7 1J

4 1H

W–B

BATTERY

C13 COMBINATION SW

A

IG

B


G

G

G

G

G

A A

A A

A A

A A


12

G

G3 GLOVE BOX LIGHT AND SW

3

13

C10 COMBINATION METER ILLUMINATION [COMB. METER]

O2 A/T SHIFT LEVER ILLUMINATION [O/D MAIN SW]

1

2

W–B

B

B

(* 2)

B

W–G

R4 C

9 C

RADIO AND PLAYER

2 C

W–G

5 B

(* 1)

G R2 B , R3 A

3

RADIO AND PLAYER

H7 HAZARD SW

10 A 2

1

(*1)

(* 2)

10 IH1

G

G

G

G

A B

(*1)

A B

G

G


A

(* 1)

W–G

5 IH2

A

E B

B

G

W–B

A

D A 3

1 E

B

T

W–B

D A

ILL E B

B

D A

2

B

J16 A , J17 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR * 1 : SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER * 2 : BUILT–IN TYPE AMPLIFIER

* 3 : AUTOMATIC A/C * 4 : MANUAL A/C

* 5 : TMMK MADE W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT * 6 : EXCEPT * 5

IF

R7 RHEOSTAT

ILLUMINATION SERVICE HINTS TAILLIGHT RELAY [INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B] 5–3 : Closed with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position C13 COMBINATION SW 14–16 : Closed with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

A14

30

A24

30

A34

30

Code F9

See Page F

Code

See Page

28 (5S–FE)

J17

B

31

G3

30

J30

A

31

H7

30

J31

B

31

B5

30

I7

30

C5

30

J2

31

R2

B

31

C10

30

J5

31

R3

A

31

C13

30

J7

31

R4

C

31

D6

30

J11

31

R5

31

R7

31

F4

A

F9

F

26 (1MZ–FE)

J13

A

31

28 (5S–FE)

J14

B

31

26 (1MZ–FE)

J16

A

31

O2

31

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code 1B 1C 1D 1H 1J 1V

See Page


20


20


20


: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code IH1 IH2

See Page 40

Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.2 No 2 Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)


See Page


IF

40

Left Kick Panel

IG

40





Code E3



A14

A24

B5

A34

C5

BLACK 3 4

1 2

2 X 12

X X X X

C10

C10

(TMC Made) BROWN

(TMMK Made) BROWN

12 13

D6

1

X

6 7

C13

12 13

F4 (A)

X

X X X 14 X 16

F9 (F)

G3

ORANGE

BLACK

X X X

1 X

X X X X X

1

1

2

2

16 17 X X

H7

I17

BLACK

X 2

J2

J5

BLACK

ORANGE

A A A

3 X 1 2



J11

J7 GRAY A A A A A A A

A

J13 (A)

J14 (B)

BLUE

BLUE

A A A A A A

A A A A A A

B B B B B B

B B B B B B

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

A A

A

A


2

J16 (A)

J17 (B)

J30 (A)

J31 (B)

O2

BLACK

BLACK

GRAY

GRAY

BLUE

A A A A A A

A A A A A A

D D D

E E E

1 3

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

ILLUMINATION R2 (B)

X 5

R3 (A)

R4 (C)

X 10

2 9

X

X

R5

R7

BLACK

BLACK 2

6

1 2 3

MEMO

TAILLIGHT

1

5 10A TAIL

TAILLIGHT RELAY 2

9 1C


HEAD

C13 COMBINATION SW

FL MAIN 3. 0W

W–B

16

1

2

F2 FRONT PARKING LIGHT RH

TAIL

G

B8

1

G

G 14 OFF

B8

G (* 3)

G–O

G–O

C B

L2 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT RH W–B


1

2

1

2

2

1

A

W–B

A

W–B


W–B

B–G

1 A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C B

F1 FRONT PARKING LIGHT LH

100A ALT

LIGHT CONTROL SW

2 F F4 A , F9 F

B–R

1 F

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

B–R

2

G J35 A , J36 B

A A

(* 1)

G

17 G–Y

L1 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT LH W–B

(* 2)

16

G

B5 D6 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

B–R

(* 1)

G–R

A

G–R

G–O

A


G

A

A

E3

8 1S

G–O

6 1C G–R

4 1B

3

8 1J W–B

BATTERY

W–B

7 1J

E4

B9

W–B

A W–B


EB

W–B


10A GAUGE

* 1 : TMMK MADE W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT * 2 : EXCEPT *1 * 3 : TMC MADE

2 1D

R–L D

1 1S

R–L

D


7 C C 8 A , C10 C

R–L

G


G

Y–G

3 A

IF2 Y–G

5

8

4 L3 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

3

DELAY

G (* 3)

11

G–O

9

G–O

(* 3)

TAIL

TAIL

3

5

B11

W–B

W–B

5

1 SIDE MARKER

3

SIDE MARKER

R9 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT LH

G W–B

3

1

W–B

B11 W–B

B9

4

(*3)

W–B

W–B

R10 TAILLIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]

3

W–B

R8 TAILLIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

4

W–B

G–O G

B8

R11 REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH

G

G–O

B7

(* 3)

B10

G–O

G–O


A

W–B

BP

BL

TAILLIGHT SYSTEM OUTLINE When the light control SW is turned to TAIL or HEAD position. The current flows to TERMINAL 3 of the light failure sensor through the TAIL fuse. When the ignition SW is turned on, the current flows from the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 8 of the light failure sensor, and also flows through the rear lights warning light to TERMINAL 4 of the light failure sensor. TAILLIGHT DISCONNECTION WARNING With the ignition SW on and the light control SW turned to TAIL or HEAD position, if the taillight circuit is open, the light failure sensor detects the failure by the change in current flowing from TERMINAL 3 of the light failure sensor to TERMINAL 9, and the warning circuit of the light failure sensor is activated. As a result, the current flows from TERMINAL 4 of the light failure sensor to TERMINAL 11 to GROUND and turns the rear lights warning light on, which remains on until the light control SW is turned off SERVICE HINTS TAILLIGHT RELAY [INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B] 5–3 : Closed with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position L3 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR 4, 8–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position 3–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position 11–GROUND : Always continuity : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

C8

A

30

C10

C

30

Code F9

See Page F

Code

See Page

26 (1MZ–FE)

J40

32

28 (5S–FE)

L1

32

C13

30

I17

30

L2

32

D6

30

J2

31

L3

32

26 (1MZ–FE)

J4

31

R8

33

28 (5S–FE)

J7

31

L9

33

26 (1MZ–FE)

J11

31

R10

33

28 (5S–FE)

J12

31

R11

33

F1 F2 F4

A

26 (1MZ–FE)

J35

A

31

28 (5S–FE)

J36

B

31

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code 1B

See Page


20


1D

20


1J

20


1S

20


1C

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code IF2

See Page 40

Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Floor Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Left Kick Panel)




IG

40


BL

44


BP

44

Back Panel Center


See Page


36 (1MZ–FE)

E3

36 (1MZ–FE)

B5

44

B9

44

B11

C8 (A)

C8 (A)

(TMC Made) BLUE

(TMMK Made) BLUE

3

C10 (C)

C10 (C)

(TMC Made) BROWN

(TMMK Made) BROWN

7

Floor Wire

B10

Floor Wire

3


B8

Engine Room Main Wire

38 (5S–FE)

See Page

B7

Cowl Wire

38 (5S–FE)

E4

Code

C13

7

X X X

X X X X 14 X 16

D6

F1

F2

GRAY

GRAY

F4 (A)

F9 (F) ORANGE 1

X

X X X X X

16 17 X X

I17

J2

1 2

1 2

1 2

J4

1

J11

J7

BLACK

BLACK

GRAY

A A A

X X DD DX

A A A A A A A

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

A

A A

A

A


J12

J35 (A)

J36 (B)

J40

L1

BLACK A A A (Hint : See Page 7)

GRAY A A A

C C

A

A A

A

A


(Hint : See Page 7)

1

2

2

TAILLIGHT L2

L3

R8

R9

R10

R11

X 3 4

1 3

X 3 4

1 3

GRAY 1

2

3 4 X X 8 9 X 11 X

X 5

X 5

MEMO

BACK–UP LIGHT FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

10A GAUGE

R–L

1 1J


2

II2

3

C


R–B

C

R–B

F

R–L

F

II3

R–L

A

(5S–FE)

(1MZ–FE)

R–L

5 1V

13 1S

A

R–B

B8

R–B

R10 BACK–UP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]

8 A (A/T) 1 B (M/T)

1

3 W–B

2 A (A/T) 2 B (M/T)

W–B

B9

W–B

R8 BACK–UP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

BACK–UP LIGHT SW(M/T)

P1 A

BACK–UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW](A/T) B1 B

R–B

R–L

(5S–FE)

A (1MZ–FE)

R–L

A

R–B

J21 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–B



1

3

SERVICE HINTS P1 (A) BACK–UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW] (A/T) (A) 2–(A) 8 : Closed with the shift lever at R position B1 (B) BACK–UP LIGHT SW (M/T) (B) 2–(B) 1 : Closed with the shift lever at R position : PARTS LOCATION Code B1

See Page B

Code

See Page

26 (1MZ–FE)

J27

31

Code P1

See Page A

29 (5S–FE)

28 (5S–FE)

J28

31

R8

33

J21

31

J40

32

R10

33

J24

31

P1

A

27 (1MZ–FE)


See Page


1J

20


1S

20

Floor Wire And Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

1V

20



See Page

II2

42

II3



See Page

BL

44

Ground Points Location Under the Left Center Pillar


See Page

B8

44


J21

GRAY

GRAY

2

See Page

B9

B1 (B)

1

Code

Floor Wire

44

J24


J27

A A A A A A

A A A

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

C C (Hint : See Page 7)

J28

J40

P1 (A)

R8

R10

1 X 3

1 X 3

GRAY A

A

A A

A

A

F F (Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

X

2 8

WIPER AND WASHER FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) * 1 : W/ INT TIME ADJUST * 2 : W/O INT TIME ADJUST 25A WIPER

E B

E A

L

J35 A , J36 B L

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

1 1A 4 1C

2 M

W2 WASHER MOTOR

1 EW

L–W

WF WIPER SW WASHER SW OFF

6

11

EW

2

L–W

L

HI

LO

INT

WF

IK1

+1

+1

7

L–B

+2

(*2)

L–Y

+2

8

L–O

+B

17

L

+S

16

+B

(*1)

INT1

INT2

B1

OFF

ON


+S

A

A L

W–B

3

5

2

1

+2

+1

B

S

M

E 4 W–B

F3 FRONT WIPER MOTOR

10 2J

A

IG


4 2F W–B

C11 WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW]

A

EB

SYSTEM OUTLINE With the ignition SW turned on, the current flows to TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW, TERMINAL 2 of the washer motor and TERMINAL 2 of the front wiper motor through the WIPER fuse. 1. LOW SPEED POSITION With the wiper and washer SW turned to LO position, the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 5 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 4 to GROUND and causes the front wiper motor to run at low speed. 2. HIGH SPEED POSITION With the wiper and washer SW turned to HI position, the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 8 to TERMINAL 3 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 4 to GROUND and causes the front wiper motor to run at high speed. 3. INT POSITION With the wiper and washer SW turned to INT position, the wiper relay operates and current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND. This activates the intermittent circuit and the current flows from TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 5 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 4 to GROUND and the wiper operates. Intermittent operation is controlled by a condenser charge and discharge function in the relay. 4. WASHER CONTINUOUS OPERATION With the wiper and washer SW pulled to WASHER position (Washer SW ON position), the current flows from the WIPER fuse to TERMINAL 2 of the washer motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 11 of the wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND and causes the washer motor to run and the window washer to spray. Simultaneously, current flows from the WIPER fuse to TERMINAL 17 of the wiper and washer SW to TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL 5 of the front wiper motor to TERMINAL 4 to GROUND, causing the wiper to function. SERVICE HINTS C11 WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW] 2–GROUND : Always continuity 17–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position 7–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the wiper and washer SW at LO position Approx. 12 volts every approx. 1 to 10 seconds intermittently with the ignition SW on and the wiper and washer SW at INT position 16–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and unless the front wiper motor at STOP position 8–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the wiper and washer SW at HI position F3 FRONT WIPER MOTOR 1–2 : Closed unless the front wiper motor at STOP position : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

C11

Code

30 26 (1MZ–FE)

F3

28 (5S–FE)

See Page

J11

31

J15 J35

31 A

31

Code J36

See Page B

W2

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code 1A

See Page


20


2F

22


2J

22


1C

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code IK1

See Page 42

Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

31 27 (1MZ–FE) 29 (5S–FE)

WIPER AND WASHER : GROUND POINTS Code EB IG


Ground Points Location Left Radiator Side Support Instrument Panel Brace LH

C11

F3

BLACK

GRAY

J11

A 1 2 3

X 2 X X X X 7 8 X

A

A

A

J36 (B)

E E

E E (Hint : See Page 7)

A A A


(Hint : See Page 7)

W2 BLACK

(Hint : See Page 7)

A

4 5

X 11 X X X X 16 17 X

J35 (A)

J15 BLACK

1 2 X

MEMO

POWER WINDOW FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

2

P9 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

10

11 BW

10

IE2

BW

FRONT LH

5 DOWN

L

1

L

L B

(* 4)

B13

L(* 3)

(* 4)

30A POWER

B

L

10A GAUGE

L(* 4) B

(* 3)

25A DOOR


1

L(* 3)

POWER RELAY

5 1G

7 1J

3 1S

13 1G

W–B

L

L

C B

W–B(*3)

10

W–B(*4)

(* 1)12 A (*2) 3 B

7

W–B(*3)

13 A (*1) 1 B (*2)

DU

DD

1

5

R

E 4

G

E 3

W–B(*4)

A A

L–W

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J33 A , J34 B

L–W

1 1D

3

R–B

12 1G 2

6

I18 A ,

B

8 A (* 1) 6 B (* 2) R–G

INTEGRATION RELAY


7 1S

(* 4)

W–B

B13

L

A A A L

W–B

W–B

D B

(* 4) R–G

R

G

W–B

D13 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH R–G

6 IN2 D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH

IE1

W–B

1

20

7 1G

1

3 1V A

IG


W–B

R–G


(* 3)

E A

IE

1

M

2

P10 POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT LH



P9 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW FRONT RH

REAR LH

REAR RH

WINDOW LOCK SW LOCK NORMAL

R–Y 9 IE2

R–Y

L

RRD 13

6

IE2

12

IE2

R–B

G–Y

R–L

7 IE2

G–Y

G–W

5 IE2

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A

RRU 8

R–L

G–W 11 IE2

RLD 12

R–B

RLU 9

G–B

PD 6

G–B

PU 14

5 IN2

7 IN2

L

A 5

R–B

L

L

2 BP1

3 BP1

1 BP1

3 BO1

1 BO1

2

M

1

P11 POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT RH

5

2

M

1

P12 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR LH

3 B

UP

4 SD

U

D

1

5

2

M

1

P13 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR RH

DOWN

R–B

G–B D

2 SU

R

U 1

DOWN

UP

3 B

G

R

G

1

R–B

G–B D

4 SD

R

U 3

2 SU

G

4 B

P6 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW FRONT RH

2 SD

UP

5 SU

DOWN

R–L

G–W

L

2 BO1

P7 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR LH

6 IM2 L

5 IM2

L

L

4 IM2

9 IN2

G–B

R–Y

IF1

P8 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR RH

IF1 G–Y

L

R–L

G–W

1

POWER WINDOW SYSTEM OUTLINE With the ignition SW turned on, current flows through the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 7 of the integration relay to TERMINAL (A) 12 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 3 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 1 of the power relay to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND, this activates the relay and the current flowing to TERMINAL 5 of the relay from the POWER fuse flows to TERMINAL 3 of the relay to TERMINALS 10 and 11 of the power window master SW. 1. MANUAL OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW) With the ignition SW turned on and with the power window master SW (Driver’s) in UP position, the current flowing from TERMINALS 10 and 11 of the power window master SW flows to TERMINAL 1 of the master SW to TERMINAL 1 of the power window motor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 5 of the master SW to TERMINALS 3 and 4 to GROUND and causes the power window motor to rotate in the up direction. The window ascends only while the SW is being pushed. In down operation, the flow of current from TERMINALS 10 and 11 of the power window master SW to TERMINAL 5 of the master SW causes the flow of current from TERMINAL 2 of the power window motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 1 of the master SW to TERMINALS 3 and 4 to GROUND, flowing in the opposite detection to manual up operation and causing the motor to rotate in reverse, lowering the window. 2. AUTO DOWN OPERATION (DRIVER’S WINDOW) When the driver’s window SW is pushed strongly to the down side, the current flowing to TERMINALS 10 and 11 of the power window master SW flows to the down contact point and auto down contact point of the driver’s SW. This activates the relay (Down side) inside the power window master SW and the hold circuit also turns on at the same time, so the relay (Down side) remains activated even when the SW is released. Current flows at this time from TERMINALS 10 and 11 of the power window master SW to TERMINAL 5 to TERMINAL 2 of the power window motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 1 of the power window master SW to TERMINALS 3 and 4 to GROUND, so the motor continues to operate until the driver’s window is fully down. When the driver’s window finishes down operation and the hold circuit goes off, so the relay (Down side) also turns off. This stops the current flowing from TERMINALS 10 and 11 of the power window master SW to TERMINAL 5 is cut off, so the power window motor stops and auto down operation stops. When the driver’s SW is pulled to the up side during auto down operation, the hold circuit is turned off so the current flowing from TERMINALS 10 and 11 of the power window master SW to TERMINAL 5 is cut off and the power window motor stops. If the SW remains pulled up the relay (Up side) is activated, so current flows from TERMINALS 10 and 11 of the power window master SW to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 1 of the power window motor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 5 to TERMINALS 3 and 4 to GROUND, the power window motor rotates in the up direction and manual up operation occurs while the SW is pulled up. 3. MANUAL OPERATION (FRONT RH WINDOW) With the power window control SW front RH pulled to the up side, the current flowing from TERMINAL 4 of the power window control SW flows to TERMINAL 3 of the power window control SW to TERMINAL 2 of the power window motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 1 of the power window control SW to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 6 of the master SW to TERMINALS 3 and 4 to GROUND and causes the power window motor front RH to rotate in the up direction. The up operation continues only while the power window control SW is pulled to the up side. When the window descends, the current flowing to the motor flows in the opposite direction, from TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 2, and the motor rotates in reverse. When the window lock SW is pushed to the lock side, the ground circuit to the front RH window becomes open. As a result, even if Open/Close operation of the front RH window is tried, the current from TERMINALS 3 and 4 of the power window master SW is not grounded and the motor does not rotate, so the front RH window can not be operated and window lock occurs. 4. MANUAL OPERATION (REAR LH, RH WINDOW) With the power window control SW rear LH, RH pulled to the up side, the current flowing from TERMINAL 3 of the power window control SW flows to TERMINAL 1 of the power control SW to TERMINAL 2 of the power window motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 5 of the power window control SW to TERMINAL 4 to TERMINAL 12 or 13 of the master SW to TERMINALS 3 and 4 to GROUND and causes the power window motor rear LH, RH to rotate in the up direction. The up operation continues only while the power window control SW is pulled to the up side. When the window descends, the current flowing to the motor flows in the opposite direction, from TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 2, and the motor rotates in reverse. When the window lock SW is pushed to the lock side, the ground circuit to the rear LH, RH window becomes open. As a result, even if Open/Close operation of the rear LH, RH window is tried, the current from TERMINALS 3 and 4 of the power window master SW is not grounded and the motor does not rotate, so the rear LH, RH window can not be operated and window lock occurs.

5. KEY OFF POWER WINDOW OPERATION With the ignition SW turned from on to off, the integration relay operates and current flows from the DOOR fuse to TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL (A) 12 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 3 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 1 of the power relay to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND for about 43 seconds. The same as normal operation, the current flows from the POWER fuse to TERMINAL 5 of the power relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINALS 10 and 11 of the power window master SW and TERMINAL 4 (Front RH) or 3 (Rear LH, RH) of the power window control SW. As a result, for about 43 seconds after the ignition SW is turned off, the functioning of this relay makes it possible to raise and lower the power window. Also, by opening the front doors (Door courtesy SW on) within about 43 seconds after turning the ignition SW to off, a signal is input to TERMINAL 6 or (A) 8 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 6 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay. As a result, the relay turned off, and up and down movement of the power window stops. SERVICE HINTS P9 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW 10, 11–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position or key off power window operation 3, 4–GROUND : Always continuity 1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the master SW (Driver’s window) at UP position 5–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on and the master SW (Driver’s window) at DOWN or AUTO DOWN position WINDOW LOCK SW Open with the window lock SW at LOCK position : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

D12 D13

Code

32

J33

32

J34

See Page

Code

See Page

A

31

P9

33

B

31

P10

33

A

30

J38

32

P11

33

B

30

P6

33

P12

33

J4

31

P7

33

P13

33

J11

31

P8

33

I18

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code 1D

See Page


20


1J

20


1S

20


1V

20


1G

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code IE1 IE2

See Page


40


IF1

40


IM2

42

Front Door RH Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IN2

42

Floor No.2 Wire and Instrument Panel Wire (Right Kick Panel)

BO1

44


BP1

44



See Page


IE

40

Cowl Side Panel LH

IG

40


POWER WINDOW : SPLICE POINTS Code

See Page

B13

44

D12


Code

See Page


Front Door LH Wire

D13

I18 (A)

I18 (B)

(w/o Theft Deterrent System) ORANGE

1


8 1213

1

1 X 3 X 6

X X

X X X X X X X

J4

J11

BLACK A A A X X X

A A

J33 (A)

J34 (B)

BLACK

BLACK

A A

C C

E E E

D D D

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

A A

A

A


J38

P6 (TMC Made) BLACK

A A A B B A A A B B B B

P6

P7

P8

12345

12345

(TMMK Made)

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

(Hint : See Page 7)

P9 1 3 4 5 6 8 9 1011121314

P10

P11

P12

P13

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

MEMO

DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMC MADE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) 1

TO POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

30A POWER

25A DOOR

10A GAUGE

2 1

1 1D L–W

5

POWER RELAY

C B

3

2

12 1G

7 1J

L


5 1G

3 1M

5 1M

3 A 18 B

4 A 19 B

5 A 20 B

G

L–W

R–G

L

13 A 1 B

I18 A ,

B

INTEGRATION RELAY

7

L–R

G

6

5

F

L–B

3

A A

A A

W–B


A

A

W–B

A

W–B

W–B


IE2

11

IE1 L–R

8

L–B

IE2 L–R

3 D19 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH

1

W–B

D18 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH

W–B

1

3 UNLOCK

2

UNLOCK

3

3 IM1

LOCK

4 IM1

L

IE1 R–G

3

UNLOCK

R–G

4 IE1

W–B

F

(* 1)

L(*2)

12 IM1

L–R

G

13 IM1

L

A

LG

A

LG



B

L–W

2

UNLOCK

7

4

B

D16 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH L–W LOCK

12 IE1

2

B B

L–W

E

G

P9 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH [POWER WINDOW MASTER SW] LG LOCK

IE1

B

D17 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH L–W LOCK

G E


E

G

LG

LG


D


D D

9 A (* 1) 5 B (* 2)

11 B

L–R

2 A 17 B


1 A 16 B

13 W–B

12 A (*1) 3 B (*2)

5

LG

10

L–R


L–B

R–B

1

2

3

4

M

1

W–B

W–B

2

L–W

A A W–B

20 IM1 W–B

20 IE1


W–B

7 1G

3 1V

W–B

W–B

A

IE

IJ


1 R–G

R–G

1



R–G

6 IN2

D B J33 A , J34 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–G

E A

I18 A ,

7 1S

B

INTEGRATION RELAY

L–B

L–B(* 1) 6 IF2

L–B L–Y

E B M

D A D A

Y

7 BP1

4 BP1

2

3

1

W–B

3 IM2

2

3

4

M

1

M

4

6 BO1 6 BP1

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B


B6 W–B

W–B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

4

L–Y

J 9 A , J10 B D21 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH

5 BP1

7 IM2

IK

3 IN2

L–Y

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W–B

IF2

D22 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR RH

1

11 IM1

L–Y

J30 A , J31 B

Y

L–Y

3

1 IN2

L–B

L–B

L–B

2

C

L–B

L–R

4 BO1

C B C B

L–Y

7 BO1

L–R

2 5 BO1


L–Y

L–B

L–R

(* 1)

C

L–Y

L–B

L–R

L–B

L–R

2 IN2

L–R

L–B

7 IF2

B B B B

L–R

L–R

L–R

L–R

10 A (* 1) 7 B (*2)

11 A 9 B

Y

L–R

C A C A C A B A B A B A

L–Y

7 A 25 B

D20 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH

6 A 12 B

8 A (* 1) 6 B (* 2)

6

BN

DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMC MADE) SYSTEM OUTLINE Current always flows to TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay through the DOOR fuse. When the ignition SW is turned on, the current flowing through the GAUGE Fuse flows to TERMINAL 7 of the integration relay to TERMINAL (A) 12 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 3 (w/ theft deterrent system) to the power relay (Coil side) to GROUND. 1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATION When the door lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SW are operated to LOCK position, a lock signal is input to TERMINAL (A) 1 or (A) 3 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 16 or (B) 18 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay and causes the relay to function. Current flows from TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to (A) 6 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 11 and (B) 25 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and the door lock motor causes the door to lock. 2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATION When the door lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SW are operated to UNLOCK position, an unlock signal is input to TERMINAL (A) 2, (A) 4 or (A) 5 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 17, (B) 19 or (B) 20 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay and causes the relay to function. Current flows from TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 11 and (B) 25 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL (A) 6 (w/o theft Deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and door lock motors causes door to unlock. 3. DOUBLE OPERATION UNLOCK OPERATION When the door key lock and unlock SW front LH is turned to the unlock side, only the driver’s door is mechanically unlocked. Turning the door key lock and unlock SW front LH to the unlock side causes a signal to be input to TERMINAL (A) 4 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 19 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay, and if the signal is input again within 3 seconds by turning the SW to the unlock side again, current flows from TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 11 and (B) 25 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL (A) 6 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND, causing the door lock motors to operate and unlock the doors. 4. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION ∗ Operating door lock knob (Operation of door lock motors) With ignition key in cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), when the door is opened and locked using door lock knob (Door lock motor), the door is locked once but each door is unlocked soon by the function of the relay. As a result, the current flows from TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay to TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system),(B) 11 and (B) 25 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL (A) 6 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and causes all the doors to unlock. ∗ Operating door lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SW With ignition key in cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), when the door is opened and locked using door lock control SW or key SW, the door is locked once but each door is unlock by the function of SW contained in motors, which the signal is input to TERMINAL (A) 9 or (A) 10 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 5 or (B) 7 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay. According to this input signal, the current in ECU flows from TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 11 and (B) 25 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL (A) 6 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and causes all the doors to unlock. ∗ In case of key less lock With ignition key in cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), when the unlock function is disturbed more than 0.2 seconds, for example pushing the door lock knob etc., the door holds on lock condition. Closing the door after, door courtesy SW inputs the signal into TERMINAL 6 or (A) 8 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 6 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay. By this input signal, the ECU works and current flows from TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 11 and (B) 25 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL (A) 6 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and causes all the doors to unlock.

SERVICE HINTS I18 (A), (B) INTEGRATION RELAY 10–GROUND : Always continuity 6–GROUND : Continuity with driver’s door open 7–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position (A)13 or (B) 1–GROUND: Always approx. 12 volts (A) 6 or (B)12–GROUND: Approx. 12 volts 0.2 seconds with following operation ∗ Door lock control SW locked ∗ Locking driver’s, front passenger’s door cylinder with key (A) 1or (B)16–GROUND : Continuity with door lock control SW locked (A) 8 or (B) 6–GROUND : Continuity with front passenger’s door open (A) 9 or (B) 5–GROUND : Continuity with driver’s door lock knob unlocked (A)10 or (B) 7–GROUND: Continuity with front passenger’s door lock knob unlock (A) 2 or (B)17–GROUND: Continuity with door lock control SW unlocked (A) 5 or (B)20–GROUND: Continuity with front passenger’s door lock cylinder unlocked with key (A) 4 or (B)19–GROUND: Continuity with driver’s door lock cylinder unlocked with key (A) 3 or (B)18–GROUND: Continuity with driver’s, front passenger’s door lock cylinder locked with key (A) 7 or (B)11, (B)25–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts 0.2 seconds with following operation ∗ Door lock control SW unlocked ∗ Door lock control SW locked with ignition key in cylinder and driver’s door open (Ignition key reminder function) ∗ Door lock knob locked with ignition key in cylinder and driver’s door open (Ignition key reminder function) ∗ Unlocking driver’s, front passenger’s door cylinder with key D12, D13 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH,RH 1–GROUND : Closed with each door open D16, D17 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH,RH 1–2 : Closed with door lock cylinder locked with key 1–3 : Closed with door lock cylinder unlocked with key D19, D20 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH,RH 1–4 : Closed with door lock knob UNLOCK position U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW 1–2 : Closed with ignition key in cylinder : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

Code

D12

32

D13

32

D16

32

D17

32

J9

D18

32

J10

D19

32

D20

32

J30

D21

32

D22

32

See Page

Code

A

30

B

30

J37

31

31

J38

32

A

31

J39

32

B

31

J40

32

31

P9

33

A

31

U1

31

J31

B

31

J33

A

31

I18 J6

J11

J34


See Page


20


20


1S

20


1V

20


1G 1J 1M

See Page B

31

DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMC MADE) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code

See Page

IE1


40


40


42


IN2

42


BO1

44


BP1

44


IE2 IF2 IM1 IM2


See Page


IE

40

Cowl Side Panel LH

IG

40


40

Right Kick Panel

BL

44


BN

44

Under the Right Center Pillar

IJ IK


See Page 44


Code

See Page


Floor No.2 Wire

D12

D13

D16

D17

D18

D19 BLACK

1

X X 3X5 6

1 1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3 4

D20

D21

D22

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK


I18 (A)

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213

J6

I18 (B) (w/ Theft Deterrent System) ORANGE

1 X 3 X 5 6

7 X 9 X 11

12 X X X 16 17 18 19 20 X X X X 25

J9 (A) BLACK

B B B B DD DE E E F F F F (Hint : See Page 7)

D D D (Hint : See Page 7)

J10 (B)

J11

BLACK A

A

J30 (A)

J31 (B)

GRAY

GRAY

B B B C C C

B B B C C C

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

A A

A

A

E E E (Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

J33 (A)

J34 (B)

BLACK

BLACK

J37

A A

C C

E E E

D D D

A A B C C A A B B B B C C

J38 A A A A A A (Hint : See Page 7)


(Hint : See Page 7)

J39 A A A X X A A A X X X X

J40

A A

P9

A A

A

A


2 4 7

U1

1 2

DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMMK MADE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) 1

TO POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

30A POWER

25A DOOR

10A GAUGE

2 1

1 1D L–W

5

POWER RELAY

C B

3

2

12 1G

7 1J

L


5 1G

3 1M

5 1M

3 A 18 B

4 A 19 B

5 A 20 B

G

L–W

R–G

L

I18 A ,

B

INTEGRATION RELAY

7

L–R J6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 5

F

L–B (* 1)

L(*2)

G G

6

L–R

LG

12 IM1

W–B

W–B

7 1G

3 1V

W–B

UNLOCK W–B

W–B

IE

IE1 L–R

11

L–B

IE2

L–R

8

2

3

4

M

1

20 IM1

A

IE2

B14 W–B

W–B

B13

3

3 D19 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH

1

W–B

D18 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH

W–B

1

3 UNLOCK

2

UNLOCK

3

3 IM1

LOCK

4 IM1

L

IE1 R–G

3

20 IE1


13 IM1

L

A

LG

A

F

R–G

4 IE1

W–B


L–W

2

UNLOCK

7

B


B


12 IE1

4

B B

L–W

E

G


IE1

B


G E


E

G

LG

D

LG


D

9 A (* 1) 5 B (* 2)

11 B

D

2

IG

13 A 1 B

L–R

2 A 17 B


1 A 16 B

13 W–B

12 A (*1) 3 B (*2)

5

LG

10

L–R


L–B

R–B

1

IJ

W–B

W–B

2

L–W

A A W–B

W–B


1 R–G

R–G


1


R–G

6 IN2

D B J33 A , J34 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–G

E A

I18 A ,

7 1S

B

INTEGRATION RELAY

L–B

L–B(* 1) 6 IF2

L–B L–Y

E B M

D A D A

Y

7 BP1

4 BP1

2

3

1

W–B

3 IM2

2

3

1

M

4

M

4

6 BO1 6 BP1

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B


B6 W–B

W–B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

4

L–Y

J 9 A , J10 B D21 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH

5 BP1

7 IM2

IK

3 IN2

L–Y

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W–B

IF2


1

11 IM1

L–Y

J30 A , J31 B

Y

L–Y

3

1 IN2

L–B

L–B

L–B

2

C

L–B

L–R

4 BO1

C B C B

L–Y

7 BO1

L–R

2 5 BO1


L–Y

L–B

L–R

(* 1)

C

L–Y

L–B

L–R

L–B

L–R

2 IN2

L–R

L–B

7 IF2

B B B B

L–R

L–R

L–R

L–R

10 A (* 1) 7 B (*2)

11 A 9 B

Y

L–R

C A C A C A B A B A B A

L–Y

7 A 25 B


6 A 12 B

8 A (* 1) 6 B (* 2)

6

BN

DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMMK MADE) SYSTEM OUTLINE Current always flows to TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay through the DOOR fuse. When the ignition SW is turned on, the current flowing through the GAUGE Fuse flows to TERMINAL 7 of the integration relay to TERMINAL (A) 12 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 3 (w/ theft deterrent system) to the power relay (Coil side) to GROUND. 1. MANUAL LOCK OPERATION When the door lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SW are operated to LOCK position, a lock signal is input to TERMINAL (A) 1 or (A) 3 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 16 or (B) 18 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay and causes the relay to function. Current flows from TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to (A) 6 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 11 and (B) 25 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and the door lock motor causes the door to lock. 2. MANUAL UNLOCK OPERATION When the door lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SW are operated to UNLOCK position, an unlock signal is input to TERMINAL (A) 2, (A) 4 or (A) 5 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 17, (B) 19 or (B) 20 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay and causes the relay to function. Current flows from TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 11 and (B) 25 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL (A) 6 (w/o theft Deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and door lock motors causes door to unlock. 3. DOUBLE OPERATION UNLOCK OPERATION When the door key lock and unlock SW front LH is turned to the unlock side, only the driver’s door is mechanically unlocked. Turning the door key lock and unlock SW front LH to the unlock side causes a signal to be input to TERMINAL (A) 4 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 19 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay, and if the signal is input again within 3 seconds by turning the SW to the unlock side again, current flows from TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 11 and (B) 25 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL (A) 6 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND, causing the door lock motors to operate and unlock the doors. 4. IGNITION KEY REMINDER OPERATION ∗ Operating door lock knob (Operation of door lock motors) With ignition key in cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), when the door is opened and locked using door lock knob (Door lock motor), the door is locked once but each door is unlocked soon by the function of the relay. As a result, the current flows from TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay to TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system),(B) 11 and (B) 25 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL (A) 6 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and causes all the doors to unlock. ∗ Operating door lock control SW or door key lock and unlock SW With ignition key in cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), when the door is opened and locked using door lock control SW or key SW, the door is locked once but each door is unlock by the function of SW contained in motors, which the signal is input to TERMINAL (A) 9 or (A) 10 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 5 or (B) 7 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay. According to this input signal, the current in ECU flows from TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 11 and (B) 25 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL (A) 6 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and causes all the doors to unlock. ∗ In case of key less lock With ignition key in cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), when the unlock function is disturbed more than 0.2 seconds, for example pushing the door lock knob etc., the door holds on lock condition. Closing the door after, door courtesy SW inputs the signal into TERMINAL 6 or (A) 8 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 6 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay. By this input signal, the ECU works and current flows from TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL (A) 7 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 11 and (B) 25 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 3 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL 2 of the door lock motors to TERMINAL (A) 6 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 12 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and causes all the doors to unlock.

SERVICE HINTS I18 (A), (B) INTEGRATION RELAY 10–GROUND : Always continuity 6–GROUND : Continuity with driver’s door open 7–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with ignition SW at ON position (A)13 or (B) 1–GROUND: Always approx. 12 volts (A) 6 or (B)12–GROUND:Approx. 12 volts 0.2 seconds with following operation ∗ Door lock control SW locked ∗ Locking driver’s, front passenger’s door cylinder with key (A) 1 or (B)16–GROUND: Continuity with door lock control SW locked (A) 8 or (B) 6–GROUND : Continuity with front passenger’s door open (A) 9 or (B) 5–GROUND : Continuity with driver’s door lock knob unlocked (A)10 or (B) 7–GROUND: Continuity with front passenger’s door lock knob unlock (A) 2 or (B)17–GROUND: Continuity with door lock control SW unlocked (A) 5 or (B)20–GROUND: Continuity with front passenger’s door lock cylinder unlocked with key (A) 4 or (B)19–GROUND: Continuity with driver’s door lock cylinder unlocked with key (A) 3 or (B)18–GROUND: Continuity with driver’s, front passenger’s door lock cylinder locked with key (A) 7 or (B)11, (B)25–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts 0.2 seconds with following operation ∗ Door lock control SW unlocked ∗ Door lock control SW locked with ignition key in cylinder and driver’s door open (Ignition key reminder function) ∗ Door lock knob locked with ignition key in cylinder and driver’s door open (Ignition key reminder function) ∗ Unlocking driver’s, front passenger’s door cylinder with key D12, D13 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH,RH 1–GROUND : Closed with each door open D16, D17 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH,RH 1–2 : Closed with door lock cylinder locked with key 1–3 : Closed with door lock cylinder unlocked with key D19, D20 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH,RH 1–4 : Closed with door lock knob UNLOCK position U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW 1–2 : Closed with ignition key in cylinder : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

Code

D12

32

D13

32

D16

32

D17

32

D18

32

J9

D19

32

J10

D20

32

D21

32

See Page

D22 I18

32

J31

B

31

30

J33

A

31

B

30

J34

B

31

31

J37

31

A

31

J40

32

B

31

P9

33

31

U1

31

J11 A

31


See Page


20


20


1S

20


1V

20


1G 1J 1M

See Page

A J6

J30

Code

DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMMK MADE) : CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code

See Page

IE1


40


40


42


IN2

42


BO1

44


BP1

44


IE2 IF2 IM1 IM2


See Page


IE

40

Cowl Side Panel LH

IG

40


40

Right Kick Panel

BL

44


BN

44


IJ IK



Code

B6

44

See Page

Floor No.2 Wire

B14

B13

44

Front Door LH Wire

D12

D13

1

D16

See Page 44

D17

1 1 2 3

Front Door RH Wire

D18

D19

BLACK

BLACK

X 1 2 3


X

1 2 3 4

3 X 5 6

D20

D21

D22

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK


1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111213

I18 (B)

I18 (A)

J6


1 X 3 X 5 6

7 X 9 X 11

12 X X X 16 17 18 19 20 X X X X 25

J9 (A) BLACK

B B B B DD DE E E F F F F (Hint : See Page 7)

D D D (Hint : See Page 7)

J10 (B)

J11

BLACK A

A

J30 (A)

J31 (B)

GRAY

GRAY

B B B C C C

B B B C C C

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

A A

A

A

E E E (Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

J33 (A)

J34 (B)

BLACK

BLACK

A A

C C

E E E

D D D

J37

A A B C C A A B B B B C C (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

P9 2 4 7

(Hint : See Page 7)

U1

1 2

J40

A A

A A

A

A

(Hint : See Page 7)

1 D B

8 IN2

6 IN2

1 A A

E A E A

1 A

BATTERY D B

2

1 D B

1

J16 A , J17 B

10 IG1

R–W

1

E B

D A D A D A R–W

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J33 A , J34 B

R–W

E B

R–W

L–W R–W

2

R–W

R

R–Y

A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

R


R–G

FL MAIN 3. 0W C B J33 A , J34 B

8 1S

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

L–W

R

G–R

7. 5A DOME

25A DOOR


E A R

B B C B

R–W

B A

J33 A , J34 B

B A L–W

10A TAIL

L–W

1 1D

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

R–G

6 1C


R–G

A

R–G

G–R

G–R

3

J33 A , J34 B

G–R

G

G–O TAILLIGHT RELAY

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

G–R

TO TAILLIGHTS

TO FRONT PARKING LIGHTS

B–R

5


B–R

B–R E3

R–W

1 F 9 1C

R–W

100A ALT

4 1B


B–G

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMC MADE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) G–R

1 L–W R

2 R–W

12 2J

1 1W

8 1G

D10 DIODE (DOME) 1

R–W

R

G–R

2 F

F4 A , F9 F L–W

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK R–W


R–W

R–G

R–G

G–R

G–R

L–W

L–W

R

R

R–W

R–W

14

8

4

W6 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU

9

10

L

V

G–R

R

R–W

L–R R–G L–W L–B

2

R–W

R–G

L–W

INTEGRATION RELAY

11 B

18 B

B A

B A L–B

J 9 A , J10 B

L–R

19 B

L

12 B

I18 B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR L–B

B B R6 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW

7 1D 5

R 25 B L–B

J6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D D

E

G–R 1 1G

R–G

R–G

R–W

R–W

E D

R–W G

LG

G

13 IM1

12 IM1

LG

G

7

D18 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH LOCK

5

6

UNLOCK

2

12 IE1 G

LG IE1


R–G

E

2

13 R–W

1

4

3

3 1M

7 1J W–B

7 1S

UNLOCK

4 1G 12 1S L–W

L–B

17 B

6

U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW W–B

16 B

G

4

LG

5 1M 1 B

L–B L–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B R–G

R–G

R–G A

IG


20 IE1

IE

A J39 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A

20 IM1

3 1V

IJ A

A

1 3 IE2

4 2 3

M 11 IM1 7 IM2 3 IM2 L–B

8 IE2

L–R

A

B C A C A C A

F

L–R

B B B B

4 2 3

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C

J30 A , J31 B

Y

L–R

L–R

Y


F

Y

L–R

F


L–R

11

W–B

7 1G 11 IE1 L

3 IM1

L–R

A

L–B

2 J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B

L–R

4 IM1

L–R

L–W

15

L–R

B


B

L–W

B

D19 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH

B

L

L

B

L–W

A L

L–W

L

1 UNLOCK

R–G 7

W–B

W–B

2

W–B

4 IE1 L–W

R–G

L–W

B

W–B

L–W

L–W

W–B

3


LOCK

3 IE1

R–G

J38 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A W–B

B

W–B

W–B

J6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–G

R–G

W–B

W–B

D16 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH R–G UNLOCK

L

W–B

W–B

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMC MADE) G–R G–R

L–W L–W

R R

R–W R–W


12

L–R

L–R

C

C

3 L–R L–B

1

M

1

Y

L–R

R–G

L–B L–W

L–B

L–B

W–B

L

W–B

L–B

R–G

R–G

R–G

R–G

G–R

G–R

L–W

L–W

R

R

R–W

R–W LG L–Y

L–R

L–R

L–B

L–B

L–Y

L–R

L–Y

L–R 2

L–B

3

6 BO1

7 BO1

6

M

4

3 L–B


1

L–R

5 BP1

6 BP1

7 BP1

W–B

B A

4 W–B

J30 A , J31 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR B A

2 IN2

4 BP1

M

W–B

L–B C B

D21 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH

L–Y L–B

C B

3 IN2

5 BO1

2

L–Y

L–R

IF2

1

JUNCTION CONNECTOR E B

7

4 BO1

J 9 A , J10 B

E B

IF2 L–Y

2

L–R

D A

L–Y

D A

L–Y

L–B

L–Y

L–R

LG

IF2

L–B

W–B

5

L–Y

1

W–B

W–B

13 L–Y


1 IN2 W–B

L–B

B6

L–B

L–B

Y

Y

L–R

L–R

R–G

R–G

L–W

L–W

L–B

L–B

L–B

R–G

R–G

R–G

R–G


A

BL

BN

W–B

L

W–B

L

IK

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMC MADE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

G–R L–W

1

R 15A ECU–IG

R–W

10A HORN

40A MAIN

LG

2

L–Y

8 1D 1

5

4

1

3

2

W–B

B–R

HORN RELAY

HEAD RELAY 2

3

10 2K

8 2K

12 B

SH

T3 B , T4 A B

10 B

R–B

A B

C A

HEAD

7 IG3

L–R * 1 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT * 2 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

R–G L–W

L L–B R–G

W–B

R–G

IF

R–B

DSWP 5 A

J 9 A , J10 B

L–B


DSWD 4 A

R–G

L

KSW 6 A

L–W

UL2 10 A

R–G

L2 8 A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

Y

W–B

A

UL3 9 A

W–B A A

LSWD 14 A

L–R

LSWP 15 A

Y

E 7 B

R–G

THEFT DETERRENT ECU


R (*2)

R–B

B

HORN

J 1 (*1) , J32 (*2) JUNCTION CONNECTOR

9 B

IG

11 IG1

(* 1)

13 A

TAIL

H 5 R–B

11 B

+B2

(* 1)

G–B G–B

1 B

+B1

6 H–LP

G–B

5 IG3 W–L

R

CTY

B–R

R–W

11 A

PANI

G–R

LG

1 A

LSWR


W–L 4 IK1

L–W

L–Y

18 A

W–B

16 A

C

C

W–L

A B

1

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C A

J16 A , J17 B

2

T1 THEFT DETERRENT HORN

W

3 2F

SYSTEM OUTLINE Door lock control (Lock and unlock) and panic control (Theft alarm and flash) is performed by remote control, without the ignition key inserted in the door key cylinder, using low–power electrical waves emitted by a transmitter. 1. WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK NORMAL OPERATION With the ignition key not inserted into the ignition key cylinder (Unlock warning SW off) and all the doors completely closed, when the lock or unlock button (Transmitter) is pushed, the wireless door lock ECU receives the electrical waves from the transmitter, causing it to operate. As a result, the ECU judges whether the door is locked or unlocked based on the signal from the door lock motor and door unlock detection SW, and sends a signal to the theft deterrent ECU and integration relay to switch the condition from lock to unlock or vice versa, causing the door lock motor to operate. 2. VISUAL CONFIRMATION OF LOCK OR UNLOCK If all doors indicate that they are locked after the lock command, parking lights and taillight will flash once. If any door indicates that it is open after the unlock command, parking lights and taillights will flash twice. 3. WIRELESS DOOR UNLOCK OPERATION Pushing the unlock button (Transmitter) once, driver’s door is unlocked. Furthermore, pushing the button again within 3 seconds, the other doors are unlocked. 4. AUTOMATIC LOCK OPERATION With the ignition key not inserted into the ignition key cylinder (Unlock warning SW off) and all the doors completely closed, after pushing the button (Transmitter) to unlock all the doors, if a door is not opened within 30 seconds, all the doors will be automatically relocked. 5. WIRELESS CONTROL STOP FUNCTION If a door is open (Door courtesy SW on), a signal is input from the door courtesy SW to the wireless door lock ECU, stopping wireless door lock or unlock. If the ignition key is in the ignition key cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), the unlock warning SW inputs a signal to the wireless door lock ECU, stopping wireless door lock or unlock. 6. DOOR LOCK MOTOR PROTECTIVE FUNCTION If the door lock or unlock condition does not change after wireless door lock or unlock operation, 2 seconds later, the integration relay ECU sends current three times to the door lock motor. If the door lock condition still has not changed as a result, the wireless door lock ECU stops reception and stops door lock and unlock function. 7. REMOTE PANIC OPERATION Panic will function when doors are locked or unlocked, open or closed. When the panic button (Transmitter) is pushed once, theft alarm sounds and headlights and taillight flash. Then, the panic or the unlock button (Transmitter) is pushed once more, sounding and flashing will stop. Panic will not function when ignition key is in ignition key cylinder. SERVICE HINTS D12, D13, D14, D15 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH 1–GROUND : Continuity with the door open U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW 2–1 : Continuity with the ignition key in the cylinder W6 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU 8–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts 1–GROUND : Always continuity 14–GROUND : Continuity with each of the door open 10–GROUND : Continuity with the ignition key in the cylinder

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMC MADE) : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

D6

30

D7

30

D10

30

D12

32

D13

32

D14

Code

See Page

F4

A

F9

F

I18

B

Code

28 (5S–FE)

See Page

J32

31

26 (1MZ–FE)

J33

A

31

28 (5S–FE)

J34

B

31

30

J37

31

J1

31

J38

32

32

J2

31

J39

32

D15

32

J5

31

J40

32

D16

32

J6

31

P9

33

D17

32

J9

A

31

R6

31

D18

32

J10

B

31

D19

32

D20

32

J16

A

31

T3

B

31

D21

32

J17

B

31

T4

A

31

32

J30

A

31

U1

31

26 (1MZ–FE)

J31

B

31

W6

31

D22 F4

A

J11

27 (1MZ–FE)

T1

31

29 (5S–FE)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code 1B 1C 1D 1G 1J 1M 1S 1V 1W 2F 2J 2K

See Page


20


20


20


20


20


22


22



See Page


40


IF2

40


IG1

40


IG3

40


IK1

42


42


IM1 IM2 IN2

42


BO1

44


BP1

44



See Page


IE

40

Cowl Side Panel LH

IF

40

Left Kick Panel

IG

40


40

Right Kick Panel

BL

44


BN

44


IJ IK



E3


Code B6

Cowl Wire

38 (5S–FE)

D6

D7

D10

GRAY

BLACK

BLACK

1 2

1 2

X

X X

X X

D15

6

7

X

D16

D17

1 1 2 3

1 2 3

D21

D22

BLACK

BLACK

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

D18

X X 3X5 6

F4 (A)

See Page


44

Floor No.2 Wire

D12

D13

D14

1

1

1

D19

D20

BLACK

BLACK

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

F9 (F) ORANGE 1 1

J1

I18 (B) ORANGE

1 X X

X X 11

B B B B B

12 X X X 16 17 18 19 X X X X 25 (Hint : See Page 7)

2

J2

J5

BLACK

ORANGE

A A A CCC (Hint : See Page 7)


WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMC MADE) J9 (A)

J10 (B)

BLACK

BLACK

B B C C

A A B B

D D D

E E E

J6

B B B B DD DE E E F F F F

J11

A

(Hint : See Page 7)

A

A A

(Hint : See Page 7)

J16 (A)

J17 (B)

J30 (A)

J31 (B)

BLACK

BLACK

GRAY

GRAY

C C

A A

E E E

D D D

B B B C C C

B B B C C C

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J32

J33 (A)

J34 (B)

GRAY

BLACK

BLACK

A A B B

B B C C

D D D E E E

D D D E E E

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)


J37


J38

J39

A A A A A A

A A A X X A A A X X X X

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J40

A A

P9

A A

A

2 4 7

A

(Hint : See Page 7)

T1

R6

T3 (B)

T4 (A)

1 X X X X

1 4 5 6 8 9 10 11

7 X 9 10 11 12

X 13 14 15 16 X 18 X X X X

BLACK X X

1 2

U1

W6 BLUE

1 2

1 X X 4 8 9

A


2

A

10 11 12 13

5 X 7 14 15

MEMO

1 D B

8 IN2

6 IN2

1 A A

E A E A

1 A

BATTERY D B

2

1 D B

1

J16 A , J17 B

10 IG1

R–W

1

E B

D A D A D A R–W

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J33 A , J34 B

R–W

E B

R–W

L–W R–W

2

R–W

R

R–Y

A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

R


R–G

FL MAIN 3. 0W C B J33 A , J34 B

8 1S

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

L–W

R

G–R

7. 5A DOME

25A DOOR


E A R

B B C B

R–W

B A

J33 A , J34 B

B A L–W

10A TAIL

L–W

1 1D

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

R–G

6 1C


R–G

A

R–G

G–R

G–R

3

J33 A , J34 B

G–R

G

G–O TAILLIGHT RELAY

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

G–R

TO TAILLIGHTS

TO FRONT PARKING LIGHTS

B–R

5


B–R

B–R E3

R–W

1 F 9 1C

R–W

100A ALT

4 1B


B–G

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMMK MADE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) G–R

1 L–W R

2 R–W

12 2J

1 1W

8 1G

D10 DIODE (DOME) 1

R–W

R

G–R

2 F

F4 A , F9 F L–W

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK R–W


R–W

R–G

R–G

G–R

G–R

L–W

L–W

R

R

R–W

R–W

14

8

4


9

10

L

V

G–R

R

R–W

L–R R–G L–W L–B

2

R–W

R–G

L–W

INTEGRATION RELAY

11 B

18 B

B A

B A L–B

J 9 A , J10 B

L–R

19 B

L

12 B

I18 B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR L–B

B B R6 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW

7 1D 5

R 25 B L–B


E

G–R 1 1G

R–G

R–G

R–W

R–W

E D

R–W G

LG

G

13 IM1

12 IM1

LG

G

7

D18 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH LOCK

5

6

UNLOCK

2

12 IE1 G

LG IE1


R–G

E

2

13 R–W

1

4

3

3 1M

7 1J W–B

7 1S

UNLOCK

4 1G 12 1S L–W

L–B

17 B

6

U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW W–B

16 B

G

4

LG

5 1M 1 B

L–B L–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B R–G

R–G

R–G A

IG


20 IE1

IE B14

20 IM1

3 1V

IJ 1 3 IE2

4 2 3

M 11 IM1 7 IM2 3 IM2 L–B

8 IE2

L–R

A

B C A C A C A

F

L–R

B B B B

1 2 3

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C

J30 A , J31 B

Y

L–R

L–R

Y


F

Y

L–R

L–R

11

W–B

7 1G F


11 IE1 L

3 IM1

L–R

A

L–B

2 J37 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B

L–R

4 IM1

L–R

L–W

15

L–R

B


B

L–W

B


B

L

L

B

L–W

B13 L

L–W

L

1 UNLOCK

R–G 7

W–B

W–B

2

W–B

4 IE1 L–W

R–G

L–W

B

W–B

L–W

L–W

W–B

3


LOCK

3 IE1

R–G

W–B

B

W–B

W–B

J6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–G

R–G

W–B

W–B


L

W–B

W–B

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMMK MADE) G–R G–R

L–W L–W

R R

R–W R–W


12

L–R

L–R

C

C

3 L–R L–B

1

M

4

Y

L–R

R–G

L–B L–W

L–B

L–B

W–B

L

W–B

L–B

R–G

R–G

R–G

R–G

G–R

G–R

L–W

L–W

R

R

R–W

R–W LG L–Y

L–R

L–R

L–B

L–B

L–Y

L–R

L–Y

L–R 2

L–B

3

6 BO1

7 BO1

6

M

4

3 L–B


1

L–R

5 BP1

6 BP1

7 BP1

W–B

B A

4 W–B

J30 A , J31 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR B A

2 IN2

4 BP1

M

W–B

L–B C B

D21 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH

L–Y L–B

C B

3 IN2

5 BO1

2

L–Y

L–R

IF2

1


7

4 BO1

J 9 A , J10 B

E B

IF2 L–Y

2

L–R

D A

L–Y

D A

L–Y

L–B

L–Y

L–R

LG

IF2

L–B

W–B

5

L–Y

1

W–B

W–B

13 L–Y


1 IN2 W–B

L–B

B6

L–B

L–B

Y

Y

L–R

L–R

R–G

R–G

L–W

L–W

L–B

L–B

L–B

R–G

R–G

R–G

R–G


A

BL

BN

W–B

L

W–B

L

IK

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMMK MADE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

G–R L–W

1

R 15A ECU–IG

R–W

10A HORN

40A MAIN

LG

2

L–Y

8 1D 1

5

4

1

3

2

W–B

B–R

HORN RELAY

HEAD RELAY 2

3

10 2K

8 2K

12 B

SH

B

HORN

T3 B , T4 A B

L–R

10 B

R–B

A B

C A

HEAD R–B

DSWP 5 A

J 9 A , J10 B

L–B


DSWD 4 A

R–G

L

KSW 6 A

L–W

UL2 10 A

R–G

L2 8 A

7 IG3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

Y

W–B

A

UL3 9 A

W–B A A

LSWD 14 A

L–R

LSWP 15 A

Y

E 7 B

R–G

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

* 1 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT * 2 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

R–G L–W

L L–B R–G

W–B

R–G

IF


R (*2)

R–B

11 IG1

J 1 (*1) , J32 (*2) JUNCTION CONNECTOR

9 B

IG

H 2 (* 1)

13 A

TAIL

H–LP

R–B

11 B

+B2

(* 1)

G–B G–B

1 B

+B1

19

G–B

5 IG3 W–L

R

CTY

B–R

R–W

11 A

PANI

G–R

LG

1 A

LSWR


W–L 4 IK1

L–W

L–Y

18 A

W–B

16 A

C

C

W–L

A B

1

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C A

J16 A , J17 B

2


W

3 2F

SYSTEM OUTLINE Door lock control (Lock and unlock) and panic control (Theft alarm and flash) is performed by remote control, without the ignition key inserted in the door key cylinder, using low–power electrical waves emitted by a transmitter. 1. WIRELESS DOOR LOCK OR UNLOCK NORMAL OPERATION With the ignition key not inserted into the ignition key cylinder (Unlock warning SW off) and all the doors completely closed, when the lock or unlock button (Transmitter) is pushed, the wireless door lock ECU receives the electrical waves from the transmitter, causing it to operate. As a result, the ECU judges whether the door is locked or unlocked based on the signal from the door lock motor and door unlock detection SW, and sends a signal to the theft deterrent ECU and integration relay to switch the condition from lock to unlock or vice versa, causing the door lock motor to operate. 2. VISUAL CONFIRMATION OF LOCK OR UNLOCK If all doors indicate that they are locked after the lock command, parking lights and taillight will flash once. If any door indicates that it is open after the unlock command, parking lights and taillights will flash twice. 3. WIRELESS DOOR UNLOCK OPERATION Pushing the unlock button (Transmitter) once, driver’s door is unlocked. Furthermore, pushing the button again within 3 seconds, the other doors are unlocked. 4. AUTOMATIC LOCK OPERATION With the ignition key not inserted into the ignition key cylinder (Unlock warning SW off) and all the doors completely closed, after pushing the button (Transmitter) to unlock all the doors, if a door is not opened within 30 seconds, all the doors will be automatically relocked. 5. WIRELESS CONTROL STOP FUNCTION If a door is open (Door courtesy SW on), a signal is input from the door courtesy SW to the wireless door lock ECU, stopping wireless door lock or unlock. If the ignition key is in the ignition key cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), the unlock warning SW inputs a signal to the wireless door lock ECU, stopping wireless door lock or unlock. 6. DOOR LOCK MOTOR PROTECTIVE FUNCTION If the door lock or unlock condition does not change after wireless door lock or unlock operation, 2 seconds later, the integration relay ECU sends current three times to the door lock motor. If the door lock condition still has not changed as a result, the wireless door lock ECU stops reception and stops door lock and unlock function. 7. REMOTE PANIC OPERATION Panic will function when doors are locked or unlocked, open or closed. When the panic button (Transmitter) is pushed once, theft alarm sounds and headlights and taillight flash. Then, the panic or the unlock button (Transmitter) is pushed once more, sounding and flashing will stop. Panic will not function when ignition key is in ignition key cylinder. SERVICE HINTS D12, D13, D14, D15 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH, RH, REAR LH, RH 1–GROUND : Continuity with the door open U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW 2–1 : Continuity with the ignition key in the cylinder W6 WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU 8–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts 1–GROUND : Always continuity 14–GROUND : Continuity with each of the door open 10–GROUND : Continuity with the ignition key in the cylinder

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMMK MADE) : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

D6

30

D7

30

D10

30

D12

32

D13

32

D14

Code

See Page

F4

A

F9

F

I18

B

Code

28 (5S–FE)

See Page

J32

31

26 (1MZ–FE)

J33

A

31

28 (5S–FE)

J34

B

31

30

J37

31

J1

31

J40

32

32

J2

31

P9

33

D15

32

J5

31

R6

31

D16

32

J6

31

D17

32

J9

A

31

D18

32

J10

B

31

T3

B

31

D19

32

31

T4

A

31

D20

32

J16

A

31

U1

31

D21

32

J17

B

31

W6

31

32

J30

A

31

26 (1MZ–FE)

J31

B

31

D22 F4

A

J11

27 (1MZ–FE)

T1

29 (5S–FE)


See Page


20


20


20


20


20


22


22



See Page


40


IF2

40


IG1

40


IG3

40


IK1

42


42


IM1 IM2 IN2

42


BO1

44


BP1

44



See Page


IE

40

Cowl Side Panel LH

IF

40

Left Kick Panel

IG

40


40

Right Kick Panel

BL

44


BN

44


IJ IK

: SPLICE POINTS Code E3 B6



Code

Cowl Wire

See Page


B13

44

Front Door LH Wire

B14

44

Front Door RH Wire

Floor No.2 Wire

D6

X 2

D7

D10

BLACK

BLACK

1 2

1 2

D12

D13

D14

1

1

1

X X X X X

19 X X

D15

D16

D17

1

D18

D19

D20

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

X 1 2 3

1 2 3

D21

D22

BLACK

BLACK

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

X

3 X 5 6

F9 (F)

F4 (A)

ORANGE 1

I18 (B)

1

J1

ORANGE

1 X X

X X 11

B B B B B

12 X X X 16 17 18 19 X X X X 25 (Hint : See Page 7)

2

J2

J5

BLACK

ORANGE

A A A CCC



WIRELESS DOOR LOCK CONTROL (TMMK MADE) J9 (A)

J10 (B)

BLACK

BLACK

B B C C

A A B B

D D D

E E E

J6

B B B B DD DE E E F F F F

J11

A

(Hint : See Page 7)

A

(Hint : See Page 7)

J16 (A)

J17 (B)

J30 (A)

J31 (B)

BLACK

BLACK

GRAY

GRAY

C C

A A

E E E

D D D

B B B C C C

B B B C C C

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J32

J33 (A)

J34 (B)

GRAY

BLACK

BLACK

A A B B

B B C C

D D D E E E

D D D E E E

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

A

J37


J40

P9

T1

R6

BLACK A A

A A

A

2 4 7

A

2

X X

1 2

(Hint : See Page 7)

T3 (B)

A

A


B B B B

A

T4 (A)

U1

W6 BLUE

1 X X X X

1 4 5 6 8 9 10 11

7 X 9 10 11 12

X 13 14 15 16 X 18 X X X X

1 2

1 X X 4 8 9

1011 1213

5 X 7 14 15

MEMO

THEFT DETERRENT (TMC MADE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) 1 1

TAILLIGHT RELAY

5

40A MAIN

3

2

2

6 1C 1

4 HEAD RELAY

A 2

3

A 8 2K

G–R


G–R

4 1B

J 1 (* 1) J32 (* 2) JUNCTION CONNECTOR B

R–B

10 IG1

6

J33 A G–R

R–B

5

H–LP

H

5

E3 11 B

10 B

PANI

A B

2

R–W D A

D A

6

D A

R–G

R–W

R–W

D7 DIODE (COURTESY) 1 2

E A

W–B

FL MAIN 3. 0W


R–W

B–G

1

C A

J9 A

7 B

E B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW

R–Y

L–B

5 1M

1 A

E

5 A

W–B

B A

J 9 A , J10 B

B A

R–G

F4 A , F9 F

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

7 1D

DSWP

1 A

R–G

L–B

L–B

2 F

CTY

DSWD 4 A

R–G

KSW 6 A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

DSWL 2 A

100A ALT

18 A

HEAD

T3 B , T4 A THEFT DETERRENT ECU

B–R

E A


IF1 3 1M

1 1G

4 1G

D B 4

R–G

IG

1

R–G


A

A

1 W–B

1

6 IN2

R–W

R–G J11 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

1

8 IN2


A

12 1S


1

INTEGRATION RELAY


7 1S

R–W

7 1J W–B


BATTERY

R–Y

6


B–R

TAIL

1 F

LG

7 IG3 D6 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

R–B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR


B A

(*1)

R

B A

R–B

B

(*1)

B–R

G–R

(* 2)

IF


7. 5A DOME

1 1D

8 1D

12 2J

5 HORN RELAY

2

R

1

15A ECU–IG

B–R

25A DOOR

L–W

10A HORN

1 1W

3 8 1G

G–B


C

G–B

C B

W–L

C B

12 B

A

C


D B

D A

E A

1 IG3

3 1V


6 BO1

20 IM1 A

IE

IJ

J40 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BL

B

L–Y

B

D22 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR RH

4

6 BP1

5

2

IF1

2

1

1

2

B6 W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

IE1

1

BR

W–B

A

IK1

E6 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW W–B

A

3

BN

IK

EB

IH


W–B

4

W–B

A

4 BP1 L–Y

W–B

1

D21 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH W–B

1

9

3 IN2

L–Y 4 BO1

A

A

IF2

W–B

1

2

L–Y

L

4

UNLOCK

3

A

7 1G 20

2

11 IM1 D20 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH W–B Y

1

3 IM1

W–B

2 LOCK

3

4 IM1 D17 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH L–W LOCK

L–W

4 IE1

W–B


1

IE1

W–B

4

3


IE1

D19 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH W–B L–R

11

C A

R–Y

L–Y

L–Y

E B

Y

L

L–W

R–G

L–W

B

C A

BP

L4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW

C

LUG 7 A G–W

A

J 9 A , J10 B

IND 6 B

G–W

B


DSWH 3 A

G–W

B

LSWR 16 A

W–B

L–W

F

LSWP 15 A

J 9 A , J10 B

R–G

B

UL2 10 A

+B1

B

L–R

B

L–R


F

11 A

IG

R–Y

L2 8 A

L–Y

UL3 9 A

13 A

+B2

Y

LSWD

HORN

14 A

1 B


L

SH

D B

R

9 B

A B B–R

G–B

11 IG1

W–L

5 IG3

E A

L–W


C A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

IK1

2 R

C

C10 THEFT DETERRENT INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER]

W–L

D10 DIODE (DOME)


1

4

1

J16 A , J17 B

2

JUNCTION CONNECTOR


R–Y

10 2K

W

3 2F

THEFT DETERRENT (TMC MADE) SERVICE HINTS D16, D17 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH, RH 1–3 : Closed with door lock cylinder unlocked with key 1–2 : Closed with door lock cylinder locked with key E6 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW 2–1 : Open with engine hood open U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW 2–1 : Closed with ignition key in cylinder L4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW 2–1 : Closed with luggage compartment door lock cylinder unlock L6 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW 1–GROUND : Closed with luggage compartment door open T3 (B), T4 (A) THEFT DETERRENT ECU (A) 6–GROUND : Continuity with ignition key in cylinder (A)15–GROUND : Continuity with front RH door unlocked (A)14–GROUND : Continuity with front LH door unlocked (A) 5–GROUND : Continuity with front RH door open (A) 4–GROUND : Continuity with front LH door open (A) 8–GROUND : Continuity with door key lock and unlock SW to LOCK position (B) 7–GROUND : Always continuity (A) 7–GROUND : Continuity with luggage compartment door unlocked (A) 1–GROUND : Continuity with each door opened (A) 3–GROUND : Continuity with engine hood close (A) 2–GROUND : Continuity with luggage compartment door open (A)16–GROUND : Continuity with rear door unlocked (A) 9, (A) 10–GROUND : Continuity with door key lock and unlock SW to UNLOCK position (B) 1, (B) 12, (B) 11, (B) 10, (A) 11–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

C10

30

D6

30

D7

30

D10

30

D12

32

D13

32

D14

32

D15

Code

See Page

E6 F4

A

Code

28 (5S–FE)

J33

26 (1MZ–FE)

J34

See Page A

31

B

31

28 (5S–FE)

J37

31

26 (1MZ–FE)

J38

32

28 (5S–FE)

J39

32

J1

31

J40

32

J2

31

L4

32

32

J5

31

L6

32

D16

32

J6

31

D17

32

J9

A

31

D19

32

J10

B

31

T3

B

31

D20

32

31

T4

A

31

D21

32

J16

D22

32

J17

E6

26 (1MZ–FE)

F9

F

J11

J32

27 (1MZ–FE)

T1

29 (5S–FE)

A

31

U1

31

B

31

W6

31

31


See Page


20


20


20


20


20


22


22


: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code IE1

See Page


40


40


IG1

40


IG3

40


IK1

42


IM1

42


IF1 IF2

IN2

42


BO1

44


BP1

44





IE

40

Cowl Side Panel LH

IF

40

Left Kick Panel

IG

40


IH

40


40

Right Kick Panel

IJ IK BL

44


BN

44


BP

44

Back Panel Center




Code B6

See Page 44

Wire Harness with Splice Points Floor No.2 Wire

THEFT DETERRENT (TMC MADE) C10

D6

D7

D10

BROWN

GRAY

BLACK

BLACK

1 2

1 2

5

D12

9

D13

D14

X

X X

X X

5 6

X

D15

D16

D19

D17

BLACK

1

1

1

1 1 2 3

1 4

1 2 3

D20

D21

D22

E6

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

1 4

1 4

1 4

F4 (A) 1

J1

F9 (F) ORANGE

1

J2

J5

BLACK

ORANGE

A A A CCC

B B B B B

2

1 2


(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J6

B B B B F F F F

J11

J9 (A)

J10 (B)

BLACK

BLACK

B B C C

A A

D D D E E E

D D D E E E

A

(Hint : See Page 7)

A

A

A

A


(Hint : See Page 7)

J16 (A)

J17 (B)

J32

J33 (A)

BLACK

BLACK

GRAY

BLACK

C C

A

A A

E E E

D D D

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)


B B C C D D D E E E

(Hint : See Page 7)

J34 (B)

J37

J38

J39



(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

BLACK

C C

A A B C C A A B B B BC C

D D D E E E (Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

J40

A A

L4

A A

A

1 2

L6

T1

GRAY

BLACK

1

1 2

A

T3 (B)

1 X X X X 6 7 X 9 10 11 12

(Hint : See Page 7)

T4 (A)

U1

W6 BLUE

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 X 13 14 15 16 X 18 X X X X

1 2

X X

5 X

THEFT DETERRENT (TMMK MADE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) 1 1

TAILLIGHT RELAY

5

40A MAIN

3

2

2

6 1C 1

4 HEAD RELAY

A 2

3

A 8 2K

G–R


G–R

4 1B

J 1 (* 1) J32 (* 2) JUNCTION CONNECTOR B

R–B

10 IG1

J33 A G–R

H

5

R–B

11 B

10 B

18 A

HEAD

T3 B , T4 A

PANI

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

A B

2

R–W D A

D A

6

D A

R–W

R–W

D7 DIODE (COURTESY) 1 2

E A

W–B

FL MAIN 3. 0W


R–W

B–G

1

C A

J9 A

E B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW

R–Y

L–B

5 1M

1 A

7 B

W–B

B A

E

5 A

R–G

B A

R–G

F4 A , F9 F

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

7 1D

DSWP

1 A

J 9 A , J10 B

L–B

L–B

2 F

CTY

DSWD 4 A

R–G

KSW 6 A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

DSWL 2 A

R–G

B–R

E A


IF1 3 1M

1 1G

4 1G

D B 4

R–G

IG

1

R–G


A

A

1 W–B

1

6 IN2

R–W

R–G J11 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

1

8 IN2


A

12 1S


1

INTEGRATION RELAY


7 1S

R–W

7 1J W–B


BATTERY

R–Y

6


B–R

TAIL

100A ALT

LG

7 IG3 D6 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

E3

1 F


2

H–LP

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

R–B

19

(*1)

B A

R–B

B A

R

B

(*1)

B–R

G–R

(* 2)

IF


7. 5A DOME

1 1D

8 1D

12 2J

5 HORN RELAY

2

R

1

15A ECU–IG

B–R

25A DOOR

L–W

10A HORN

1 1W

3 8 1G

G–B C

G–B

C B

W–L

C B

12 B

A

C


D B

D A

E A

1 IG3

7 1G

3 1V

20 IM1 A

IE

IJ

J40 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BL

B B

6 BP1

2

IF1

2

1

1

2

B6 W–B

W–B

W–B

IE1 W–B

20

W–B

W–B

W–B

6 BO1

5

BR

B13

4

E6 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW W–B

B14

IK1

1

D22 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR RH

4

3

BN

IK

EB

IH


W–B

4

4 BP1 L–Y

W–B

1

L–Y

L–Y 4 BO1

9

3 IN2

D21 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH W–B

1

IF2

L–Y

1

2

W–B

3 UNLOCK

2

11 IM1 D20 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH W–B Y

1

3 IM1

W–B

2 LOCK

3

4 IM1

L

L–W

4 IE1


1

IE1

W–B

4

3


IE1

D19 DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH W–B L–R

11

C A

R–Y

L–Y

L–Y

E B

Y

L

L–W

R–G

L–W

B

C A

BP

L4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW

C

LUG 7 A G–W

A

J 9 A , J10 B

IND 6 B

G–W

B


DSWH 3 A

G–W

B

LSWR 16 A

W–B

L–W

F

LSWP 15 A

J 9 A , J10 B

R–G

B

UL2 10 A

+B1

B

L–R

B

L–R


F

11 A

IG

R–Y

L2 8 A

L–Y

UL3 9 A

13 A

+B2

Y

LSWD

HORN

14 A

1 B


L

SH

D B

R

9 B

A B B–R

G–B

11 IG1

W–L

5 IG3

E A

L–W


C A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

IK1

2 R

C


W–L

D10 DIODE (DOME)


1

4

1


J16 A , J17 B

2

JUNCTION CONNECTOR


R–Y

10 2K

W

3 2F

THEFT DETERRENT (TMMK MADE) SERVICE HINTS D16, D17 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH, RH 1–3 : Closed with door lock cylinder unlocked with key 1–2 : Closed with door lock cylinder locked with key E6 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW 2–1 : Open with engine hood open U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW 2–1 : Closed with ignition key in cylinder L4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW 2–1 : Closed with luggage compartment door lock cylinder unlock L6 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW 1–GROUND : Closed with luggage compartment door open T3 (B), T4 (A) THEFT DETERRENT ECU (A) 6–GROUND : Continuity with ignition key in cylinder (A)15–GROUND : Continuity with front RH door unlocked (A)14–GROUND : Continuity with front LH door unlocked (A) 5–GROUND : Continuity with front RH door open (A) 4–GROUND : Continuity with front LH door open (A) 8–GROUND : Continuity with door key lock and unlock SW to LOCK position (B) 7–GROUND : Always continuity (A) 7–GROUND : Continuity with luggage compartment door unlocked (A) 1–GROUND : Continuity with each door opened (A) 3–GROUND : Continuity with engine hood close (A) 2–GROUND : Continuity with luggage compartment door open (A)16–GROUND : Continuity with rear door unlocked (A) 9, (A) 10–GROUND : Continuity with door key lock and unlock SW to UNLOCK position (B) 1, (B) 12, (B) 11, (B) 10, (A) 11–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

Code

See Page

C10

30

E6

26 (1MZ–FE)

D6

30

E6

28 (5S–FE)

D7

30

D10

30

D12

32

D13

32

D14

32

J1

D15

32

D16

F4

A

Code J17

See Page B

J32

31 31

26 (1MZ–FE)

J33

A

31

28 (5S–FE)

J34

B

31

26 (1MZ–FE)

J37

31

28 (5S–FE)

J40

32

31

L4

32

J2

31

L6

32

32

J5

31

D17

32

J6

31

D19

32

J9

A

31

T3

B

31

D20

32

J10

B

31

T4

A

31

D21

32

D22

32

F9

F

J11 J16

A

27 (1MZ–FE)

T1

29 (5S–FE)

31

U1

31

31

W6

31


See Page


20


20


20


20


20


22


22


: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code IE1

See Page


40


40


IG1

40


IG3

40


IK1

42


IM1

42


IF1 IF2

IN2

42


BO1

44


BP1

44





IE

40

Cowl Side Panel LH

IF

40

Left Kick Panel

IG

40


IH

40


40

Right Kick Panel

IJ IK BL

44


BN

44


BP

44

Back Panel Center

: SPLICE POINTS Code E3 B6


Wire Harness with Splice Points Cowl Wire Floor No.2 Wire

Code

See Page


B13

44

Front Door LH Wire

B14

44

Front Door RH Wire

THEFT DETERRENT (TMMK MADE) C10

D6

BROWN

5

X 2

9

D7

D10

BLACK

BLACK

1 2

1 2

X X X X X

19 X X

D12

D13

D14

D15

D16

D17

D19 BLACK

1

1

1

1 1 2 3

1 4

1 2 3

D20

D21

D22

E6

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

1 4

1 4

1 4

F4 (A) 1

J1

F9 (F) ORANGE

1

J2

J5

BLACK

ORANGE

A A A CCC

B B B B B

2

1 2


(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J6

B B B B F F F F

J9 (A)

J10 (B)

BLACK

BLACK

J11

B B C C

A A

D D D E E E

D D D E E E

A

(Hint : See Page 7)

A

A

A


(Hint : See Page 7)

J16 (A)

J17 (B)

J32

J33 (A)

BLACK

BLACK

GRAY

BLACK

C C

A A

A A

E E E

D D D

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)


B B C C D D D E E E

(Hint : See Page 7)

J34 (B)

J37

J40

L4


C C

A A

A A

A

1 2

A

D D D E E E (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

T3 (B)

T4 (A)

U1

1 X X X X 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2

7 X 9 10 11 12

X 13 14 15 16 X 18 X X X X

T1 BLACK

1 2

W6 BLUE

X X

L6 GRAY

BLACK

5 X

1

MOON ROOF FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) 1

7. 5A DOME

30A POWER

25A DOOR

10A GAUGE

2 5

12 2J

R

* * * *

1 : TMC MADE 2 : TMMK MADE 3 : W/O THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM 4 : W/ THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM

1 POWER RELAY

3

2

7 1F

7 1J

1 1W 1 1D

J33 A , J34 B

5 1F R–B

A A L–W

R

(* 2)

L

W–B

C B

M3 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND RELAY

4

10

13 A (*3) 1 B (*4)

12 A 3 B

7

TILT UP

SLIDE OPEN

6

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

L–W

5 1G

2

8

7

3

5

1

6

8 A (*3) 6 B (*4)

B

INTEGRATION RELAY

1 A 2 B

J33 A , J34 B

R

5 A 5 B

D B

NO. 1

NO. 2

M

W–B

B2

BM

1

W–B A J11 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IG


(*1)

W–B IE

W–B

W–B

W–B

3 1V

M4 A , B MOON ROOF MOTOR AND LIMIT SW

W–B

3 A (* 1) 3 B (* 2)

4 A 3 1F

R–G

6 IN2


B2

NO. 3

R–G

R–G

2 A (*1) 1 B (*2)

E A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

G–W

4 B

G

R–L 6 A 6 B

(* 2)

P–B

W–B

R–G

7 1S

I18 A ,

1

SYSTEM OUTLINE Current is applied at all times through the POWER fuse to TERMINAL 5 of the power relay. With the ignition SW turned on, the current flows through the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 7 of the integration relay to TERMINAL (A) 12 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 3 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 1 of the power relay to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND, as a result, power relay is activated and the current to TERMINAL 5 of the power relay flows from TERMINAL 3 of the power relay to TERMINAL 4 of the moon roof control relay. 1. SLIDE OPEN OPERATION Only when the slide open switch is valid and actuated the moon roof motor continually will operate towards the open direction of the roof panel. Releasing and again depressing the open switch, or depressing another operation switch shall cancel this express open function. The relay shall only operate the moon roof motor continually for approx. 20 seconds per actuation. 2. SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION Only when the tilt up switch is valid and actuated the moon roof motor will operate towards the close direction of the roof panel. When the moon roof reaches about 120 mm short of the fully closed position, the limit switch No.2 is turned from on to off. Thereby signaling the moon roof control relay to stop the motor. The motor can not continue to operate until the close switch is released and again depressed. 3. TILT UP OPERATION Only when the tilt up switch is valid and actuated the moon roof motor will operate towards the closed direction of the roof panel. 4. TILT DOWN OPERATION Only when the slide open switch is valid and actuated the moon roof motor will operate towards the open direction of the roof panel. 5. KEY OFF MOON ROOF OPERATION With the ignition SW turned from on to off, the integration relay operates and current flows from the DOOR fuse to TERMINAL (A) 13 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 1 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the relay to TERMINAL (A) 12 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 3 (w/ theft deterrent system) to TERMINAL 1 of the power relay to TERMINAL 2 to GROUND for about 43 seconds. In the same way as normal operation, the current flows from the POWER fuse to TERMINAL 5 of the power relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 4 of the moon roof control relay. As a result, for about 43 seconds after the ignition SW is turned off, the functioning of this relay makes it possible to open and close the moon roof. Also, by opening the front door (Door courtesy SW on) within about 43 seconds after turning the ignition SW to off, a signal is input to TERMINALS 6 or (A) 8 (w/o theft deterrent system), (B) 6 (w/ theft deterrent system) of the integration relay. As a result, the relay turns off and open close movement of the moon roof stops. SERVICE HINTS POWER RELAY [INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B] 5–3 : Closed with the ignition SW at ON position or key off moon roof operation M3 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND RELAY 2–GROUND : Always continuity 4–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position or key off moon roof operation : PARTS LOCATION Code

I18

See Page

Code

See Page

D12

32

J11

D13

32

J33

A

31

A

30

J34

B

31

B

30

M3

31

33

Code M4

See Page A

33

B

33

MOON ROOF : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code

See Page


1D

20


1F

20


1G

20


1J

20


1S

20


20


22


1V 1W 2J


See Page

IN2


42



See Page


IE

40

Cowl Side Panel LH

IG

40


BM

44

Roof Left


See Page

B2


44

Code

See Page


Roof Wire

D12

D13

I18 (A)

I18 (B)


1

8 1213

1


1 X 3 X 6

X X

X X X X X X X

J11

A A

J33 (A)

J34 (B)

M3

M3

BLACK

BLACK

(TMC Made)

(TMMK Made)

12 3 45X7X

12 3 456 7 8

A A

A

A

A A

C C

E E E

D D D

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

M4 (A)

M4 (B)

(TMC Made)

(TMMK Made)

1 2

1 2

3 4

3 4

5 6

5 6

MEMO

POWER SEAT FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) 1

30A POWER

2

L–W

3 1D

L–W

A A A A L–W

J 9 A , J10 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR

IF1

L–W

C B

L–W

8

L–W

2 BQ1

P14 A , B

11 A (*1) 2 B (*2)

M

BL


A

1

5

P19 POWER SEAT MOTORS (DRIVER’ S SEAT)

2

P16 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT REAR VERTICAL CONTROL)

6

1

4

(*2)

R

R M

(*1)

(*1) 1

P17 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT RECLINING CONTROL)

2

(*2)

L–Y

(*2)

R–B

(*1)

R–B

(*1)

M

3 A (* 1) 8 B (* 2)

2 A 5 B

W–B

3

(*2)

2

P18 POWER SEAT MOTOR (DRIVER’ S SEAT SLIDE CONTROL)

1 BQ1

R–G

(*2)

R–G

(*1)

2

REAR VERTICAL 5 A 6 B

1 A 12 B

L–B

L–B

(*1)

L

L

(*2)

W–B

4 A 7 B

1

DOWN

RECLINING

8 A 11 B

L–Y

SLIDE 7 A 4 B

UP

REAR

FRONT

REAR

FRONT

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’ S SEAT)


L–W

L–W

4 IN2

L–W

2 BR1

P15 A , B

11 A (*1) 2 B (*2)

SLIDE 4 A 7 B

DOWN

UP

RECLINING

1 A 12 B

REAR VERTICAL 5 A 6 B

3 A 8 B

7 A (* 1) 4 B (* 2)

2 A 5 B

M

1

2

P20 POWER SEAT MOTOR (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT REAR VERTICAL CONTROL)

6

1

(*2)

R

R

(*1)

(*1)

M

4

B6

W–B

5

L–Y

1

P21 POWER SEAT MOTOR (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT RECLINING CONTROL)

2

(*2)

L–Y

(*2)

(*1)

R–B

R–B

(*1)

(*2)

2

P22 POWER SEAT MOTOR (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT SLIDE CONTROL)

3

R–G

(*2)

R–G

L–B

2

P23 POWER SEAT MOTORS (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT)

IK

W–B

M

1 BR1

W–B

1

(*1)

L–B

(*1)

L

L

(*2)

W–B

8 A 11 B

REAR

FRONT

REAR

FRONT

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT)

BN

POWER SEAT SERVICE HINTS P14 (A), (B) POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’S SEAT) (A) 11, (B) 2–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts (A) 7, (B) 4–GROUND : Always continuity P15 (A), (B) POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FRONT PASSENGER’S SEAT) (A) 11, (B) 2–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts (A) 7, (B) 4–GROUND : Always continuity : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

J9

A

31

J10

B

31

P15

See Page

Code

See Page

A

34

P19

34

B

34

P20

34

32

P16

34

P21

34

A

34

P17

34

P22

34

B

34

P18

34

P23

34

J40 P14

Code


See Page 20

Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)


See Page


IF1

40


IN2

42


BQ1

46


BR1

46



See Page


IK

40

Right Kick Panel

BL

44


BN

44



See Page 44

Wire Harness with Splice Points Floor No.2 Wire

Code

See Page


J9 (A)

J10 (B)

BLACK

BLACK

J40

A A A

C C

P14 (A) (TMC Made) BLACK

A

A A

A

1 2 3 4 5 X 7 8 X X 11 X

A


(Hint : See Page 7)

P14 (B) (TMMK Made) BLACK

P15 (A)

P15 (B)

(TMC Made) BLACK

X 2 X 4 5 6 7 8 X X 1112

1 2 3 4 5 X 7 8 X X 11 X

P16

P17

1 2

1 2

(TMMK Made) BLACK X 2 X 4 5 6 7 8 X X 1112

P18

P19

P20

P21

P22

P23

1 2

1 2 3

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2 3

4 5 6

4 5 6

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

15A EFI

5A IGN

5A STARTER

7 1C

3 1J

S6 STOP LIGHT SW

E5 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR BR

3

I2

BR

2

2

B–R

5 EFI RELAY

1

B–W

W

7 1W

15A STOP

4 2F

2 2J

G–W

5 2C

8 2J

7 2K


1

B–W

B–Y

W–B

W–B

4 1R

2

1

1

3

2

BR

9 E

19 E

20 E

W–L

SLN+

2

6

3

2

4

1

S2

S1

SL

SLN–

SLN+

W–B

W–B EB

THW NC2– 26 E

R

J26 JUNCTION CONNECTOR V

14 E

1 G

C15 CRUISE CONTROL ECU

NC2+

E3 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID

V3 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION)

ECT

R

6

L

OD

Y

14

A

W

IDL

A

L–B

13

A L–B

14 D E2

G

SL

7 E

B

L–B

7 II2

G–B

L

S1

8 E

B–Y

Y–B

S2

P–L

24 B

18 D

VC

SLN–

NSW

L–B

4 B

L–R


23 D

Y

J27 A , J28 B


2 D

20 B

VTA1

15 A

B–W

G–W

2 A

STP

B–R

1 A BATT

B

E 7 A , E 8 B , E10 D , E11 E

OD1

IDLO

MREL

B JUNCTION CONNECTOR


8 A

+B

C B

IGSW

16 A

C

A A

B–Y

B–Y

B B

C

B–W

B A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J27 A , J28 B

G–W

5 1R

(1MZ–FE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) R–L * 1 : CALIFORNIA * 2 : EXCEPT CALIFORNIA

* 3 : TMMK MADE * 4 : TMC MADE 10A GAUGE

J28 B 1 1J

JUNCTION CONNECTOR F B

R–L

F B

R–L

2 1D R–L

2 II2

D

D

R–L


R–L

Y

L–W (* 4)


O (* 3)

A A A

R–L

A B

R–B

C A

R–B

C A

R–B

3 IG3

V–W

R–L

V–W

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

V–W

R–B

22 B

R

O

(*3)

(*4)

2 B

Y

3 B 2

L–W

J27 A , J28 B J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B

14 B

7 C

O/D OFF

SPEEDOMETER

R–L

C

IJ1

C

O2 O/D MAIN SW

2

A

B

A 4

BR

BR

BR

(* 2) BR

A

BR

BR


A

B


G–O C

2

G–O

IJ1

12 A

G–O

3

7

BR

G–O

J22 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BR

SI

5 C

P

G–O

SE 2

11 IG3

6 C

P

BR

15 B V2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (COMBINATION METER) L

10 B

1 IG+

L

31 E

COMBINATION METER


E02

21 E

BR

E01

30 E

BR

OD2

17 D

BR

E1

E03

L

SPD

E 7 A , E 8 B , E10 D , E11 E

C 8 A , C 9 B , C10 C 12 B

BR (*1) ED

EC

IH

W–B

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR R–L

R–L

2

P1 A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

* 3 : TMMK MADE * 4 : TMC MADE

C

DL

NL

RL

PL

3

10

9

8

7

D

A

D

A

D

(*4) O

R–B

IJ1

3

II3

4

R

R–B

1

II2

G–W

R

B–R II2

B–R

(* 3)

O

9


E

L–W

II2

L–W

E


E Y

6

(* 4)

Y II2 Y

5

G–W

2L

4

L–W

LL

(*3) R–B

14 IG3

10 1H

G–W

B–R

O

5 1V

(* 3)

Y

(* 4)

R–B L–W

R–B

R–B 8 A

16 B

C 8 A , C 9 B , C10 C

W–B

COMBINATION METER

A W–B


A A

W–B

W–B

IF

9 A

P

R 10 A

R

B–R 7 A

N

O 11 A

D

Y 6 A

2

L

13 IG3

G–W

15 IG3 16 IG3

(1MZ–FE) SYSTEM OUTLINE Previous automatic transaxle have selected each gear shift using the mechanically controlled throttle hydraulic pressure, governor hydraulic pressure and lock–up hydraulic pressure. The electronically controlled transmission, however, electrically controls the line pressure and lock–up pressure etc., through the solenoid valve. Engine control module control of the solenoid valve based on the input signals from each sensor makes smooth driving possible by shift selection for each gear which is most appropriate to the driving conditions at that time. 1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION During driving, the engine control module selects the shift for each gear which is most appropriate to the driving conditions, based on input signals from the engine coolant temp. sensor to TERMINAL THW of the engine control module, and also the input signals to TERMINAL NC2+ of the engine control module from the vehicle speed sensor devoted to the O/D direct clutch. Current is then output to the electronically controlled transmission solenoid. When shifting to 1st speed, current flows from TERMINAL S1 of the engine control module to TERMINAL 3 of the electronically controlled transmission solenoid to GROUND, and continuity to the No.1 solenoid causes the shift. For the 2nd speed, current flows from TERMINAL S1 of the engine control module to TERMINAL 3 of the electronically controlled transmission solenoid to GROUND, and from TERMINAL S2 of the engine control module to TERMINAL 6 of the electronically controlled transmission solenoid to GROUND, and continuity to solenoids No.1 and No.2 causes the shift. For the 3rd speed, there is no continuity to No.1 solenoid, only to No.2, causing the shift. Shifting into 4th speed (Overdrive) takes place when there is no continuity to either No.1 or No.2 solenoid. 2. LOCK–UP OPERATION When the engine control module judges from each signal that lock–up operation conditions have been met, current flows from TERMINAL SL of the engine control module to TERMINAL 2 of the electronically controlled transmission solenoid to GROUND, causing continuity to the lock–up solenoid and causing lock–up operation. 3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT If the brake pedal is depressed (Stop light SW on) when driving in lock–up condition, a signal is input to TERMINAL STP of the engine control module, the engine control module operates and continuity to the lock–up solenoid is cut. 4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT ∗ Overdrive on When the O/D main SW is turned on (O/D off indicator light turns off), a signal is input to TERMINAL OD2 of the engine control module and engine control module operation causes gear shift when the conditions for overdrive are met. ∗ Overdrive off When the O/D main SW is turned to off (O/D off indicator light turns on), the current flowing through the O/D off indicator light flows through the O/D main SW to GROUND. Causing the indicator light to light up. At the same time, a signal is input to TERMINAL OD2 of the engine control module and engine control module operation prevents shift into overdrive. SERVICE HINTS E7 (A), E8 (B), E10 (D), E11 (E) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (TURN ON THE IGNITION SW) S1, S2–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts with the solenoid on 0–1.5 volts with the solenoid off L–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts with the shift lever at L position 2–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts with the shift lever at 2 position R–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts with the shift lever at R position STP–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts with the brake pedal depressed THW–E2 : 0.2–1.0 volts with the engine coolant temp. 80°C (176°F) VAT1–E2 : 0.3–0.8 volts with the throttle valve fully closed 3.2–4.9 volts with the throttle valve fully opened VC–E2 : 4.5–5.5 volts OD2–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts with the O/D main SW turned off 0–3.0 volts with the O/D main SW turned on +B–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts OD1–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts E3 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID 2, 3, 6–GROUND : Each 11–15 Ω O2 O/D MAIN SW 2–4 : Closed with the O/D main SW off, open with the O/D main SW on

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR : PARTS LOCATION Code C8

See Page

Code E11

See Page E

Code

30

J28

See Page

A

30

B

31

C9

B

30

J4

31

J29

31

C10

C

30

J5

31

J35

31

C15

30

J6

31

O2

31

E3

26 (1MZ–FE)

J15

31

P1

27 (1MZ–FE)

E5

26 (1MZ–FE)

J22

31

S6

31

E7

A

30

J24

31

T2

27 (1MZ–FE)

E8

B

30

J26

31

V2

27 (1MZ–FE)

E10

D

30

31

V3

27 (1MZ–FE)

J27

A

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code 1C 1D 1H

See Page


20


20


20


22

Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B No.2 No 2 (Engine Compartment Left)

22


1J 1R 1V 1W

2C 2F 2J 2K

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code IG3 II2 II3 IJ1

See Page


40


42


42



See Page


EB

36 (1MZ–FE)


EC

36 (1MZ–FE)

Surge Tank RH

ED

36 (1MZ–FE)


IF

40

Left Kick Panel

IH

40


: SPLICE POINTS Code I2

See Page 42


Code

See Page


(1MZ–FE) C8 (A)

C8 (A)

(TMC Made) BLUE

6

(TMMK Made) BLUE

7 8 9 10 11 12

6

C9 (B)

C9 (B)

(TMC Made)

(TMMK Made)

14 15 16

C10 (C)

5 6

14 15 16

C10 (C)

7

E3

E5

GRAY

DARK GRAY

C15

(TMMK Made) BROWN

(TMC Made) BROWN

5 6

X 6

7

E7 (A)

13 14

E8 (B)

1 2

1 2 3 4 X 6

2

7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 X X

X 2 3 4 X X

8 X X 15

10 X 12 X X X X

16

20 X 22

X

X 24 X X

E10 (D)

E10 (D)

E11 (E)

(California)


(California)

X 2

X

X 7 8 9

14 X

X 14 X

14 19 20 21

17 18

17 18 X X

X 26

23

23

30 31

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (1MZ–FE) E11 (E)

J4

J5


BLACK

ORANGE

X X DD DX

X 7 8 9


(Hint : See Page 7)

14 19 20 21 X 26

(Hint : See Page 7)

30 31

J15

J6

J22

J24

BLACK B B B

CC C


A A A


(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J26

J27 (A)

J28 (B)

J29

A B A A B B B

A A B B C C

A A B B C C

A A A A A B B B B DD DE E E

F F

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

O2

P1

S6

T2

BLUE

GRAY

BLUE

BLACK

J35

2 4

C C (Hint : See Page 7)

V2

V3

BLACK

BLACK

1 2 3 1

2

X 7

2 8

3 4 9 10

1 2 3 1

2

MEMO

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

15A EFI

5A IGN

7 1C

5

3 1J

W–B

W–B

B–Y

B–W

B

2

1

2

1 B 1 B

10 B 11 B

9 B 9 B

SL 15 C 15 C

24 C (*1) 14 C (*2)

P

A V

A

1 B

3 B

1 A

S2

S1

SL

A

6

BR

L–B

20 C 1 C

W

ECT

A A A

BR

W–B

NO. 2


LOCK–UP

OD


NO. 1

II2

8 C 7 C

L–B

Y–B 14

7

L–B

L–R 13

S1

BR

S2 21 C 6 C

18 A 20 A

E2

E04


L–B

IDL

VC

E3 A , E4 B EB

THW

NSW

4 B (* 1) 4 B (* 2)

E1

22 A 22 A

VTA

9 A 4 A

B

3 A 3 A

BATT

1 A

(CALIFORNIA)

MREL

OD1

IDLO

+B

2 A 1 A


7 D

STP

12 A 12 A

IGSW

G–W

BR

3

LG

1

Y


J27 A , J28 B

(*1)

B–Y

C B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A A

B–W

5 1R G–W

(*1)

B–Y

B–R

(* 1)

4 1R

II4

B–W

B B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B A

6

8 2J

BR

7 2K

G–W

2 2J

J27 A , J28 B

4 2F

E5 ENGINE COOLANT TEMP. SENSOR BR

B

1 5 2C

G–B

2

I2 J29 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

3

B–W

(* 2)

B–R

S6 STOP LIGHT SW

2

EFI RELAY

1

5A STARTER

W

7 1W

15A STOP

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID

EC

BR

(5S–FE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)



R–L

10A GAUGE

1 1J

2 1D

R–L

J28 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR F B

R–L

D

D

R–L


F B

Y

L–W (* 3) O

R–L

(* 4)

R–B

O

(* 4)

(* 3)

L–W

Y

R–B

2

J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B V–W

II2

JUNCTION CONNECTOR


R–L 7 C

O/D OFF 6 C

L L

IJ1

11 IG3

5 C

2

IJ1

3

2

SI

SE



BR IG+

R–L

C C C G–O

BR

BR

BR

BR

1

EC

12 A G–O

15 B

P

A

7

G–O

V–W COMBINATION METER

G–O

BR

BR

BR

14 B

C 8 A , C 9 B , C10 C

R–L

BR

A

P

OD2 5 A (* 1) 7 A (* 2)

R–B

A

R–L

26 C 26 C

C A

SPEEDOMETER

R 13 C 13 C

E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D

2

SPD


L

25 C 16 B

8 A (* 1) 9 A (* 2)

E02

17 A 17 A

E01

16 A 18 A

E03

15 A 19 A

R–B

J27 A , J28 B 3 IG3

R–L

V–W

A B

C A

IH

G–O

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR R–L

R–L

2



C

DL

NL

RL

PL

3

10

9

8

7

L–W

D

A

D

A

D

(* 3) O

R–B 3

R

IJ1

II3

4

R–B

1

II2

G–W

R

B–R II2

B–R

(* 4)

O

9


E

L–W

II2

L–W

E


E Y

6

(* 3)

Y II2 Y

5

G–W

2L

4

L–W

LL

B–R

G–W

Y

5 1V

14 IG3

10 1H

15 IG3 G–W

8 A

9 A

2

16 B

C 8 A , C 9 B , C10 C

W–B

COMBINATION METER

A 2

4 O2 O/D MAIN SW

W–B


A A

W–B

G–O

IF

P

R–B

10 A

R

R

7 A

N

B–R

11 A

D

6 A

L

O

13 IG3

Y

16 IG3

O

R–B (*4)

R–B

L–W

R–B

(*3)

(* 4) R–B

(5S–FE) SYSTEM OUTLINE Previous automatic transaxle have selected each gear shift using mechanically controlled throttle hydraulic pressure, governor hydraulic pressure and lock–up hydraulic pressure. The electronically controlled transmission, however, electrically controls the line pressure and lock–up pressure etc., through the solenoid valve. Engine control module controls of the solenoid valve based on the input signals from each sensor which makes smooth driving possible by shift selection for each gear which is most appropriate to the driving conditions at that time. 1. GEAR SHIFT OPERATION During driving, the engine control module selects the shift for each gear which is most appropriate to the driving conditions, based on input signals from the engine coolant temp. sensor to TERMINAL THW of the engine control module, and also the input signals to TERMINAL SPD of the engine control module from the vehicle speed sensor devoted to the electronically controlled transmission. Current is then output to the electronically controlled transmission solenoid. When shifting to 1st speed, current flows from TERMINAL S1 of the engine control module to TERMINAL (B) 3 of the solenoid to GROUND, and continuity to the No.1 solenoid causes the shift. For 2nd speed, current flows from TERMINAL S1 of the engine control module to TERMINAL (B) 3 of the solenoid to GROUND, and from TERMINAL S2 of the engine control module to TERMINAL (B) 1 of the solenoid to GROUND, and continuity to solenoids No.1 and No.2 causes the shift. For 3rd speed, there is no continuity to No.1 solenoid, only to No.2, causing the shift. Shifting into 4th speed (Overdrive) takes place when there is no continuity to either No.1 or No.2 solenoid. 2. LOCK–UP OPERATION When the engine control module judges from each signal that lock–up operation conditions have been met, current flows from TERMINAL SL of the engine control module to TERMINAL (A) 1 of the electronically controlled transmission solenoid to GROUND, causing continuity to the lock–up solenoid and causing lock–up operation. 3. STOP LIGHT SW CIRCUIT If the brake pedal is depressed (Stop light SW on) when driving in lock–up condition, a signal is input to TERMINAL STP of the engine control module, the engine control module operates and continuity to the lock–up solenoid is cut. 4. OVERDRIVE CIRCUIT ∗ O/D main SW on When the O/D main SW is turned on (O/D off indicator light turns off), a signal is input into TERMINAL OD2 of the engine control module and engine control module operation causes gear shift when the conditions for overdrive are met. ∗ O/D main SW off When the O/D main SW is turned to off, the current through the O/D off indicator light flows through the O/D main SW to GROUND, causing the indicator light to light up. At the same time, a signal is input into TERMINAL OD2 of the engine control module and engine control module operation prevents shift into overdrive. SERVICE HINTS E7 (A), E8 (B), E9 (C) ENGINE CONTROL MODULE (TURN ON THE IGNITION SW) S1, S2–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts with the solenoid on 0–1.5 volts with the solenoid off L–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts with the shift lever at L position 2–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts with the shift lever at 2 position R–E1 : 7.5–14.0 volts with the shift lever at R position STP–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts with the brake pedal depressed THW–E2 : 0.2–1.0 volts with the engine coolant temp. 60°C (140°F) – 120°C (248°F) VTA–E2 : 0.3–0.8 volts with the throttle valve fully closed 3.2–4.9 volts with the throttle valve fully opened VC–E2 : 4.5–5.5 volts OD2–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts with the O/D main SW turned on 0–3.0 volts with the O/D main SW turned off +B–E1 : 9.0–14.0 volts E3 (A), E4 (B) ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID (A) 1, (B) 1, (B) 3–GROUND : Each 11–15 Ω O2 O/D MAIN SW 2–4 : Closed with the O/D main SW off, open with the O/D main SW on

ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR : PARTS LOCATION Code C8

See Page

Code

See Page

Code

30

E9

C9

B

30

E10

C10

C

30

J4

31

J29

31

30

J5

31

O2

31

C15

C

30

J27

D

30

J28

See Page

A

A

31

B

31

E3

A

28 (5S–FE)

J6

31

P1

29 (5S–FE)

E4

B

28 (5S–FE)

J15

31

S6

31

28 (5S–FE)

J21

31

T2

29 (5S–FE)

E7

E5 A

30

J23

31

V2

29 (5S–FE)

E8

B

30

J25

31

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code 1C 1D 1H

See Page


20


20


20


22

Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room J/B No.2 No 2 (Engine Compartment Left)

22


1J 1R 1V 1W

2C 2F 2J 2K


See Page


40


42


42


II2 II3 II4 IJ1


See Page


EB

38 (5S–FE)


EC

38 (5S–FE)

Intake Manifold

IF

40

Left Kick Panel

IH

40



See Page 42


Code

See Page


(5S–FE) ∗ 1 : w/ Engine Immobiliser System ∗ 2 : w/o Engine Immobiliser System

C8 (A)

C8 (A)

(TMC Made) BLUE

6

(TMMK Made) BLUE

7 8 9 10 11 12

6

7 8 9 10 11 12

C9 (B)

C9 (B)

(TMC Made)

(TMMK Made)

14 15 16

C10 (C)

C15

C10 (C)

(TMC Made) BROWN

5 6

14 15 16

(TMMK Made) BROWN

7

5 6

7

E3 (A)

E4 (B)

E5

E7 (A)

BLACK

BLACK

GREEN

(∗ 1)

1 2

1 2 3 5 8 9

1 X 3 1

X

X 6 13 14

12 15 16 17 18 22

E7 (A)

E8 (B)

E8 (B)

E9 (C)

(∗ 2)

(∗ 1) DARK GRAY

(∗ 2)

(∗ 1) DARK GRAY

1 3 4 X 7 9

1 4

1 4

X 8 13

12 17 18 19 20 22

9 10

9 11 16

15 X X 20 21 24 25 26

E9 (C)

E10 (D)

J4

J5

(∗ 2)

(∗ 1) DARK GRAY

BLACK

ORANGE

1 6 7 13

X

14 15 X 26

7 X



ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION AND A/T INDICATOR (5S–FE) J6

J15

J21

BLACK

GRAY

B B B

CC C

J23


A A A A A A


(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J25

J27 (A)

J28 (B)

J29

A A A

A A B B C C

A A B B C C

A A A A A B B B B D D DE E E

F F

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

O2

P1

S6

T2

V2

BLUE

GRAY

BLUE

BLACK

BLACK

1 2 3

1 2 3

2 4

X 7

2 8

3 4 9 10

1

2

MEMO

CRUISE CONTROL FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A

R–L

R–L

(* 1)

10A GAUGE

(* 1 A/T) A

J21 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A

R–L

R–L

(* 2)

(* 2 A/T)

D A

2

2 D 10 B–R

(*1)

R–L

(*2)

R–L

R–L

(M/T)

1

II2

B–R J29 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A

(A/T)

B–R

(M/T)

R–L

9

(A/T)

D

J27 A , J28 B

F B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

F B D

P1 D POSITION SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

II2

C14 CRUISE CONTROL CLUTCH SW

2

R–L

R–L


1 1J

R–L

A 2 1D


A


CRUISE BR

V–W

O

TC

SPD

CMS

CCS

5

12

11

10

3 IG3

5 IG2

D

P

D D

2

B

4 CMS

CCS

RESUME/ ACCEL

IG+

TC

V–W

(*3)

SET/ COAST P–B

4

A/D

11 TC

CANCEL EP

BR

3

(* 1) R–L (* 2)

B

5

II3 LG–R

LG–R

10

11

1 R–L

B

SE O

SI

B B

(*4)

L 3 V2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (COMBINATION METER)

V–W

O

LG–R

IJ1


2

O

IJ1

LG–R

4

W

P

PI

W–L

10 C

CRUISE

14 B

V–W

5 C


6 C

L

D

15 B

7

3


SPEEDOMETER

B–R

7 C



C12 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]

W–B IH


E3 A , E4 B E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E11 E ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

S2

S2

8 E (* 1) 21 C (* 5) 6 C (* 6)

6 A (* 1) 1 B (* 2)

7 1C

J26 (* 1) , J25 (* 2) JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A A

W

L–B

9 1J

(A/T)

Y–B

(A/T)

L–R

* 1 : 1MZ–FE * 2 : 5S–FE * 3 : TMMK MADE 1MZ–FE * 4 : EXCEPT *3 * 5 : 5S–FE W/ ENGINE IMMOBILISER * 6 : 5S–FE W/O ENGINE IMMOBILISER

15A STOP

B–R

24 B 18 A 20 A

L–B

4 B 3 A 3 A

OD1

15A ECU–IG

(A/T)

IDLO


L–B

(A/T)

A

C 7


II2

6

9

OD

IDL

ECT

GND

B

MO 15

MC

L

7

W–B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A A 4

W–B

8 1J

1

2

2

A A

R–Y

W–B

A A

W

S6 STOP LIGHT SW

J8 B

R–B

J7 A ,

R–G

A B

A A

2

G–W

3

A A

STP–

8 G–B

16

1

G–W


14

G–W

13

B–R

L–B

(A/T)

C

3

W–B

7 1J

A

W–B IG


5 1R

M 4 1R

C3 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR W–B

4


CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM OUTLINE Current is applied at all times through the STOP fuse to TERMINAL 2 of the stop light SW. With the ignition SW turned to on, current flows through the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL (C) 7 of the combination meter and the current through the ECU–IG fuse flows to TERMINAL 9 of the cruise control ECU. When the ignition SW is on and the cruise control SW is turned on, a signal is input from TERMINAL 5 of the cruise control SW to TERMINAL 11 of the cruise control ECU. As a result, the cruise control ECU functions and the current flows from the ECU–IG fuse to TERMINAL 9 of the cruise control ECU to TERMINAL 16 to GROUND, and the cruise control system is in a condition ready for operation. At the same time, the current through the GAUGE fuse flows to TERMINAL (C) 7 of the cruise control indicator light to TERMINAL (C) 10 to TERMINAL 4 of the cruise control ECU to TERMINAL 16 to GROUND, causing the cruise control indicator light to light up, indicating that cruise control is ready for operation. 1. SET OPERATION When the cruise control SW is turned on and the set SW is pushed with the vehicle speed within the set limit (Approx. 40 km/h, 25 mph to 200 km/h, 124 mph), a signal is input to TERMINAL 10 of the cruise control ECU and the vehicle speed at the time the set SW is released is memorized in the ECU as the set speed. 2. SET SPEED CONTROL During cruise control driving, the cruise control ECU compares the set speed memorized in the cruise control ECU with the actual vehicle speed input into TERMINAL 12 of the cruise control ECU from the speed sensor, and controls the cruise control actuator to maintain the set speed. When the actual speed is lower than the set speed, the ECU causes the current to the cruise control actuator to flow from TERMINAL 15 of the cruise control ECU to TERMINAL 1 of the cruise control actuator to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 7 of the cruise control ECU. As a result, the motor in the cruise control actuator is rotated to open the than the set speed, the current to the cruise control actuator flows from TERMINAL 7 of the cruise control ECU to TERMINAL 2 of the cruise control actuator to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 15 of the cruise control ECU. This causes the motor in the cruise control actuator to rotate to close the throttle valve and return the throttle cable to decrease the vehicle speed. 3. COAST CONTROL During cruise control driving, while the coast SW is on, the cruise control actuator returns the throttle cable to close the throttle valve and decrease the driving speed. The vehicle speed when the coast SW is turned off is memorized and the vehicle continues at the new set speed. 4. ACCEL CONTROL During cruise control driving, while the accel SW is turned on, the cruise control actuator pulls the throttle cable to open the throttle valve and increase the driving speed. The vehicle speed when the accel SW is turned off is memorized and the vehicle continues at the new set speed. 5. RESUME CONTROL Unless the vehicle speed falls below the minimum speed limit (Approx. 40km/h, 25mph) after canceling the set speed by the cancel SW, pushing the resume SW will cause the vehicle to resume the speed set before cancellation. 6. MANUAL CANCEL MECHANISM If any of the following operations occurs during cruise control operation, the magnetic clutch of the actuator turns off and the motor rotates to close the throttle valve and the cruise control is released. ∗ Placing the shift lever except D position (Park/Neutral position SW except D position). ”Signal is not input to TERMINAL 3 of the cruise control ECU” (A/T) ∗ Depressing the clutch pedal (Cruise control clutch SW off). ”Signal input to TERMINAL 3 of the cruise control ECU” (M/T) ∗ Depressing the brake pedal (Stop light SW on). ”Signal input to TERMINAL 2 of the cruise control ECU” ∗ Pushing the cancel switch (Cancel SW on). ”Signal input to TERMINAL 10 of the cruise control ECU” ∗ Pushing the cruise switch off ”signal input to TERMINAL 11 of the cruise control ECU”.

7. TAP–UP CONTROL FUNCTION When the difference between the actual vehicle speed and the set speed is less than 5 km/h (3 mph), the set speed can be increased 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each time by operation the RESUME/ACCEL SW quickly within 0.6 seconds. 8. TAP–DOWN CONTROL FUNCTION When the difference between the actual vehicle speed and the set speed is less than 5 km/h (3 mph), the set speed can be lowered 1.6 km/h (1 mph) each time by operating the SET/COAST SW quickly within 0.6 seconds. 9. AUTO CANCEL FUNCTION A) If any of the following operating conditions occurs during cruise control operation, the set speed is erased, the current flow to the magnetic clutch is stopped and the cruise control is released. (Cruise SW turns off). When this occurs, the ignition SW must be turned off once before the cruise SW will turn on. ∗ When current continued to flow to the motor inside the actuator in the throttle valve ”OPEN” direction. ∗ The motor does not operate despite the motor drive signal being output. B) If any of the following operating conditions occurs during cruise control operation, the set speed is erased, the current flow to the magnetic clutch is stopped and the cruise control is released. (Cruise SW turn off). When this occurs, the cancel state is cleared as the cruise SW will turn on again. ∗ Over current to transistor driving the motor and/or the magnetic clutch. ∗ Open circuit in the magnetic clutch. ∗ Momentary interruption of vehicle speed signal. ∗ Short circuit in the cruise control SW. ∗ When the vehicle speed falls more than 16 km/h (10 mph) below the set speed, E.G. on an upward slope. C) If any of the following conditions occurs during cruise control operation, the set speed is erased and the cruise control is released. (The power to the magnetic clutch is cut off until the set SW is ON again.) ∗ When the vehicle speed falls below the minimum speed limit, approx. 40 km/h (25 mph). ∗ When power to the cruise control system is momentarily cut off. D) If any of the following conditions occurs during cruise control operation, the cruise control is released. ∗ Open the circuit for TERMINAL 2 of the stop light SW. 10. AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL FUNCTION ∗ In overdrive. If the vehicle speed becomes lower than the overdrive cut speed (Set speed minus approx. 4 km/h, 2.5 mph) during cruise control operation, such as driving up a hill, the overdrive is released and the power increased to prevent a reduction in vehicle speed. ∗ After releasing the overdrive, vehicle speed becomes higher than the overdrive return speed (Set speed minus approx. 2 km/h, 1.2 mph) and the cruise control ECU judges by the signals from the actuator’s potentiometer that the upward slope has finished, the overdrive is resumed after approximately 2 seconds. ∗ During cruise control driving, the cruise control operation signal is output from the cruise control ECU to the engine control module. Upon receiving this signal, the engine control module changes the shift pattern to normal. To maintain smooth cruise control operation (on a downward slope etc.), the lock–up release of the transmission when the idling point of the throttle position is ON is forbidden. SERVICE HINTS C3 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR 3–4 : Approx. 38.5 Ω C12 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW] 5–3 : Continuity with the CRUISE SW on 4–3 : Approx. 418 Ω with the CANCEL SW on Approx. 68 Ω with the RESUME/ACCEL SW on Approx. 198 Ω with the SET/COAST SW on C15 CRUISE CONTROL ECU 9–GROUND : 10–14 volts with the ignition SW at ON position 12–GROUND : 4 pulses with 1 rotation of rotor shaft 10–GROUND : Approx. 418 Ω with the CANCEL SW on in the cruise control SW Approx. 198 Ω with the SET/COAST SW on in the cruise control SW Approx. 68 Ω with the RESUME/ACCEL SW on in the cruise control SW 16–GROUND : Always continuity

CRUISE CONTROL : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

C3

Code

26 (1MZ–FE)

E7

See Page

Code

See Page

A

30

J21

31

28 (5S–FE)

E8

B

30

J24

31

C9

B

30

E9

C

30

J25

31

C10

C

30

E11

E

30

J26

31

C12

30

J2

31

J27

A

31

C14

30

J3

31

J28

B

31

C15

30

D1 D4

J4

31

26 (1MZ–FE)

J7

A

31

28 (5S–FE)

J8

B

31

30

J11

31

E3

A

26 (1MZ–FE)

J12

31

E4

B

28 (1S–FE)

J15

31


See Page


1C

20


1D

20


20


1J 1R


See Page


IG2

40


IG3

40


42


42


II2 II3 IJ1


See Page


IG

40


IH

40


J29 P1 S6 V2

31 27 (1MZ–FE) 29 (5S–FE) 31 27 (1MZ–FE) 29 (5S–FE)

∗ 1 : 5S–FE w/ Engine Immobiliser System ∗ 2 : 5S–FE w/o Engine Immobiliser System

C3

C9 (B)

BLACK

(TMC Made)

1 2 3 4

C9 (B) (TMMK Made)

14 15

14 15

C10 (C)

C10 (C)

C12

(TMC Made) BROWN

(TMMK Made) BROWN

BLACK

5 6

7 10

C14

5 6

C15

7 10

XX3 4 5

D1

D1

(1MZ–FE) BLACK

(5S–FE) BLACK X X

X 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2

X X

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

X

X X X X

X

X

X

X 11

X

X

X

X

X X X

X X

X

X

X

X 11

X

X

X

D4

E3 (A)

E4 (B)

E7 (A)

DARK GRAY

GRAY

BLACK

(∗ 1)

1 X

3

X

X 6

X

18

X X X 10 X X X X X 4 X X

E7 (A)

E8 (B)

E9 (C)

(∗ 2)

(1MZ–FE)

(∗ 1) DARK GRAY

3 X 20

X X 4 X X

X

X X X X X X

X 24 X X

X X 21

X

CRUISE CONTROL E9 (C)

E11 (E)

(5S–FE w/o Engine Immobiliser System)

E11 (E)

(1MZ–FE Except California) BLACK

(1MZ–FE California)

6 X

J2

X 8

X

X

J3

J4

J7 (A)

BLACK

GRAY

X X DD DX

B B B B B

(Hint : See Page 7)

X 8

BLACK DDD

A A A A A A

(Hint : See Page 7)


J8 (B)

J11

GRAY A A A A A A A

A

A A

A

J12

J15

BLACK

BLACK

CCC

B B B

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

A


J21

J24

J25

J26

A A A A A A

A A A

A A A

A A A

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

GRAY

J27 (A)

J28 (B)

J29

A A

A A A A A

D D

F F

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

X

(Hint : See Page 7)

P1

S6

V2

GRAY

BLUE

BLACK

2

10

1 3

2 4

1 2 3

MEMO

ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) 1

3 60A FL ABS

3

2

ABS MOTOR RELAY 1

W–R

3 GR–R

2

4

GR–L

3

3 1

5

4

GR–R

2

ABS SOL RELAY

3

3

3

GR–L

3

6

GR–R

3

R–L

R–L

GR

1 A

24 A

R+

GND3

MR

GND2

9 C

10 C

W–B

SR 11 A

W–B

W–L

W–B

A15 A , A16 B , A17 C ABS AND TRACTION ECU

SFRH 13 A

SFRR 26 A

W–R

R–B

W–R

GR

9 A SFRH

3 A SFRR

4 BS B

W–L

A7 A , A8 B W–B

ABS AND TRACTION ACTUATOR

W–B

E1

EA

W–R

W–B

E1

W–B

E1

W–B


9 1J

7 1C

W

15A STOP

B–R

15A ECU–IG

C

G–W

2


A A

5 1R

J27 A , J28 B

S6 STOP LIGHT SW

C

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C B 4 1R

G–W

1

B–R

G–W

R–L

R–L

A15 A , A16 B , A17 C ABS AND TRACTION ECU

8 B

16 B STP

12 A SFLH

6 A SFLR

5 A SRRR

10 A SRLH

4 A SRLR

7 A SRC1

2 A SRC2

8 A SMC1

1 A SMC2

AST

MT

10 A

14 A

5 B AST

GND1 15 A

W–B

R–W

SMC2 6 C

Y–B

SMC1 12 C

Y–R

SRC2 4 C

B–Y

SRC1 5 C

B–R

SRLR 12 A

LG–B

R–G

11 A SRRH

SRLH 25 A

G–Y

SRRR 7 C

W–R

SRRH 8 C

W–L

SFLR 1 C

L–B

SFLH 2 C

R

IG1

3 B MT

M

BM 2 B

A7 A , A8 B

GND 1 B

W–R

W–R

W–B

W–B

W–B


E1

ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1


(SHORT PIN)

11

B

C

12 IK2

23 A

4 B

R–L

BR

C L

C C

R–L

BR

R–L

L

2 IK1

LG–R

R–L

12 IG3

G–B

LG–R

C

G–B


C

LG–R

B

R–Y

R–L

5 IK2

E1 3

II3

B

8 IK2

TRC 17 L

R–L

(* 2)

(* 1)

LG–R

II3

ABS 14

LG–R

TC 4


5

G–B

II3

R–Y

8

TC 11

G–B

R–Y

(* 2)

Y–B

(* 1)

R–L

II3

R–L

4

WA 22

P–B

TS 16

J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR LG–R

WB 23

9 A

22 A

12 B

A15 A , A16 B , A17 C

TS

FL+

FL–

5 A

4 A

WA

TC

FR+

17 A

D/G

FR–

RL+

18 A

ABS AND TRACTION ECU

WT

RL–

2 B

RR+

1 B

9 B

RR– 10 B

A9 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH

A10 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH

A25 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH

1

2

A26 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR RH

(*2)

W–B

IL1

(*2)

3

B

IL1

(*1)

1

L(* 2)

P

IL1

(*2)

G

B

W

(* 2)

W

2

(*1)

BR(*2)

(*2) 1

2

(* 1)

1

Y

(SHIELDED) 2

(* 1)

1

R

G

R 2

4 ID1

(*2)

9 ID1

(SHIELDED)

G

3 ID1

(* 2) W–B

R

6 IK2

B

G

1 IK2

W

R

W–B


R–L * 1 : TMC MADE * 2 : TMMK MADE

10A GAUGE

C 8 A , C10 C COMBINATION METER

7 C

ABS

3 C

SLIP

4 C

R–L

TRAC OFF

2 1D

5 A D

L

R–L

L

LG

19 IG3


D

R–L

18 IG3 R–L

LG

BR

J7 A , A15 A , A16 B , A17 C ABS AND TRACTION ECU

C A

J8 B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

3 B

B B

EFI+

EFI–

6 B

14 B

13 B

5 B

B

LG

L

TRC+

TRC–

LG

NEO 15 B

W

CSW 11 B

BR–W

BR

IND

W–B(* 2)

4 T5 TRACTION OFF SW

W–B

II3

1 NEO

14 A

21 A

EFI+

13 A

EFI–

20 A

TRC+

A B

TRC– E 7 A , E 8 B , E10 D

J7 A ,

J8 B


JUNCTION CONNECTOR

BR

W–B

16 B

A A E2

W–B

18 D

VTA1 23 D

VC 2 D

L

Y

8 1J BR 2

3

1

7 1J

A

IG


A

A

BR

(* 2)

W–B A B

6

W–B

A B

(* 2)

W–B

(* 2)

J11 JUNCTION CONNECTOR T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

EC

ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL SYSTEM OUTLINE (ABS) ABS is a brake system designed for the purpose to improve the operating ability securing the stability of the vehicle by preventing the looking–up of the vehicle controlling the wheel cylinder pressure of all the four wheels at the time of sudden braking. 1. INPUT SIGNALS (1) Speed sensor signal The speed of the wheels is detected and input to TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+, and RR+ of the ABS and traction ECU. (2) Stop light SW signal A signal is input to TERMINAL STP of the ABS and traction ECU when brake pedal is depressed. 2. SYSTEM OPERATION When the wheels are to be locked–up, the solenoid inside the actuator will be controlled by the signal from the ABS and traction ECU and the brake fluid in the wheel cylinder will flow through the reservoir and reduce the hydraulic pressure. While the ABS is in operation, as the ABS and traction ECU always outputs the operation signal to the pump inside the actuator, brake fluid stored inside the reservoir will be suctioned up by the pump inside the actuator and returned to the master cylinder. When the hydraulic pressure of the wheel cylinder is decompressed or increased until the necessary hydraulic pressure, the solenoid inside the actuator is controlled by the control signal from the ABS and traction ECU and as a result, hydraulic pressure of the wheel cylinder will be closed at both routes of the master cylinder and reservoir sides and the hydraulic pressure of the wheel cylinder will become to be in the holding condition. If the increase of hydraulic pressure volume of the wheel cylinder becomes necessary, with the control signal from the ABS and traction ECU, the solenoid inside the actuator will be controlled and become the same condition as usual and the brake fluid of the master cylinder will be sent to the wheel cylinder and will increase the hydraulic pressure of the wheel cylinder. At this time, in the case that the brake fluid stays left in the reservoir, it will be sucked up by the pump inside the actuator and will be sent to the wheel cylinder. Also, increasing speed of the hydraulic pressure is controlled by outputting the increasing and the said holding one after another. (Traction control) Traction control system is designed to perform the engine output control by the fuel cut and hydraulic pressure control of driving wheel brake and control the spinning of the driving wheels. By doing this, it improves starting acceleration and operating ability of the vehicle securing the driving ability in accordance with the road surface condition. 3. TRACTION CONTROL OPERATION Estimating the vehicle speed from the rear wheel speed, comparing it with the front, driving wheel speed and judging the grip condition of the driving wheels. From the estimated vehicle speed, target speed of the driving speed will be set. When the front, driving wheel speed exceeds the control starting speed, it judges that the tire slip is occurred and performs the fuel cut cylinder number control and brake control and then adjust to make the front wheel speed become the traction control target speed. Controlling of the traction control will be completed when the vehicle move onto the road where the driving wheels will not have a tire slip or when the driver decelerate. SERVICE HINTS ABS MOTOR RELAY [R/B NO.3] 3–4 : Approx. 62 Ω ABS SOL RELAY [R/B NO.3] 4–6 : Approx. 80 Ω A9, A10 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH 1–2 : 0.6 kΩ–2.5 kΩ A15 (A), A16 (B), A17 (C) ABS AND TRACTION ECU (B) 8–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position (B)11–GROUND : Continuity with the ignition SW on and the traction off SW on (Traction control off) (B)16–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the brake pedal depressed (A)15, (C) 9, (C) 10–GROUND : Always continuity A25, A26 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH, RH 1–2 : 1.2 kΩ–2.3 kΩ T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1–2 : 3.5 kΩ–5.0 kΩ

: PARTS LOCATION Code A7 A8

See Page A

26 (1MZ–FE)

B

Code C10

See Page C

Code

See Page

30

J11

31 31

26 (1MZ–FE)

D1

26 (1MZ–FE)

J12

A9

26 (1MZ–FE)

D4

30

J22

A10

26 (1MZ–FE)

E7

A

30

J27

A

31

J28

B

31

31

A15

A

30

E8

B

30

A16

B

30

E10

D

30

J29

31

C

A17

30

J3

31

J32

31

A25

32

J4

31

S6

31

A26

32

J7

A

31

T2

27 (1MZ–FE)

30

J8

B

31

T5

31

C8

A


See Page 25

Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) Engine Room R/B No.3 (Radiator Upper Support RH)


See Page


1C

20


1D

20


20


1J 1R


See Page


ID1

40


IG3

40


II3

42


42


42

Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IK1 IK2 IL1


See Page


EA

36 (1MZ–FE)

Right Radiator Side Support

EC

36 (1MZ–FE)

Surge Tank RH

IG

40





Code

See Page


ABS AND TRACTION CONTROL A7 (A)

A8 (B)

A9

A10

BLACK

GRAY

GRAY

GRAY

1 1 2

3 4

5 6

7 8

9 10 11 12

3

1

2 4

2

1

2

5

A15 (A)

A16 (B)

A17 (C)

A25

1 X X 4 5 X X X 9 10 11 12 13

1 2 3 4 5 6 X 8

1 2 X 4 5 6

2 1

14 15 X 17 18 X X X 22 23 24 25 26

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

7 8 9 10 X 12

C8 (A)

C8 (A)

(TMC Made) BLUE

(TMMK Made) BLUE

A26

5

2 1

C10 (C)

C10 (C) (TMMK Made) BROWN

X

X X X X

5

(TMC Made) BROWN

3 4

X X

X

7

3 4

D4 DARK GRAY

X

X 11

X

16 X

X X

17 X

X 14

X X X X X X 22 23

7

E7 (A)

D1 BLACK

X

X X 4 3 X X

X X

X X 13 14

20 21 X

E10 (D)

E8 (B)

E10 (D)

X X X

2

X

J3


(California)

X 2

X X 16 X X X

X

X X

X

18

18 X X

X X X

23

J4

J7 (A)

J8 (B)

BLACK

GRAY

GRAY

A A A A A A

A A A A A A

C C C

B B B

X X DDDX (Hint : See Page 7)

B B B B B (Hint : See Page 7)

23

J11

A A

A A

A

A


(Hint : See Page 7)

J27 (A)

J28 (B)

A A

C C

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J22

J12 BLACK CCC



J29

CC C

J32

S6

GRAY

BLUE

CC CC (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

T5 BLACK

1 X X 4

T2 BLACK

1 2 3 1

2

ABS (TMC MADE) BR


8 IK2

R–L

R–L

1

R–L

3

3

3

E1

(SHORT PIN) ABS

6

3

WB

3

TC

14

4

IK1

TS

11

WA

16

22

II3

8

II3

5

II3

B

B LG–R G–B R–Y

GR–R

GR

W–L

W–R

GR–L

1


A

TC 11

W–B

3


23

G–B

4


3

R–Y

2

II3

LG–R

5

LG–R

4

R–L

1

ABS SOL RELAY

ABS MOTOR RELAY

3

3

2

J22 (1MZ–FE) J23 (5S–FE) JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A

1

3

GR–R

J7 A ,

BR

II3

B

A18 A , A19 B

1 A

A4 A , A5 B

ABS ACTUATOR

4 A E

M

TS

SFLR

SFLH

11 A

6 A

5 A

SFRR

IK2

12

G–Y 2 B SRLR

SFRH

1 B

8 B SRLH

4 B SRRR

7 B SRRH

3 B SFLR

10 A

R–B

IK2

11 IK2

5 B SFLH

MT

2 B

W–R

12 A

R–W

SRRH

21 B

W–R

13

6 B BS

TC

G–Y

5 IK2 LG–B

W–B

2 A

SRRR

15 B

LG–B W–L

W–R

W–B

BM

EA

SRLH

14 B

D/G

ABS ECU

L–B

W–B

SRLR

E1

EC

R+

8 B

W–L

SR

24 B

W–R

MR

26 B

R–B

7 A

R–G

1 A

BR

6

4

3

BR

B B

GR–R

2

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C A

J8 B

60A FL ABS

1 B SFRR

3 A SFRH

MT


10A GAUGE

15A ECU–IG

9 1J

7 1C W

R–L

2 1D

15A STOP

D

2 S6 STOP LIGHT SW

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–L

D

7

A10 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH 2 1

R

G

G–W

1 B–R

C10 ABS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

A9 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH 2 1

1 IK2

6 IK2

4 1R

R–L

4

5 1R

G–B

G–W

12 IG3

A A C

13 B

STP

RL+

FL+

RL– 9 B


A

B

3 A

9 A

FR+

FR–

RR+

RR–

10 B

23 B

1

2

2

B

IL1

1

IL1

B

G 9 ID1

G

3 ID1

A25 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH IG

2 A FL–

W

22 B

R

W–B

GND 12 B

W–B

GND2 25 B

8 A

5 B

IG1

R

WA

G–W

G–B

A18 A , A19 B ABS ECU

11 B

G

C B

C

C

W

J27 A , A28 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W

C


B–R

G–B


R

C

1

2


ABS (TMC MADE) SYSTEM OUTLINE This system controls the respective brake fluid pressures acting on the disc brake cylinders of the right front wheel, left front wheel and rear wheels when the brakes are applied in a panic stop so that the wheels do not lock. This results in improved directional stability and steerability during panic braking. 1. INPUT SIGNALS (1) Speed sensor signal The speed of the wheels is detected and input to TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ and RR+ of the ABS ECU. (2) Stop light SW signal A signal is input to TERMINAL STP of the ABS ECU when the brake pedal is depressed. 2. SYSTEM OPERATION During sudden braking the ABS ECU has signals input from each sensor, which controls the current to the solenoid inside the actuator and lets the hydraulic pressure acting on each wheel cylinder escape to the reservoir. The pump inside the actuator is also operating at this time and it returns the brake fluid from the reservoir to the master cylinder, thus preventing locking of the vehicle wheels. If the ABS ECU judges that the hydraulic pressure acting on the wheel cylinder is insufficient, the current on the solenoid is controlled and the hydraulic pressure is increased. Holding of the hydraulic pressure is also controlled by the ABS ECU, by the same method as above. Pressure reduction, holding and increase are repeated to maintain vehicle stability and to improve steerability during sudden braking. SERVICE HINTS A9, A10 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH 2–1 : 0.6 kΩ–2.5 kΩ A25, A26 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH, RH 2–1 : 1.2 kΩ–2.3 kΩ A18 (A), A19 (B) ABS ECU (Connect the ABS ECU connectors) (B)21–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and the data link connector 1 TS–E1, TC–E1 not connected (B) 8–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and the data link connector 1 TS–E1, TC–E1 not connected (B)13–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position (B) 5–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the brake pedal depressed (B)12, (B) 25–GROUND : Always continuity : PARTS LOCATION Code A4

See Page A

A5

Code

26 (1MZ–FE)

B

31

28 (5S–FE)

A26

32

J12

31

26 (1MZ–FE)

C10

30

J22

31

26 (1MZ–FE)

J23

D1

28 (5S–FE)

J27 J28

B

31

D4

30

J3

31

J29

31

28 (5S–FE)

J4

31

S6

31

30

J7

A

31

A19

B

30

J8

B

31

: RELAY BLOCKS See Page 25

31

26 (1MZ–FE) A

3

31 A

28 (5S–FE)

A18

Code

See Page

J11

26 (1MZ–FE)

A10

Code

32

28 (5S–FE)

A9

See Page

A25

Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) Engine Room R/B No.3 (Radiator Upper Support RH)


See Page


1C

20


1D

20


20


1J 1R


See Page


ID1

40


IG3

40


II3

42


42


42

Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

IK1 IK2 IL1



EA

38 (5S–FE)

EC IG

Ground Points Location Right Radiator Side Support

36 (1MZ–FE)

Surge Tank RH

38 (5S–FE)

Intake Manifold

40



See Page

E1

36 (1MZ–FE)


Code


E1


A4 (A)

A5 (B)

A9

A10

GRAY

BLACK

GRAY

GARY

1

1

1 3

4

2

1 2 3 4

X

5 6 7 8

A19 (B)

1 2 X X 5 X X 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 X X X X X 21 22 23 24 25 26

2


A18 (A)

1 2 3 X 5 6

2

7 8 9 10 11 12

A25

A26

2 1

2 1

C10

BROWN

4

7

ABS (TMC MADE) D1 (1MZ–FE) BLACK X X X X

X

X

X X X X

X

X X

16 X

X

X X

X

X

X

X

X 11

X

16 X

X X

X 22 23

X 14

X X X X X X

22 23

X X 4 3 X X

J4

J7 (A)

J8 (B)

BLACK

GRAY

GRAY

C C C

B B B

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J3

B B B B B

D4 DARK GRAY

X X

X

X 11

D1 (5S–FE) BLACK

X X DDDX (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J12

J11

J22

J23

BLACK A A

A A

A

CCC

A



(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)


J27 (A)

J28 (B)

J29

S6 BLUE

A A

C C

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

CC C (Hint : See Page 7)

1

2

MEMO

ABS (TMMK MADE) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) 1

15A STOP

10A GAUGE

15A ECU–IG

60A FL ABS

2 9 1J

R–L W

D

C



C

R–L

4

1

12 IG3

L

B–R

5 IK3

R–L J29 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

L

S6 STOP LIGHT SW

7

B–R


R–L

D 2

G–W

3

B–R

2 1D

7 1C

C C

R–L

R–L 15

C

17

IG1

18

+B

+B

A6 ABS ACTUATOR AND ECU

4 1R WA

STP

FL+

FL–

FR+

FR–

21

14

7

6

5

4

(SHIELDED) G

R

G–W

R–L

R–L

5 1R

(SHIELDED) E2 10 IK3

1 IK3

1

IK2

6

IK2

13

IK2

A A

B

W

G

(SHIELDED)

R

G–W

G–W

(SHIELDED)

C B


2

1


2

1


W–B


D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 * 1 : 5S–FE * 2 : 1MZ–FE

TC

TS

11

II3

(* 2)

R–Y

(* 1)

16 P–B

11 LG–R

BR

E1 3

LG–R

TC 4

R–L

ABS 14

8

II3 C A

B B

J7 A ,

LG–R

J8 B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR BR

J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–Y

LG–R

B

B B

6

IK2

BR

5


R–Y

LG–R

12 IK2

II3

R–L

A

A 11 TS

RL–

RR+

RR–

9

8

2

1

L

P

Y

BR

RL+

W–B

GND2 16

W–B

GND1 19

12 TC


(SHIELDED) (SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

(SHIELDED)

9 ID1

Y

BR

3 ID1

IK3

7 IK3

2 IK3

4 ID1

3

IL1

6 IK3

(SHIELDED)

2

IL1

1

(SHIELDED)

1 EA

BR

8

L

IK3

IL1

L

9

P

IK3

Y

3

P

E1

(SHIELDED)

E1

W–B

(SHIELDED)

W–B

BR

E1

W–B

W–B

(SHIELDED)

2


1

2


EC

ABS (TMMK MADE) SYSTEM OUTLINE This system controls the respective brake fluid pressures acting on the disc brake cylinders of the right front wheel, left front wheel and rear wheels when the brakes are applied in a panic stop so that the wheels do not lock. This results in improved directional stability and steerability during panic braking. 1. INPUT SIGNALS (1) Speed sensor signal The speed of the wheels is detected and input to TERMINALS FL+, FR+, RL+ and RR+ of the ABS actuator and ECU. (2) Stop light SW signal A signal is input to TERMINAL STP of the ABS actuator and ECU when the brake pedal is depressed. 2. SYSTEM OPERATION During sudden braking the ABS actuator and ECU has signals input from each sensor, which controls the current to the solenoid inside the actuator and lets the hydraulic pressure acting on each wheel cylinder escape to the reservoir. The pump inside the actuator is also operating at this time and it returns the brake fluid from the reservoir to the master cylinder, thus preventing locking of the vehicle wheels. If the ABS actuator and ECU judges that the hydraulic pressure acting on the wheel cylinder is insufficient, the current on the solenoid is controlled and the hydraulic pressure is increased. Holding of the hydraulic pressure is also controlled by the ABS actuator and ECU, by the same method as above. Pressure reduction, holding and increase are repeated to maintain vehicle stability and to improve steerability during sudden braking. SERVICE HINTS A9, A10 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH, RH 2–1 : Approx. 1.6 kΩ A25, A26 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH, RH 2–1 : Approx. 1.6 kΩ A6 ABS ACTUATOR AND ECU (Connect the ABS actuator and ECU connectors) 12–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and the data link connector 1 TS–E1, TC–E1 not connected 11–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and the data link connector 1 TS–E1, TC–E1 not connected 16, 19–GROUND : Always continuity 15–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position 14–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the brake pedal depressed 17, 18–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

Code

26 (1MZ–FE)

A6

28 (5S–FE)

D1

26 (1MZ–FE)

A9 A10

See Page

C10

Code

See Page

30

J12

31

26 (1MZ–FE)

J22

31

28 (5S–FE)

J23

31

28 (5S–FE)

D4

30

J27

A

31

26 (1MZ–FE)

J3

31

J28

B

31

31

J29

31

A25

28 (5S–FE) 32

J7

J4 A

31

S6

31

A26

32

J8

B

31


See Page 25

Relay Blocks (Relay Block Location) Fusible Link Block (Radiator Upper Support RH)


See Page


1C

20


1D

20


20


1J 1R


See Page


ID1

40


IG3

40


II3

42


IK2

42

IK3

42

IL1

42

Engine Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel) Floor No.2 Wire and Cowl Wire (Right Kick Panel)

: GROUND POINTS Code EA EC

See Page


36 (1MZ–FE)

Right Radiator Side Support

38 (5S–FE) 36 (1MZ–FE)

Surge Tank RH

38 (5S–FE)

Intake Manifold




E2

38 (5S–FE)


A6

A9

A10

GRAY

GRAY

X X X X X 21 X

19

18

A26

2 1


BLACK

15 14 X 12 11 X 9 8 7 6 5 4 X 2 1 X X X X X

Code

17

1

2

2 1

2

16

C10

D1

BROWN

4

1

A25

7

(1MZ–FE) BLACK

X X

X

X X X X

X

X

X

X 11

X

16 X

X

X

ABS (TMMK MADE) D1

D4

(5S–FE) BLACK

DARK GRAY

X X

X

X X X X

X

X

X

X 11

X

16 X

X

J3

B B B B B

X X

X 14

X X X X X X

(Hint : See Page 7)

X X 4 3 X X

J4

J7 (A)

J8 (B)

J12

BLACK

GRAY

GRAY

BLACK

X X DD DX

C C C

B B B

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J22

J23

A A A A A A A A A A A (Hint : See Page 7)

A A A A A A A A A A A (Hint : See Page 7)

J29

S6 BLUE

CC C (Hint : See Page 7)

1

2

CCC (Hint : See Page 7)

J27 (A)

J28 (B)

A A

C C

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

SRS NOTICE: When inspecting or repairing the SRS, perform the operation in accordance with the following precautionary instructions and the procedure and precautions in the Repair Manual for the applicable model year. Malfunction symptoms of the SRS are difficult to confirm, so the DTCs become the most important source of information when troubleshooting. When troubleshooting the SRS, always inspect the DTCs before disconnecting the battery. Work must be started after 90 seconds from when the ignition switch is turned to the ”LOCK” position and the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery. (The SRS is equipped with a back–up power source so that if work is started within 90 seconds from disconnecting the negative (–) terminal cable of the battery, the SRS may be deployed.) When the negative (–) terminal cable is disconnected from the battery, the memory of the clock and audio system will be canceled. So before starting work, make a record of the contents memorized in the audio memory system. When work is finished, reset the audio systems as they were before and adjust the clock. To avoid erasing the memory in each memory system, never use a back–up power supply from outside the vehicle. Before repairs, remove the airbag sensor if shocks are likely to be applied to the sensor during repairs. Do not expose the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, seat belt pretensioner, center airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensor assembly or side airbag sensor assembly directly to hot air or flames. Even in cases of a minor collision where the SRS does not deploy, the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, seat belt pretensioner, center airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensor assembly and side airbag sensor assembly should be inspected. Never use SRS parts from another vehicle. When replacing parts, replace them with new parts. Never disassemble and repair the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, seat belt pretensioner, center airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensor assembly or side airbag sensor assembly in order to reuse it. If the steering wheel pad, front passenger airbag assembly, side airbag assembly, seat belt pretensioner, center airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sensor assembly or side airbag sensor assembly has been dropped, or if there are cracks, dents or other defects in the case, bracket or connector, replace them with new ones. Use a volt/ohmmeter with high impedance (10 kΩ/V minimum) for troubleshooting the system’s electrical circuits. Information labels are attached to the periphery of the SRS components. Follow the instructions on the notices. After work on the SRS is completed, perform the SRS warning light check. If the vehicle is equipped with a mobile communication system, refer to the precaution in the IN section of the Repair Manual.

SRS FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

15A CIG

2 1N

7 2J

26 B

15 B

6 B

20 B

9 B

7 A

3

9 A

4

10 A

(* 3)

GR–L

2

(* 3)

2 IU1

1

LG–B

B–W

1 IU1

B–W

IT1

W–R

S7 SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR LH

(* 3)

GR

1

2 1G

A

BR–W

2

W–R

5 B

IT1

BR

1

B

3 1W

W–R

CONNECTION DETECTION PIN 2

BR–W

BR

1

A

CONNECTION DETECTION PIN 2 W–R

B–O

B

A32 AIRBAG SENSOR FRONT RH

(* 3)

A31 AIRBAG SENSOR FRONT LH

P–L

4 1N

10A ECU–B

L–W

5A IGN

12 A

C17 A , C18 B , C19 C

Y

Y–R

Y–G

1 BV1

3 1V

SPIRAL CABLE

W–B

W–B

1


IE

Y–G

Y–R

2

A23 AIRBAG SQUIB (STEERING WHEEL PAD)

2

A22 AIRBAG SQUIB (FRONT PASSENGER AIRBAG ASSEMBLY)

1

2

S9 SIDE AIRBAG SQUIB LH

(* 2 *3)

3 1N 1

7 1J

2 BV1

(* 2 *3)

1 1N

Y–G

Y–B

6 A

(*2 * 3)

W–B

5 A

Y–R

11 B

(* 1 * 3)

10 B

(* 1 * 3)

13 B

Y–R

14 B

Y–R

28 B

(*2 * 3)

27 B

W–B

CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY

D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1 AB

TC

E1

BR

(* 4)

3

P–B

(* 4)

LG–R

11

B–Y

LG

5

(* 5)

* 4 : TMMK MADE 1MZ–FE * 5 : EXCEPT * 4

(* 5)

* 1 : TMC MADE * 2 : TMMK MADE * 3 : W/ SIDE AIRBAG

W–R

1

2

3

II3

11

LG

LG

13

7

II3

LG–R

C9 SRS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

12

S8 SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR RH

4 2 IG2 J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B

A

B

10 C

9 C

7 C

3 B

19 B

LG–R

P–B

12 C

B

B–Y

A


GR

LG

(* 3)

LG

(* 3)

(* 3)

L–Y

(* 3)

P

A

C17 A , C18 B , C19 C

4 TC

E1 3

BR BR

B B

W

Y–G

(* 2 * 3)

Y–R

C (* 2 * 3)

J8 B

W

2 BW1

6 2

1

2

P24 PRETENSIONER LH

S10 SIDE AIRBAG SQUIB RH

P25 PRETENSIONER RH

II3

7 BR

1


2

SIL

1


BR

1 BW1

C A

A A A BR

Y

L–B(*2)

Y–B(* 1)

C

J7 A ,

12 B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

6 C


5 C

Y

Y–G

(* 2 * 3)

Y–G

(* 1 * 3)

1 C (* 1 * 3)

Y–R

2 C

Y–R

1 A

(* 2 * 3)

2 A

Y–B


EC

SRS SYSTEM OUTLINE The SRS is a driver and front passenger protection device which has a supplemental role to the seat belts. When the ignition SW is turned to ACC or ON, current from the CIG fuse flows to TERMINAL (B) 6 of the center airbag sensor assembly. Only when the ignition SW is on does the current flow from the IGN fuse to TERMINAL (B) 5 of the center airbag sensor assembly. If an accident occurs while driving, when the frontal impact exceeds a set level, current from the CIG or IGN fuse flows to TERMINALS (B) 14, (B) 10, (A) 2 and (C) 5 of the center airbag sensor assembly to TERMINAL 1 of the airbag squibs and the pretensioners to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINALS (B) 13, (B) 11, (A) 1 and (C) 6 of the center airbag sensor assembly to TERMINAL (B) 27, (B) 28 or BODY GROUND to GROUND, so that current flows to the front airbag squibs and the pretensioners and causes them to operate. When the side impact also exceeds a set level, current from the CIG or IGN fuse flows to TERMINALS (A) 5, (C) 2, (A) 2 and (C) 5 of the center airbag sensor assembly to TERMINAL 1 of the side airbag squibs and the pretensioners to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINALS (A) 6, (C) 1, (A) 1 and (C) 6 of the center airbag sensor assembly to TERMINAL (B) 27, (B) 28 or BODY GROUND to GROUND, causing side airbag squibs and the pretensioners to operate. The airbag stored inside the steering wheel pad is instantaneously expanded to soften the shock to the driver. The airbag stored inside the passenger’s instrument panel is instantaneously expanded to soften the shock to the front passenger. Side airbags are instantaneously expanded to soften the shock of side to the driver and front passenger. The pretensioners make sure of the seat belt restrainability. : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

Code

See Page

Code

See Page

A22

30

D4

30

P24

33

A23

30

D5

30

P25

33

C9

30

J3

31

S7

33

C17

A

30

J7

A

31

S8

33

C18

B

30

J8

B

31

S9

34

C19

C

30

J11

31

S10

34

26 (1MZ–FE)

J22

31

28 (5S–FE)

J23

31

D1

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code 1G

See Page


20


20


22


1J 1N 1V 1W 2J


See Page


IG2

40


II3

42


IT1

42

Cowl Wire and Cowl Wire (Left Kick Panel)

IU1

42


BV1

46


BW1

46

Floor No.2 Wire and Seat No.2 Wire (Under the Front Passenger’s Seat)


See Page


36 (1MZ–FE)

Surge Tank RH

38 (5S–FE)

Intake Manifold

IE

40

Cowl Side Panel LH

IG

40


EC

A22

A23

A31

A32

YELLOW

YELLOW

YELLOW

YELLOW

1

1 2

1

2

2

1

2

C9

C9

C17 (A)

(TMC Made)

(TMMK Made)

YELLOW

A

12 13

12 13

B

1 2 XX5 6 7 X 9 10 X 12

C18 (B)

C19 (C)

D1

YELLOW

YELLOW

(1MZ–FE) BLACK

A

A B X X 3

X 5 6

B X X 3

1 2 XX5 6

X X 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 X X

7 X 9 10 X 12

X X

D1

D4

(5S–FE) BLACK

DARK GRAY

X

X

X 11

X

X

X

X

X 11

X

X

X

X

D5

X

X X X X

5 X

5 X

X

X X

X 19 20 X X X X X 26 27 28

X X 3

X

X

J3


X

X

X X X X X X

X X X X X X X

X X 4 3 X X

X 7 X X X X

J7 (A)

J8 (B)

GRAY

GRAY

C C C

B B B

J11

A A

A A

A

A

(Hint : See Page 7)


(Hint : See Page 7)

SRS J22

J23



(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

S9

S10

YELLOW

YELLOW

1 2

1 2

P24

P25

S7

S8

YELLOW

YELLOW

YELLOW

YELLOW

1 2

1 2 1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

MEMO

SHIFT LOCK FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

15A CIG

15A ECU–IG

8 1D

7 1C W

1 1T

15A STOP

P–L

B–R

2

S6 STOP LIGHT SW C A C

1


4 1R

P–L

B–R

A

G–W


G–W

2 1H

1

3

ACC

S3 SHIFT LOCK ECU

IG

6 SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW

STP P1

P

P2 SLS–

G–R

3

G

2

G–W

1

L SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID

SLS+ KLS+

E 5

W–B

L–B

4

L–B

5 IG1


2 K3 KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID

W–B

W–B

A

8 1J

7 1J

W–B

W–B

1

A



IG

IF

L–R

2

1

SYSTEM OUTLINE When the ignition SW is turned to ACC position the current from the CIG fuse flows to TERMINAL 1 of the shift lock ECU, in the ON position, the current from the ECU–IG fuse flows to TERMINAL 3 of the ECU. 1. SHIFT LOCK MECHANISM With the ignition SW on, when a signal that the brake pedal is depressed (Stop light SW on) and a signal that the shift lever is put in P position (Continuity between P1 and P of the shift lock control SW) is input to the shift lock ECU, the ECU operates and current flows from TERMINAL 3 of the ECU to TERMINAL SLS+ of the shift lock solenoid to solenoid to TERMINAL SLS– to TERMINAL 5 of the ECU to GROUND. This causes the shift lock solenoid to turn on (Plate stopper disengages) and the shift lever can shift into position other than the P. 2. KEY INTERLOCK MECHANISM With the ignition SW ON or ACC position, when the shift lever is put in P position (No continuity between P2 and P of shift lock control SW), the current flowing from TERMINAL 4 of the shift lock ECU to the key interlock solenoid is cut off. This causes the key interlock solenoid to turn off (Lock lever disengages from LOCK position) and the ignition key can be turned from ACC to LOCK position. SERVICE HINTS S3 SHIFT LOCK ECU 1–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position 3–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position 5–GROUND : Always continuity 6–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the brake pedal depressed S6 STOP LIGHT SW 2–1 : Closed with the brake pedal depressed : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

Code

See Page

Code

See Page

J5

31

J11

31

S3

31

J6

31

J16

31

S6

31

J7

31

K3

31

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code 1C 1D 1H 1J 1R 1T

See Page


20


20


20


20



See Page 40

Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Lower Finish Panel)


See Page


IF

40

Left Kick Panel

IG

40


SHIFT LOCK J5

J6

J7

A A A A A


A A A A A A A

(Hint : See Page 7)

J16

K3 BLACK

C C

1 2

(Hint : See Page 7)

S6

S3

BLUE 1X3 4 5 6

A A

A

A


BLACK

A

(Hint : See Page 7)

J11

GRAY

ORANGE

1

2

MEMO

HORN FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

10A HORN

1

5

2

3

10 2K

1 2F

G–B

G–W

HORN RELAY


C

G–B

G–W

C

6 C12 HORN SW [COMB. SW]

G–W 1 H5 HORN (HIGH)

1 H6 HORN (LOW)

SERVICE HINTS HORN RELAY [ENGINE ROOM J/B NO.2] 5–3 : Closed with the horn SW on : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

Code

See Page

Code

See Page

C12

30

H5

28 (5S–FE)

H6

28 (5S–FE)

H5

26 (1MZ–FE)

H6

26 (1MZ–FE)

J2

31


See Page


2F

22


2K

22

Cowl Wire And Engine Room J/B No.2 (Engine Compartment Left)

C12

H5

H6

J2

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

1 XX 6

1

CCC (Hint : See Page 7)

CIGARETTE LIGHTER AND CLOCK FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

15A CIG

7. 5A PANEL

1 1T

5 1D

12 2J

G

R

6 1J

7. 5A DOME

P–L

1 1W A A J30 A , J31 B

R–Y

P–L

A B

8 1G

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

1 A

D10 DIODE (DOME)

J6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 2 R

A D B

E A

G

J16 A , J17 B

R

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C4 CIGARETTE LIGHTER 1

P–L

2

3

1 C6 CLOCK 2

W–B

W–B

4


W–B

A


IF

SERVICE HINTS C4 CIGARETTE LIGHTER 2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position 1–GROUND : Always continuity C6 CLOCK 4–GROUND : 1–GROUND : 2–GROUND : 3–GROUND :

Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position Always approx. 12 volts Always continuity Approx. 12 volts with the light control SW at TAIL or HEAD position


See Page

C4

30

Code

See Page

J6 J11

Code

See Page

31

J30

A

31

31

J31

B

31

C6

30

D10

30

J16

A

31

J5

31

J17

B

31


See Page

1D 1G


20


1J

20


1T

20


1W

20


2J

22



See Page


IF

40

Left Kick Panel

IG

40


C4

C6

D10

J5

BLACK

BLACK

ORANGE

J6

1 1 2

2 1 2 3 4

A A A A A



J11

A A

J16 (A)

J17 (B)

J30 (A)

BLACK

BLACK

GRAY

A A A A A A

E E E

D D D

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

A A

A

A

(Hint : See Page 7)

J31 (B) GRAY

A A A A A A (Hint : See Page 7)

KEY REMINDER AND SEAT BELT WARNING FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) * 1 : W/ POWER SEAT

10A GAUGE R–L

D

D

R–L

7. 5A DOME

2 1D 12 2J

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 7 C C 8 A , C10 C

R

SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

R–W

4 A

1 1W

3 1T 9

INTEGRATION RELAY

7

1

BUZZER

6

8

7 1S

4 1S

W–B

R–Y

2

(* 1)

R–Y

3 BQ1

1 3 1M

1

1


B7 BUCKLE SW LH 2

B6 BUCKLE SW LH 2

W–B

(* 1)

W–B

7 1J

A

IG


(* 1)

W–B

W–B

1 BQ1


A

BL

(W/O POWER SEAT)


(W/O POWER SEAT)

R–Y R–G

1

(* 1)

5 5 1M L–B

10

SYSTEM OUTLINE Current always flows to TERMINAL 1 of the integration relay through the DOME fuse. 1. SEAT BELT WARNING SYSTEM When the ignition SW is turned on, current flows from the GAUGE fuse to TERMINAL 7 of the integration relay. At the same time, current flows to TERMINAL 9 of the relay from the GAUGE fuse through the seat belt warning light. This current activates the relay and the current flowing through the warning light flows from TERMINAL 9 of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND, causing the warning light to light up. A buckle SW off signal is input to TERMINAL 8 of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND, causing the warning light to light up. A buckle SW off signal is input to TERMINAL 8 of the relay, the current flowing to TERMINAL 1 of the relay flows from TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and the seat belt warning buzzer sounds for approx. 6 seconds. However, if the seat belt is put on during this period (While the buzzer is sounding), signal input to TERMINAL 8 of the relay stops and the current flow from TERMINAL 1 of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND is cut, causing the buzzer to stop. 2. KEY REMINDER SYSTEM With the ignition key inserted in the key cylinder (Unlock warning SW on), the ignition SW still off and driver’s door open (Door courtesy SW on), when a signal is input to TERMINAL 6 of the integration relay, the relay operates, current flows from TERMINAL 1 of the relay to TERMINAL 10 to GROUND and key reminder buzzer sounds. SERVICE HINTS B6, B7 BUCKLE SW LH 1–2 : Closed with driver’s seat belt in use D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH 1–GROUND : Closed with front LH door open U1 UNLOCK WARNING SW 1–2 : Closed with ignition key in cylinder INTEGRATION RELAY [INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B] 10–GROUND : Always continuity 6–GROUND : Continuity with the driver’s door open 5–GROUND : Continuity with the ignition key in cylinder 8–GROUND : Continuity with the driver’s seat belt in use 1–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

B6

32

B7 C8

A

Code C10

See Page C

1D

31

34

D12

32

J40

32

30

J4

31

U1

31

See Page


20


20


1S

20


1T

20


1W

20


2J

22


1J 1M

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code BQ1

See Page 46

See Page

J11


Code

30

Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Floor Wire and Seat No.1 Wire (Under the Driver’s Seat)

KEY REMINDER AND SEAT BELT WARNING : GROUND POINTS Code

See Page


IG

40


BL

44


B6

C8 (A)

B7

C8 (A)

(TMC Made) BLUE

1 2

4

1 2

4

C10 (C)

C10 (C)

D12

(TMMK Made) BROWN

(TMC Made) BROWN

(TMMK Made) BLUE

1

7

J11

J4

7

J40

U1

BLACK X X DDDX

A A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A A

A

A


(Hint : See Page 7)

1 2

MEMO

POWER OUTLET FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

15A POWER– OUTLET

V

5 1J

2 P4 POWER OUTLET

W–B

1

4 1V

W–B

3 1V

IE

SERVICE HINTS P4 POWER OUTLET 2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position 1–GROUND : Always continuity : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

P4

Code

See Page

31

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code 1J 1V

See Page 20

Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Cowl Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)

: GROUND POINTS Code IE

See Page 40

P4 ORANGE 1 2

Ground Points Location Cowl Side Panel LH

Code

See Page

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

* 1 : TMMK MADE * 2 : TMC MADE W/ MIRROR HEATER * 3 : TMC MADE W/O MIRROR HEATER

15A CIG

P–L

1 1T


P–L

A

R6 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW

9

M

M

LG–R

BR–R

LG–B

LG–R

14 IM1

15 IM1

2 A (*1) 3 B (*2) 2 C (*3)

1 A 4 B 3 C

3 A 2 B 1 C

M

M

R16 A , B , C

R17 A , B , C

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH

LG–R

3 A 2 B 1 C

16 IM1

LG–B

1 A 4 B 3 C

15 IE1

BR–R

BR–Y

IE1

BR–W

14

LG–R

BR–Y

C

OPERATION SW SELECT SW

E

6

10

W–B

LG–B


M+

A J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A

W–B

7

BR–Y

VR

1

BR–R

VL

8

BR–W

HR

5

16 IE1

RIGHT/ DOWN

LEFT/ UP

MV

LG–R

MH

HL

DOWN

UP

LEFT

RIGHT

B

2 A (* 1) 3 B (* 2) 2 C (* 3)

IF

SERVICE HINTS R6 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW 9–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position 6–10 : Continuity with the operation SW at UP or LEFT position 9–6 : Continuity with the operation SW at DOWN or RIGHT position : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

J4

31

J5

31

J6

31

R6

31

Code R16 R17

See Page A

33

B

33

C

33

A

33

Code R17

See Page B

33

C

33


See Page

1T

20

Junction Block and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower Finish Panel)


See Page


IE1

40


IM1

42



See Page

IF

40

Ground Points Location Left Kick Panel

J4

J5

BLACK

ORANGE

X X CCC X (Hint : See Page 7)

J6

A A A A A


R6

1 5 6 7

X X 8 9 10


R16 (A), R17 (A)

R16 (A), R17 (A)

R16 (B), R17 (B)

R16 (C), R17 (C)

(TMMK Made w/ Mirror Heater)

(TMMK Made w/o Mirror Heater)

(TMC Made w/ Mirror Heater)

(TMC Made w/o Mirror Heater)

3 2 1 X

234 1 2 3

1 2 3

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND MIRROR HEATER FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)


* 1 : TMC MADE * 2 : TMMK MADE 1

10A HEATER

40A DEF 10A MIRROR– HEATER

2

1 5

NOISE FILTER

2

DEFOGGER RELAY

4 1D

7 1J

W–B

B–Y

B

5 1T

B–Y

1 1L

L–B

3

13 1J

(*3)

Y–G

Y–G

12 1J

(*4)

3 1R

L–B

1

2

5 IE1

5 IM1

A

IG

(* 1) W–B

(*2)

R17 A ,

W–B 7 1G W–B

1 B


20 IM1

3 1V

W–B

N2 NOISE FILTER (REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER)

A

W–B

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

A

(*1)

W–B

W–B

A

20 IE1

B



A

1 A

(W/ AUTO ANTENNA)

(* 4)

W–B

3

R14 A , R15 B

TIMER CIRCUIT


1

5 A (*1) 4 B (*2)

(*2)

B R16 A ,


B

(W/ AUTO ANTENNA)

B

5

(W/O AUTO ANTENNA)

4

5 A (*1) 4 B (*2) (* 1)

(* 4)

L–B


1 A (*1) 6 B (*2)

B

1 A (*1) 6 B (*2)

RDFG

W–B

8 ID1 23

A

MIRROR HEATER RH [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH] W–B B–Y

A

(*1)


MIRROR HEATER LH [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH] W–B B–Y

A

W–B

BO

IE

IJ

SERVICE HINTS DEFOGGER RELAY [INSTRUMENT PANEL J/B] 5–3 : Closed with the ignition SW on and the rear window defogger SW on R5 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW 4–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW on 3–GROUND : Always continuity 5–GROUND : Continuity with the rear window defogger SW on and approx. 15 minutes thereafter R16 (A), (B), R17 (A), (B) MIRROR HEATER LH, RH [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH, RH] (A)1, (B) 6–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the rear window defogger SW on (A)5, (B) 4–GROUND : Always continuity : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

Code

See Page

A34

30

N2

33

J11

31

R5

31

J32

31

R14

A

33

J38

32

R15

B

33

J39

32

R16

A

33

Code R16 R17


See Page


20


20


1T

20


1V

20


1G 1J 1L 1R


See Page


ID1

40


IE1

40


IM1

42



See Page


IE

40

Cowl Side Panel LH

IG

40


IJ

40

Right Kick Panel

BO

44

Right Quarter Pillar

See Page B

33

A

33

B

33

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER AND MIRROR HEATER A34

J11

J32

J38

GRAY A

X

A

X X 23 X X

A A

A

A A A A

A A A A A A

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

A

(Hint : See Page 7)

J39


N2

R5

R14 (A)

R15 (B)

R16 (A)

BLACK

BLACK

BLACK

(TMC Made)

1

15

1 X 1

(Hint : See Page 7)

3 4 5

R16 (B)

R17 (A)

R17 (B)

(TMMK Made)

(TMC Made)

(TMMK Made)

6 X 4

15

6 X 4

MEMO

AUTO ANTENNA FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) * 1 : BUILT–IN TYPE AMPLIFIER * 2 : SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER

20A RADIO NO. 1

15A ECU–IG

3 1H

8 1D

L–Y

11 2K

7. 5A RAD– NO. 2

5 1W R3 RADIO AND PLAYER L–Y

6 1G

4

(* 1) GR

3

B–R

B–R (* 2)

3 IH1

GR (* 2) B A

A A

A A

ANT+B

S4 A , S5 B STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER 7 L–Y A +B (* 2)

4 IH1

L–Y

B A

8

(* 1)

ACC+B

GR (* 2)

2 B ACC

C A R4 RADIO AND PLAYER


B–R

B–R

3 IN1

1 IN1

B–R

B–R

2

5

4

ACC

IG

8

(* 2)

E

A27 AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY

ANT+B

ANT

6

W–B

B6

W–B

+B

R–B

(*1)

GR 4 IN1

GR

(* 2)

5 IN1

3

8 IH1

B–R

A B

L–Y

C B

L–Y

B B

IK

W–B

GR

(*1)

GR

(*1)

L–Y

L–Y

(* 1)

+B

BN

SERVICE HINTS A27 AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY 3–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts 5–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position 2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ACC or ON position 6–GROUND : Always continuity : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

A27

Code

See Page

32

R3

31

R4

31

J16

A

31

J17

B

31

S4

A

Code

See Page

S5

B

31

31


See Page


1D 1G

20

Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel J/B (Lower ( Finish Panel))

1W

20


2K

22


1H


See Page


IH1

40

Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.2 Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

IN1

42



See Page


IK

40

Right Kick Panel

BN

44



See Page

B6

44


Code

See Page


Floor No.2 Wire

A27

J16 (A)

J17 (B)

BLACK

BLACK

A A B B C C

A A B B C C

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

R3

X 3 4

2 5 6

R4

8

X

S4 (A)

3 4

8 X

S5 (B)

X X

7

X X X

X

2 X X

RADIO AND PLAYER (SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

20A RADIO NO. 1

7. 5A RAD–NO. 2 B–R

3 1H

1 IN1

5 1W

ANT


B–R

L–Y

11 2K

4

R–B

GR

8 IH1

6 1G

R4 RADIO AND PLAYER

ANT+B

GND

BEEP

RL

13

RR

14

15

G

12

Y

7

12 B

5 B

6 B

11 B

4 B

13 B

14 B

I4

1 B AMP+

ACC

3 B

9 B

R+B

13 A

RACC

GND

MUTE

FLIN

FRIN

SGND

BEEP

RLIN

RRIN

S4 A , S5 B STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER

Y

R

W

F10 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER LH

IH

3 A

R

4

1

2

F11 FRONT DOOR SPEAKER RH

2

R12 REAR SPEAKER LH

IF1 W

IF1

L

10

R

Y IF1 Y

3

10 A

W

B

2

IF1

1

L

V 1

F13 FRONT TWEETER (SPEAKER) RH 2 1

LG

P P

BR

F12 FRONT TWEETER (SPEAKER) LH 2 1

9

B

1 IM1

P

9 IM1

B

L

3 IH2

L

1 IH2

LG

6 IH2

LG

2 IH2

V

5 IH1

1 IE1

11 A

RR–

1 IH1

IE1

4 A

RR+

6 IH1

9

8 A

RL–

2 IH1

7 IH1

1 A

RL+

2 A

LG

FR–

10 B

V

9 A

FR+

V

FL–

P

FL+

BR

E

1

2

R13 REAR SPEAKER RH

GND 11

(SHIELDED)

FR

6

R

W

FL

5

W

B

MUTE

B

3

L

2 B

+B

ACC

4

GR

7 A

+B

1

R

3 IH1

GR

4 IH1

L–Y

GR

A

L–Y

B

AMP+B

BR


(SHIELDED)


L–Y

8

SERVICE HINTS S4 (A), S5 (B) STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER (A) 7–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts (B) 2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON or ACC position (B)10–GROUND : Always continuity : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

Code

See Page

Code

See Page

A27

32

F13

32

R13

33

F10

32

J16

31

S4

A

31

F11

32

R4

31

S5

B

31

F12

32

R12

33

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code 1G

See Page


20


1W

20


2K

22


1H


See Page


IE1

40


IF1

40


40

Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.2 No 2 Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

IM1

42


IN1

42


IH1 IH2

: GROUND POINTS Code IH

See Page 40

Ground Points Location Instrument Panel Brace RH


See Page 42

Wire Harness with Splice Points Instrument Panel No.2 Wire

Code

See Page


RADIO AND PLAYER (SEPARATE TYPE AMPLIFIER) A27

X 4

F10

F11

BLUE

BLUE

1 2

1 2

F12

F13

J16 BLACK

1

2

1

2

A A B B

(Hint : See Page 7)

R4

1 3 4 8

5 6 7

X 11 12 13

S5 (B) 1 2 3 4 5 6 X X 9 1011121314

14 15

R12

R13

1 2

1 2

S4 (A)

1 2

3 4

X X

7

8 9

10 11 X 13 X X

X

MEMO

RADIO AND PLAYER (BUILT–IN TYPE AMPLIFIER) FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

20A RADIO NO. 1

7. 5A RAD–NO. 2


3 1H

L–Y

11 2K

GR

ANT

B–R

5 1W

4

L–Y

6 1G J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR


B

A

1 IN1

L–Y

GR

B–R

B

4 A

3 A

R2 B , R3 A

2

BR


1

2


IF1

3

IF1

1

2

R12 REAR SPEAKER LH

RR–

R

W

3 B

10

IF1

4

IF1

W

9

RR+ 1 B

Y

1 IM1

B

9 IM1

RL– 6 B

R

RL+ 2 B

Y

V 1

IH

IE1

FR– 5 A

B

V

BR

P

1

P

IE1

FR+ 1 A

L

FL– 6 A

L

FL+ 2 A

9

ANT+B

LG

GND 7 A

8 A

ACC

LG

+B

RADIO AND PLAYER

1

2

R13 REAR SPEAKER RH

SERVICE HINTS R3 (A) RADIO AND PLAYER (A) 4–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts (A) 3–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON or ACC position (A) 7–GROUND : Always continuity : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

Code

A27

32

F10

32

R2

F11

32

R3

See Page

J16

Code

See Page

31

R12

33

B

31

R13

33

A

31


See Page

1G 1H 1W 2K


20


20


22



See Page


IE1

40


IF1

40


IM1

42


IN1

42


: GROUND POINTS Code IH

See Page 40

A27

Ground Points Location Instrument Panel Brace RH

F10

F11

J16

BLUE

BLUE

BLACK

R2 (B)

1 X 4

1 2

1 2

A A B B (Hint : See Page 7)

R3 (A)

1 2

R12

R13

1 2

1 2

3 4

5 6 7 8 X

2

3 X 6

COMBINATION METER

R

V–W

8 1G R–Y

E

V–W

E

2 3 IG3

V–W

D10 DIODE (DOME)

C 8 A , C 9 B , C10 C


WATER TEMP.

6 C

10 B

2 A

1 A

BR

DOOR

15 B

R–W

8 C

L

6 IG3

10 IG3

3

IH

IJ1 G–R

6

Y–G

BR

IJ1

IG+ 1

1 W3 WATER TEMP. SENDER

BR

R–L

SE

3

R–L

IF2

BR

1

J21 (* 2) , J24 (* 1) JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A


FROM ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

BR

3

IJ1

2 SI

F14 FUEL SENDER

2

BR

2

IJ1

TO DOOR COURTESY SW

1

7

P

IF2

L

4

B–O

IF2

G–W

3

Y–R

II2 R–L

2

2 C

TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

5 C

11 B

P

TRIP METER ODOMETER

SPEEDOMETER

14 B

B–O

TACHO

FUEL 3 B

BR

R–L

Y–R

6 B

COMBINATION METER

G–W

FUEL

7 C

1

G–R

R–L


V–W

B

D

1 1W

Y–G



R

F D

12 2J

R

F

7. 5A DOME

J16 JUNCTION CONNECTOR V–W

R–L

R–L

2 1D

R–L

1 1J

TO A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

10A GAUGE

TO CRUISE CONTROL ECU

TO ENGINE CONTROL MODULE


ED : * 1 EC : * 2

GR

GR

B–W (A/T)

10 II2 C7 CLUTCH START SW 1 2

B–W

6 IG1

B–O

B

R–Y

B–O

B

(*6 A/T)

GR

B J29 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

(A/T)

II2

(* 5 A/T)

6 11

C B


N

B–W

FROM THEFT DETERRENT ECU

P

B–O

(M/T)

(*6)

J7 A ,

5 3 1J

B–O

B A

(A/T)

* 1 : 1MZ–FE * 2 : 5S–FE * 3 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT * 4 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT * 5 : TMC MADE * 6 : TMMK MADE

(* 5)

B–W

J8 B

5A STARTER

JUNCTION CONNECTOR


(M/T)

C 8 A , C 9 B , C10 C COMBINATION METER

O/D OFF LG

G–O

L

12 A

TO O/D MAIN SW

R–W

TO ABS AND TRACTION ECU

B

B

R–W

R–W

B

R–W

8 A (*1) 14 B (*2)

2


B

PKB

(* 3)

BRK

D6 A ,

18 A (*1) 4 B (*2)


(* 4)

R–W

Y–G W1 WASHER LEVEL WARNING SW


P–L P–L

TO ABS ECU TO ABS AND TRACTION ECU TO ABS ACTUATOR AND ECU

TO INTEGRATION RELAY

SLIP 5 A

IF2

IK2

1

TRAC OFF

BULB CHECK RELAY

3 C

3 IG2 5

3 TO CRUISE CONTROL ECU

7 B R–W

3 A Y–G

17 IG3

O

IJ1

BRAKE

REAR LIGHTS

WASHER LEVEL 11 C P–L

4 C

R–L

ABS

SEAT BELT 4 A

R–W

CRUISE 10 C

5 IG2

1

2

1 W–B

R–W (* 4)

TO LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

P3 PARKING BRAKE SW

7 IG1 R–W EB

1


O1 OIL PRESSURE SW

W–B

5

2 B

O

OIL Y–B

5 B

Y–B

SECURITY

9 C

A

IG

COMBINATION METER FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50)

5A IGN

FROM A/T INDICATOR LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

8 1T

16 B

G 13 C

ILLUMINATION

6 A

L

2

P 4 B

Y

O 11 A

(* 5)

B–R 7 A

L–W

R 10 A

(* 6)

R–B 8 A

D

G–W 9 A

N

B–R 13 A

R

G–Y 1 C

CHARGE

G–B

G

1 B

12 C

C 8 A , C 9 B , C10 C

B

Y

W–B

COMBINATION METER

B R7 RHEOSTAT

2

D

D

ILL FROM GENERATOR

E

T 1


G

3

G

A J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A

W–B

TURN RH

TURN LH

FROM HAZARD SW OR TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW]

IF

A

W–B

A

W–B

W–B

FROM POWER SOURCE SYSTEM (SEE PAGE 50) * 3 : W/O DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT * 4 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT R–L 7. 5A PANEL

10A ECU–B

FROM HEADLIGHT LH, RH

(* 3) R–W

FROM DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY (MAIN)

(* 4) 7 2J

G

W–R

5 1D

3 IG1

G A

A

A

2 1G W–R


R–L

3 1W

W–B

W–B

G

COMBINATION METER

C 8 A , C 9 B , C10 C 9 B

LG

SRS 13 B

TO CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY G

8 B

HIGH BEAM

12 B


COMBINATION METER SERVICE HINTS B2 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW 1–2 : Closed with the float down C8 (A), C9 (B), C10 (C) COMBINATION METER (B) 2–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ST position and the shift lever at P or N position (A/T) Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ST position and the clutch pedal depressed (M/T) (A) 13, (C) 7–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position (B)11, (B) 12–GROUND: Always approx. 12 volts (A) 2, (B) 9, (B) 16, (C) 5–GROUND : Always continuity O1 OIL PRESSURE SW 1–GROUND : Closed with the oil pressure above approx. 20 kpa (2.8 psi, 0.2 kgf/cm2) P3 PARKING BRAKE SW 1–GROUND : Closed with the parking brake lever pulled up W3 WATER TEMP. SENDER 1–GROUND : Approx. 160–240 Ω (50°C, 122°F) Approx. 17.1–21.2 Ω (120°C, 248°F) : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

Code

26 (1MZ–FE)

B2 C7

See Page

J5

31

28 (5S–FE)

J7

A

31

30

J8

B

31

Code O1 P1

See Page 29 (5S–FE) 27 (1MZ–FE) 29 (5S–FE)

C8

A

30

J11

31

P3

31

C9

B

30

J15

31

R7

31

C10

C

30

J16

31

A

30

J21

31

B

D6

30

J24

31

D10

30

J28

31

F14

32

J29

31

J2

31

J30

31

J4

31

O1

27 (1MZ–FE)

: JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code 1D 1G

See Page


20


1J

20


1T

20


1W

20


2J

22



See Page


IF2

40


IG1

40

IG2

40

IG3

40

Instrument Panel Wire and Cowl Wire (Under The Blower Motor)

II2

42


IJ1

42


IK2

42



V2 W1 W3

27 (1MZ–FE) 29 (5S–FE) 27 (1MZ–FE) 29 (5S–FE) 27 (1MZ–FE) 29 (5S–FE)


See Page


36 (1MZ–FE)

EB


38 (5S–FE)

EC

38 (5S–FE)

Intake Manifold

ED

36 (1MZ–FE)


IF

40

Left Kick Panel

IG

40


IH

40


B2

C8 (A)

C7

GRAY

1

C8 (A)

(TMC Made) BLUE

2

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2

(TMMK Made) BLUE

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

C9 (B)

(TMMK Made)

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

C10 (C)

(TMMK Made) BROWN

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

1 2 3 4 5 6

X X

X X

X

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

D6 (B)

D10

(TMMK Made)

BLACK

D6 (A) (TMC Made) GRAY X

9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

C10 (C)

(TMC Made) BROWN

1 2 3 4 5 6

7 8 9 10 11 12 13

C9 (B)

(TMC Made)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2

8 X 4

18

F14

1

2

3

X X X X X

14 X X

J2

J4

J5

J7 (A)

BLACK

BLACK

ORANGE

GRAY

B B B

X X DD DX


(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

B B B (Hint : See Page 7) (Hint : See Page 7)

COMBINATION METER J8 (B)

J11

GRAY A

A

A

J16 BLACK

B B B

A

A

J15 BLACK


C C C

D D D E E E


(Hint : See Page 7)

J24

J28

J29

A A A

B B B B

J21 GRAY

A A A A A A (Hint : See Page 7)

F F

(Hint : See Page 7)


J30

O1

P1

GRAY

GRAY

GRAY

A A A A A A

1

X

5

6

P3

(Hint : See Page 7)

V2

W1

W3

W3

BLACK

BLACK

(1MZ–FE) DARK GRAY

(5S–FE) GRAY

1

1

1 2 3 1

2

R7 BLACK

1

1 2 3

MEMO

RADIATOR FAN AND CONDENSER FAN

ACC 2 AM1

1

1

IG1 4 30A RDI

30A CDS

W

2

B–Y

2 I16 IGNITION SW

1

4 FAN NO. 1 RELAY

1 1K

2 1K 2

40A AM1

15A ECU–IG

1 2C

2

3

2 2F

1 2G

7 2G

2 2C

2 2H

W–B

W–B

EB

W–B

A1 A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR

R

L

B–W

FAN NO. 2 RELAY

(1MZ–FE)

L

E4

5

2

1 3 4

1

5 1

B–R W–R

B–R

W–B

(5S–FE)


1

1 W–B

1

(1MZ–FE)

A34 B

2 EA1

BATTERY

3

1

(1MZ–FE)

L W5 WATER TEMP. SW NO. 2 A12 A


1

FAN NO. 3 RELAY

1

2 B (*1) 12 A (*2) MGC

E11 E

W–B

FL MAIN 3. 0W

(1MZ–FE)

L–Y

1

1

II1

A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

CF

A/C AMPLIFIER

29 E

W–B

B–G

F9 F FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

1

IK1

1

W4 WATER TEMP. SW NO. 1

2

F4 A , F7 D ,

5

2

L–W

G–W 1 A

7 IK2

1

II2 (1MZ–FE)

1

(1MZ–FE)

L–Y A3 A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW

2

1 EA1 100A ALT

1

L

W–B

1 D

M

1 D3 DIODE (A/C)

L–W

2 F

13 2J G–W

B–R

W–B

B–R

1 F

3

(1MZ–FE)

B–R

4 2F

2

(1MZ–FE)

3

2 2B

B–R

E3

2

(1MZ–FE)

G–W ENGINE MAIN RELAY

1

1

5

4

R1 RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

G–W

M

(5S–FE)

B–R

2

6 2K

2

L

6 1A

1 1B

FROM MG CLT RELAY B–R

L

1

B–R

G–W

SYSTEM OUTLINE FAN MOTOR OPERATION (1MZ–FE) With the ignition SW turned on, the current through the ECU–IG fuse flows to the FAN NO.1 relay (Coil side), FAN NO.2 relay (Coil side) and FAN NO.3 relay (Coil side). Furthermore, the current through the FAN NO.1 relay (Coil side) or the FAN NO.2 relay (Coil side) flows to TERMINAL 3 of the A/C single pressure SW to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 2 of the water temp. SW No.1 to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND, causing the FAN NO.1 relay to turn off and the FAN NO.2 relay to turn on. 1. LOW SPEED OPERATION Only when the A/C system is activated or the water temp. SW No.2 is turned on, the A/C condenser fan motor and the radiator fan motor rotates at low speed. When the A/C system is activated, the current from ECU–IG fuse flows to the FAN NO.3 relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL 1 of the diode (A/C) to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL (A)12 of the A/C amplifier (Manual A/C) or (B) 2 of the A/C control assembly (Automatic A/C) causing the FAN NO.3 relay to turn on. As a result, the current through the CDS fuse flows to TERMINAL 2 of the A/C condenser fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 3 of the FAN NO.2 relay to TERMINAL 5 to TERMINAL 5 of the FAN NO.3 relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 2 of the radiator fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND. As this flowing in series for the motors, the motors rotate at low speed. When the water temp. SW No.2 is turned on, the current from ECU–IG fuse flows to the FAN NO.3 relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL 1 of the water temp. SW No.2 to GROUND, causing the FAN NO.3 relay to turn on. As a result, the current through the CDS fuse flows the same route as above, rotating the motors at low speed. 2. HIGH SPEED OPERATION Only when the A/C single pressure SW is turned off or the water temp. SW No.1 is turned off, the A/C condenser fan motor and the radiator fan motor rotate at high speed. When the A/C single pressure SW is turned off, the current from the RDI fuse flows to the FAN NO.1 relay (Point side) to TERMINAL 2 of the radiator fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND. At the same time, the current from the CDS fuse flows to TERMINAL 2 of the A/C condenser fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 3 of the FAN NO.2 relay to TERMINAL 4 to GROUND. As the current flowing in parallel for the motors as above, the motors rotate at high speed. FAN MOTOR OPERATION (5S–FE) With the ignition SW turned on, the current through the ECU–IG fuse flows to the FAN NO.1 relay (Coil side), FAN NO.2 relay (Coil side). furthermore, the current through the FAN NO.1 relay (Coil side) or the FAN NO.2 relay (Coil side) flows to TERMINAL 3 of the A/C single pressure SW to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 2 of the water temp. SW No.1 to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND, causing the FAN NO.1 relay to turn off and the FAN NO.2 relay to turn on. 1. LOW SPEED OPERATION When the ignition SW is turned on and the A/C system is activated, the A/C condenser fan motor and the radiator fan motor rotates at low speed. When the A/C system is activated, the current from MG CLT relay flows to the FAN NO.3 relay (Coil side) to GROUND, causing the FAN NO.3 relay to turn on. As a result, the current through the CDS fuse flows to TERMINAL 2 of the A/C condenser fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 3 of the FAN NO.2 relay to TERMINAL 5 to TERMINAL 5 of the FAN NO.3 relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL 2 of the radiator fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND. As this flowing in series for the motors, the motors rotate at low speed. 2. HIGH SPEED OPERATION Only when the A/C single pressure SW is turned off or the water temp. SW No.1 is turned off, the A/C condenser fan motor and the radiator fan motor rotate at high speed. When the A/C single pressure SW is turned off, the current from the RDI fuse flows to the FAN NO.1 relay (Point side) to TERMINAL 2 of the radiator fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND. At the same time, the current from the CDS fuse flows to TERMINAL 2 of the A/C condenser fan motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 3 of the FAN NO.2 relay to TERMINAL 4 to GROUND. As the current flowing in parallel for the motors as above, the motors rotate at high speed. SERVICE HINTS A3 A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW 3–2 : Open above approx. 15.5 kgf/cm2 (224 psi, 1520 kpa) Closed below approx. 12.5 kgf/cm2 (181 psi, 1225 kpa) W4 WATER TEMP. SW NO.1 2–1 : Open above approx. 95°C (203° F) W5 WATER TEMP. SW NO.2 (1MZ–FE) 1–GROUND : Closed above approx. 90°C (194°F)

RADIATOR FAN AND CONDENSER FAN : PARTS LOCATION Code


A1

28 (5S–FE) 26 (1MZ–FE)

A3

28 (5S–FE)

A12

A

30

A34

B

30

D3

Code E

F4

A

F7 F9

26 (1MZ–FE)

See Page

E11

D F

Code

30

I16

26 (1MZ–FE)

R1

28 (5S–FE) 26 (1MZ–FE)

W4

28 (5S–FE) 26 (1MZ–FE)

W5

See Page 30 27 (1MZ–FE) 29 (5S–FE) 27 (1MZ–FE) 29 (5S–FE) 27 (1MZ–FE)

28 (5S–FE)


See Page 24



See Page


1A 1B

20


22


22


1K 2B 2C 2F 2G 2H 2J 2K

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code EA1 II1 II2 IK1 IK2


Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room Main No No.3 3 Wire (Radiator LH)

42


42








Code E4



∗ 1 : 1MZ–FE Except California

A1

A3

A12 (A)

GRAY

BLACK

ORANGE

2 1

2

A34 (B)

X X X 12

2 X

3

X X X X

D3

E11 (E)

E11 (E)

ORANGE

(∗ 1) BLACK

(1MZ–FE California)

F4 (A)

1

1 2

X

X

X

X

F7 (D)

29

F9 (F)

I16

ORANGE

29

R1

W4

GRAY

(1MZ–FE) GRAY

1 1

W4

W5

(5S–FE)

GRAY

1 2

1

1 2

2 X

2

4

X

1

2

AIR CONDITIONING (AUTOMATIC A/C)

50A HTR


F8 FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

10A HEATER

10A ECU–B

1 7 2J W–R

3 1R

L–B

L–B

2 1W

L–B

L–B 5 2K

1

1

1


A

1

10 1V W–R

L–B

3 1W

A 5

1

HTR RELAY 2

1

A

MG CLT RELAY

3 1

9 2C

W–R 2

1

3 1

L–B

L–B

4

5

L–B

1

1

L–W

L–R

W–B

B–W

L–W

L–W L–W

L–R

1 EB2

2

1

M

B–W

I8

B–W

3

+B

B–W

VM

SI

2

B–W

A33 A/C BLOWER MOTOR LINEAR CONTROLLER

4

GND

6

W–B

1

2

W–B

L–R

B8 BLOWER RESISTOR (LOW SPEED)

I7

B–W

L–R

B3 BLOWER MOTOR

W–B

I7

W–B

B–W

W–B

L–B A

A

A

W–B

W–B

W–B


EB

W–B

W–B

W–B

W–B

A

II

IG

W–B

Y–G

FROM DEFOGGER RELAY

23 A RDFG A34 A , A35 B A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY FOOT

F/D

DEF

18 A

19 A

20 A

L–O

5

B/L 17 A

B–L

7

FACE 4 A

TO SPEEDOMETER [COMB. METER]

L

L

L–B

W–L

L–B

11 IK2

2 EB1 9 IK2

L–Y

7 IK2

L–B

L–Y

V–W 6

SPD 15 A

L–R

TPI 7 B

L

AIR 7 A

L–W

AIF 6 A

P–L

PSW 9 B

R

BLW 16 B

L–Y

LOCK 3 A

B–W

HR 10 A

W–L

MGCR 2 B

L–W

L–B

IG+ 26 A

W–R

B 13 A

D3 DIODE (A/C)

2

3

3

W–R

M

L–W L–W 1 W–R

1 A3 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW

2

A20 AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

L–O

B–L

L–R

L

1

2

3

4

5

FACE

B/L

FOOT

F/D

DEF

4 M

W–B

4

W–R

A2 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH AND LOCK SENSOR

1

L–W

L–B

B–W

B–W

W–L

A38 AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

B–W A

CONTROL CIRCUIT B W–B L–B

L–B

6 IG

W–B

W–B

7 GND

W–R W–B

W–B

AIR CONDITIONING (AUTOMATIC A/C)

A34 A , A35 B A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY

2

1

A30 A/C AMBIENT TEMP. SENSOR

2

D B

I10 F A

B–Y

4

3

F

F

WARM

W–R

I9

COOL

10

IK2

W–R

A39 AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

W–B

W–B

B–Y

LG–B

V

25

13

14

TACH

A/C

ACT

THWO

E8 ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

5

W–R

V

B–O 27

W–R F

W–R

L

1

F

W–R

P

2


G–R


W–R

W–R

W–R

A

GND 14 A

IK3

L A A

M

TW 14 B

L

L

4

LG–B

B–Y

B–O

Y

1

2 IG1

ACT 10 B

IK1 Y

1

AC1 13 B

J27 A , J28 B

W–R

IGN 16 A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W–R

TAM 3 B

W–R

1

A13 A/C EVAPORATOR TEMP. SENSOR W–R

2

L

1

A37 A/C SOLAR SENSOR

2

A36 A/C ROOM TEMP. SENSOR W–R

W

1 IG1

L

TE 6 B

L–W

TR 4 B

G–Y

SG 1 A

W–R

TS 5 B

W

B–Y

TP 8 B

L

S5 11 A

P

AMC 8 A

G–R

AMH 9 A

SYSTEM OUTLINE 1. HEATER BLOWER MOTOR OPERATION Current is applied at all times through HTR fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the HTR relay. When the ignition SW is turned on, current flows through the HEATER fuse to TERMINAL 5 of the HTR relay to TERMINAL 3 to TERMINAL HR of the A/C control assembly. At the same time, current also flows from HEATER fuse to TERMINAL IG+ of the A/C control assembly. ∗ Low speed operation When the blower SW (A/C control assembly) is pushed to LOW SPEED position, the current to TERMINAL HR of the A/C control assembly flows to TERMINAL GND of the A/C control assembly to GROUND and turns the HTR relay on. As a result, the current to TERMINAL 1 of the HTR relay flows to TERMINAL 2 of the relay to TERMINAL 2 of the blower motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 2 of the blower resistor to TERMINAL 6 to GROUND and causes the blower motor to rotate at low speed. ∗ High speed operation When the blower SW (A/C control assembly) is pushed to HIGH SPEED position, the current to TERMINAL HR of the A/C control assembly flows to TERMINAL GND of the A/C control assembly to GROUND and turns the HTR relay on. As a result, the current to TERMINAL 1 of the HTR relay flows to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 2 of the blower motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL 4 of the A/C blower motor linear controller to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL BLW of the A/C control assembly (Which is activated when the blower SW is pushed to high speed position) to TERMINAL GND to GROUND without passing through the blower resistor, causing the blower motor to rotate at high speed. 2. AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION (Switching from FRESH to RECIRC) With the ignition SW turned on, the current flows from HEATER fuse to TERMINAL IG+ of the A/C control assembly to TERMINAL AIR to TERMINAL 7 of the air inlet control servo motor to TERMINAL 6 to TERMINAL AIF of the A/C control assembly to TERMINAL GND to GROUND, the motor rotates and the damper moves to the RECIRC side. when the damper operates with the A/C SW at RECIRC position, the damper position signal is input from TERMINAL 5 of the servo motor to TERMINAL TPI of the A/C control assembly. As a result, current to the servo motor circuit is cut off by the A/C control assembly, so the damper stops at that position. (Switching from RECIRC to FRESH) With the ignition SW turned on, when the RECIRC/FRESH SW is switched to the FRESH side, the current flows from TERMINAL IG+ of the A/C control assembly to TERMINAL AIF to TERMINAL 6 of the air inlet control servo motor to TERMINAL 7 to TERMINAL AIR of the A/C control assembly to TERMINAL GND to GROUND, The motor rotates and the damper stops at that position. 3. AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION When the ignition SW turned on, the current flows from HEATER fuse to TERMINAL IG+ of the A/C control assembly. (Switching from DEF to FACE) The current flows from TERMINAL FACE of the A/C control assembly to TERMINAL 1 of the air vent mode control servo motor to TERMINAL 5 to TERMINAL DEF of the A/C control assembly to TERMINAL GND to GROUND. The motor rotates and the damper moves to the FACE side. When the damper operates with the A/C SW at FACE position, the damper position signal is input from TERMINAL 5 of the servo motor to the TERMINAL DEF of the A/C control assembly. As a result, current to the servo motor circuit is cut off by the A/C control assembly, so the damper stops at that position. (Switching from FACE to DEF) The current flows from TERMINAL DEF of the A/C control assembly to TERMINAL 5 of the air vent control servo motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL FACE of the A/C control assembly to TERMINAL GND to GROUND, the motor rotates and the damper stops at that position. 4. AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION When the temperature control SW (A/C control assembly) is turned to the ”COOL” side the current flows from TERMINAL AMC of the A/C control assembly to TERMINAL 1 of the air mix control servo motor to motor to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL AMH of the A/C control assembly to GROUND and the motor rotates. The damper opening angle at this time is input from TERMINAL 3 of the servo motor to TERMINAL TP of the A/C control assembly, this is used to determine the DAMPER STOP position and maintain the set temperature. When the temperature control SW (A/C control assembly) is turned to the ”HOT” side, the current flows from servo motor to TERMINAL AMH of the A/C control assembly to TERMINAL 2 of the air mix control servo motor to motor to TERMINAL 1 to TERMINAL AMC of the A/C control assembly, rotating the motor in reverse and switching the damper from ”COOL” to ”HOT” side.

AIR CONDITIONING (AUTOMATIC A/C) 5. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATION The A/C control assembly receives various signals, I.E., the engine RPM from the engine control module, out side air temperature signal from the A/C ambient temp. sensor, coolant temperature from the engine control module and the lock signal from the A/C compressor, etc. When the engine is started and the A/C SW (A/C control assembly) is on, a signal is input to the A/C control assembly. As a result, the ground circuit in A/C control assembly is closed and current flows from HEATER fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the MG CLT relay to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL 3 of the diode (A/C) to TERMINAL 2 to TERMINAL MGCR of the A/C control assembly to TERMINAL GND to GROUND, turning the MG CLT relay on, so that the magnetic clutch is on and the A/C compressor operates. At the same time, the engine control module. Detects the magnetic clutch is on and the A/C compressor operates. If the A/C control assembly detects the following conditions, it stops the air conditioning: ∗ Evaporator outlet air is too low. ∗ There is a marked difference between the compressor speed and the engine speed. ∗ The refrigerant pressure is abnormally high or abnormally low. ∗ The engine speed is too low. ∗ Rapid acceleration occurs. SERVICE HINTS A3 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW 4–1 : Open above approx. 2.0 kgf/cm2 (29 psi, 196 kpa) or 32 kgf/cm2 (464 psi, 3138 kpa) A2 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH AND LOCK SENSOR 4–GROUND : Approx. 3.7 Ω A34 (A), A35 (B) A/C CONTROL ASSEMBLY B–GROUND : Always approx. 12 volts IG+ –GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position HR –GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and do not turn the blower motor Below 1 volts with the ignition SW at ON position and turn the blower motor PSW–GROUND : Below 1 volts with the ignition SW at ON position AC1–GROUND : Below 1 volts at start the engine, operate the compressor + OR MORE volts at start the engine, do not operate the compressor BLW–GROUND : Below 1.5 volts with the ignition SW on and turn the blower motor S5–SG : 4–6 volts with the ignition SW at ON position SG–GROUND : Always continuity AMH–AMC : 1.3–1.9 volts with the ignition SW off AIF–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the FRESH SW on AIR–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the RECIRC SW on FACE–GROUND: Approx. 12 volts with the FACE SW on DEF–GROUND : Approx. 12 volts with the DEF SW on GND–GROUND : Always continuity : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

Code

See Page

Code

See Page

A2

26 (1MZ–FE)

A36

30

F8

26 (1MZ–FE)

A3

26 (1MZ–FE)

A37

30

J1

31

A13

30

A38

30

A20

30

A39

30

J27

A

31

A30

26 (1MZ–FE)

B3

30

J28

B

31

A33

30

B8

30

J29

31

J32

31

A34

A

30

D3

30

A35

B

30

E8

30


See Page 24


J11

31

,,, : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR ,,, ,,, Code

See Page


1R 1V

20


22


22


1W 2C 2J 2K


See Page

EB2

36 (1MZ–FE)

Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Cowl Wire and Engine Room Main Wire (Under the Engine Room J/B No.2)

IG1

40


42

Engine g Room Main Wire and Cowl Wire ((Right g Kick Panel))

IK1 IK2 IK3


See Page


EB

36 (1MZ–FE)


IG

40


II

40

Cowl Side Panel RH


See Page

I7

42

I8


A2

A3 BLACK

1 4

See Page

I9

Cowl Wire

GRAY

1 2 X 4

Code 42

I10

A13

Cowl Wire

A20

A30 DARK GRAY

1 2

A33

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

A34 (A)

1 2

A35 (B)

BLACK

1

2

3

4


1 3 4 X 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 X X 23 X X 26

A36

A37

BLACK

BLACK

X 2 3 4 5 6

12

1 2

7

8 9 10 X X 13 14 X 16

A38

A39

B3

B8

D3

BLACK

1 X 3 X 5 6 7

ORANGE X

1 2 3 4 5

1

2

X

2 X

X

6

2 3

AIR CONDITIONING (AUTOMATIC A/C) E8

F8

J1 1

X X X

X

X 13 14 X X X X X

A A A A (Hint : See Page 7)

J11

A A

A A

A

A

(Hint : See Page 7)

X 25 X 27 X

J27 (A)

J28 (B)

J29

J32 GRAY

F F

D D

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

F F F F

A A A A (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

MEMO

AIR CONDITIONING (MANUAL A/C)

50A HTR


F8 FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

10A HEATER

2 1W

3 1R

L–B

L–B

1

5 2K

A

1

5

1

4

HTR RELAY 2

5

MG CLT RELAY

A

1

3 1

L–B

1

L–W

L–R

L–R

B–W

W–B


9 2C 2

3 1

1

L–B

1

1

L–B

1

1

L–B

L–B

L–B

L–B

L–B

B–W

L–Y(* 2)

L–Y(* 2)

L–W(* 1)

L–W(* 1)

B–W(*2)

TO FAN NO. 3 RELAY

10A A/C 1

1

L–R

B4 BLOWER RESISTOR

2 M

3 EB1

L–R

1

2 EB1

L–R

1 EB2

2

3

B3 BLOWER MOTOR 2

6

W–B

1

(* 1)

LO

(* 1)

L–B

4 M1

W–B

8 M2

W–B

5 HI

W–B

L–W

B–W

I3

L–O

B–W

L–B

B–W

1

W–B

W–B

OFF

3 A 1

B5 BLOWER SW

W–B

A

A


W–B

L–B

EB

A

IG

W–B

* 1 : 1MZ–FE * 2 : 5S–FE H9 HEATER CONTROL SW L–B

B–W FACE B/L FOOT F/D DEF

3

GND

FACE

B/L

FOOT

F/D

DEF

1

8

7

6

5

4

2

L–B B–W L–Y(*2)

L–Y(* 1)

L–W(* 1)

3

2

7 IK2

L–Y

L–O

B–L

L–R

L

L–W

L–R

R–B

W–B

(*1)

L–Y(* 2)

D3 DIODE (A/C)

D L–R

D

D

L–R


W–B

W–B

W–B

(*1)

(* 1)

R–W 1

2

3

4

5

FACE

B/L

FOOT

F/D

DEF

(* 1) R–B

CONTROL CIRCUIT

5

(* 2)

1

A

B L–B

6 IG

OFF

W–B

7 GND

ON


R–W

(* 1)

2

R–W

R–B

M

L–R

R–B

A14 A/C SW

AIR CONDITIONING (MANUAL A/C) * 1 : 1MZ–FE * 2 : 5S–FE

* 3 : 5S–FE W/ ENGINE IMMOBILISER * 4 : 5S–FE W/O ENGINE IMMOBILISER

L–B

B–W

B–W

1


4

A3 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW

1

2

W–R(*1)

9 IK2

10 IK2

W–R(*1)

IK2

G

BR(* 2)

W–L

2

W–L

G

4

(* 2)

TH

BR(* 2)

(*2)


B

BR

(* 2)

(*2)

W–R


10

II3

6

II3

(* 2)

II2

J23 JUNCTION CONNECTOR BR BR

3

F

2 BR

(* 2)

II2

L–R

(* 1)

B–O

(* 2)

R–B

(* 2)

L–Y

G

(* 2)

1

F

B

BR

(* 2)

F

1

(* 2)

R–W


(* 2)

F A

L–W

B

(* 1)

R–B

LG–B

B

R–B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B

J27 A , J28 B


(* 1)

W–R

13

(* 1)

D B

SG

9

(* 2)

ACT 7

W–L

AC1 1

W–B

R–W

(* 1)

W–L IGN 4

L–W

(*1)

(*1)

R–B

8

(*1)

S–A/C

B–Y

10

LOCK

(*1)

L–A/C

5

R–W

GND

(*1)

14

+B

B–O

MGC

W–B

A12 A/C AMPLIFIER

2

(*1)

12

(* 1)

G

L–Y(* 2)

(*1)

L–Y(* 1)

A

20 A 15 A LOCK

19 A 13 A PRS

21 A 21 A MGC

25 B

13 B

10 A 10 A A/C SW

11 B 10 B TACH

A/C

E7 A , E8 B , E9 C ENGINE CONTROL MODULE

ACT

THR

9 B 9 B E2

(*1) 19 C (*3) 18 C (*4) LOCK IN

A

(* 2)

27 B

EC

SYSTEM OUTLINE Current always flows from the HTR fuse to TERMINAL 1 of the HTR relay. When the ignition SW is turned on, the current from the HEATER fuse flows to TERMINAL 6 of the air vent mode control servo motor, to the MG CLT relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL MGC of the A/C amplifier (1MZ–FE) or TERMINAL MGC of the engine control module (5S–FE), to TERMINAL 1 of the A/C dual pressure SW to TERMINAL 4 to TERMINAL +B of the A/C amplifier (1MZ–FE) or TERMINAL PRS of the engine control module (5S–FE), current also to the HTR relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL 3 of the blower SW. 1. AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR OPERATION When the damper is in FACE position and B/L mode on the heater control SW is selected, current flows from TERMINAL 7 of the heater control SW to TERMINAL 2 of the air vent mode control serve motor so that a signal that the ground circuit is activated is input into TERMINAL B of the control circuit inside the air vent mode control servo motor. Simultaneously, a signal that the ground circuit is not activated is input into TERMINAL A of the control circuit inside the servo motor. These two signals activate the control circuit so that current flows from the HEATER fuse to the servo motor, causing the servo motor to operate and the damper to move to B/L position. When the damper reaches B/L position. A ground cut signal is input into TERMINAL B of the control circuit, the control circuit operates, the servo motor stops rotating and the damper stops at B/L. When another mode position is selected, input of signals into TERMINAL A and TERMINAL B of the control circuit that ground is made or not (as explained above) activates the control circuit and moves the serve motor to the desired position. 2. AIR CONDITIONING OPERATION When the blower SW is on, current flows from the HEATER fuse to the HTR relay (Coil side) to TERMINAL 3 of the blower SW to TERMINAL 1 to GROUND, activating the HTR relay. This causes current to flow from the HTR fuse to the HTR relay (Point side) to A/C fuse to TERMINAL 2 of the A/C SW. If the A/C SW is turned on at this time, a signal is input into the A/C amplifier (1MZ–FE) or engine control module (5S–FE). This activates the A/C amplifier (1MZ–FE) or engine control module (5S–FE) and MG CLT relay so that current flows from the HEATER fuse to the MG CLT relay (Point side) to A/C magnetic clutch. Causing The compressor to operate. When blower SW is on and heater control SW is at DEF position, it causes A/C to run whether A/C SW is on or not. SERVICE HINTS HTR RELAY [R/B NO.1] 1–2 : Closed with the ignition SW on and the blower SW on MG CLT RELAY [R/B NO.1] 5–3 : Closed with the ignition SW on, the blower SW on and the A/C SW on or the heater control SW at DEF position A3 A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW 1–4 : Open with pressure 2.0 kgf/cm2 (29 psi, 196 kpa) or above 32 kgf/cm2 (464 psi, 3138 kpa) B4 BLOWER RESISTOR 6–1 : Approx. 0.62 Ω 1–3 : Approx. 1.46 Ω 2–6 : Approx. 0.38 Ω : PARTS LOCATION Code

See Page

A2 A3

Code

See Page

Code

See Page

26 (1MZ–FE)

B4

30

J8

31

28 (5S–FE)

B5

30

J11

31

26 (1MZ–FE)

D3

26 (1MZ–FE)

J12

31

J23

28 (5S–FE)

E7

A

30

A12

30

E8

B

30

J27

A

31

A13

30

E9

C

30

J28

B

31

A14

30

A20

30

B3

30

F8 H9

26 (1MZ–FE)

J29

31

28 (5S–FE)

J32

31

30


See Page 24

31


AIR CONDITIONING (MANUAL A/C) : JUNCTION BLOCK AND WIRE HARNESS CONNECTOR Code

See Page

1R


20


2C

22


2K

22


1W


See Page


36 (1MZ–FE)

EB1

38 (5S–FE)


36 (1MZ–FE)

EB2

38 (5S–FE)

II2 II3 IK2

42


42



See Page


36 (1MZ–FE)

EB


38 (5S–FE)

EC

38 (5S–FE)

Intake Manifold

IG

40



See Page


42

Code

A2

A3

A12

GRAY

BLACK

ORANGE

1 2 X 4

See Page


Cowl Wire

1 4

A20

A13

1 2 X 4 5 X 7 8 9 10 X 1213 14

B3

A14 1 25

1 2

B4

B5

D3 ORANGE

1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1

2

3

2 X

X

6

1 4

X 3 5

8

2 3

E7 (A)

E7 (A)

E8 (B)

(∗ 1)

(∗ 2)

(1MZ–FE)

10

X 10

19 20 21

13 15 21

X X X

∗ 1 : 5S–FE w/ Engine Immobiliser System ∗ 2 : 5S–FE w/o Engine Immobiliser System

X

X 13 X X X X X

E8 (B)

X 25 X 27 X

E9 (C)

(∗ 1) DARK GRAY

E8 (B) (∗ 2)

X

9 11

9 10 X

X X 19

(∗ 1) DARK GRAY

E9 (C)

F8

H9

J8

(∗ 2)

GRAY 12 3 456 7 8

1

X 18

B B B (Hint : See Page 7)

J11

J12

J23

J27(A)

BLACK

A A

A A

A

B B DD DB


A

(Hint : See Page 7)

F F (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J28 (B)

D D (Hint : See Page 7)

J29

F F F F

J32

GRAY A A A A (Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

I GROUND POINT W–B FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT AND PARKING LIGHT LH

W–B

W–B

W–B

E1

E4 W–B

FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT AND PARKING LIGHT RH

W–B

WASHER LEVEL WARNING SW

W–B

E4

E1

W–B

W–B

2 EA1

E4

FAN NO. 3 RELAY

1

HTR RELAY

1

DRL NO. 4 RELAY

2

E4

E1

W–B

E4

W–B


(GND3)

(* 3)

W–B


(* 3)

W–B

(GND1)

(*2 * 4) W–B

(GND2)

(*2 * 4)

W–B

ABS ACTUATOR AND ECU

ABS ACTUATOR

(* 1)

W–B (CALIFORNIA)

2

A/F HTR RELAY

W–B

(5S–FE)

(GND2)

(* 3)

W–B

1

E1

W–B

W–B

FAN NO. 2 RELAY

W–B

W–B

W–B

E1

W–B

E4

W–B

(GND1)

(* 3)

E4

W–B

WATER TEMP. SW NO. 1

W–B

ABS SOL RELAY

W–B

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

E1

W–B

ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW

W–B

3

(*1, * 3)

W–B

W–B

E4

E4

(* 5)

W–B (* 5)

W–B

ENGINE MAIN RELAY

W–B

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RESISTOR

W–B

EFI RELAY W–B

10 2J

4 2F W–B

FRONT WIPER MOTOR

W–B

5 2C

(AUTOMATIC A/C)

W–B W–B EB

EA

A/C DUAL PRESSURE SW

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 1 SENSOR 2)

BR

A

A BR

2 II1

6 II3

BR


BR

BR

BR

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1

B B

C A

BR


B B

C A

BR

DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3 (SG)

J7 A ,

J8 B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR (EOM)

BR

A

BR

I2

A

BR

A

BR


(E1)

BR

(ADJ2)

(* 2 M/T) HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (BANK 2 SENSOR 1)


A

BR

I2 BR (CALIFORNIA)

B

BR

BR

(CALIFORNIA)

BR

(E05)


(E04)

(E03)

BR

(E02)

BR

(E01)

BR

IGNITER

(1MZ–FE)

ED

COMBINATION METER

(EXCEPT CALIFORNIA)

BR

NOISE FILTER (IGNITION)

B

(CALIFORNIA)

BR

(ET)

BR

3 IJ1

BR

BR

COMBINATION METER

BR

(CALIFORNIA)

(ET)

EC

(1MZ–FE)

3 IJ1

BR

* * * * *

1 : TMC MADE 2 : TMMK MADE 3 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL 4 : W/O TRACTION CONTROL 5 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT

BR

(E04)

(CALIFORNIA)

(EOM)

A

(E01)

BR

(CALIFORNIA)

A

(E1)

BR

BR

BR

IGNITION COIL AND IGNITER NO. 2

BR

BR

IGNITION COIL AND IGNITER NO. 1

A


BR


(E02)

BR

(E03)

BR

(5S–FE)

BR


BR

A

A

A A

A

BR

BR



(SG)

BR

C A

BR

J7 A ,

J8 B

B B

BR

6 II3

B B

BR

10 IK2

I2

BR (EXCEPT CALIFORNIA)


BR

J23 A JUNCTION CONNECTOR JUNCTION CONNECTOR C A

(5S–FE) BR

BR

EC BR

EC

12 II2

BR

BR


A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH AND LOCK SENSOR

I GROUND POINT CRUISE CONTROL ECU

TRACTION OFF SW

A B

A A

W–B

CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR

W–B

A B

A A

W–B

CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]

A B

A A

W–B


A A

W–B

LIGHT CONTROL AND DIMMER SW [COMB. SW]

A A

W–B

KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID

(* 3) (CG)

POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH

(E) (E)

W–B

W–B(*1)

A

W–B

A

(* 1)

DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH

W–B

DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH

W–B

A

(* 1)

A

(* 1) A

W–B


POWER WINDOW MASTER SW AND DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH



W–B

A A J7 A ,

(E)

W–B

W–B

UNLOCK WARNING SW

J8 B

W–B

(E1) CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A

8 1J

(* 1) (E)

(* 5)

3 1M

1 1N

W–B(*2)

POWER RELAY

W–B W–B

(*1)

(* 2)

DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT LH

W–B

DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT LH

W–B


W–B

INTEGRATION RELAY W–B

B13

(* 2)

NOISE FILTER

(* 2) 20 IE1

W–B

W–B (* 6)

(* 6)

W–B

W–B

9 2K

B2

W–B(*6)

(*9) W–B

I7

(* 9) A

B3

W–B

W–B


TRANSPONDER KEY AMPLIFIER

W–B


W–B

W–B (MANUAL A/C)

I1 A

(* 9)

W–B

W–B

W–B (1MZ–FE MANUAL A/C) W–B

A W–B

W–B

W–B(*1)

A W–B (* 1)

BM

(* 9)

(MANUAL A/C)

B2

A/C AMPLIFIER

W–B

(MANUAL A/C)

W–B (*1 * 6)

BRAKE FLUID LEVEL WARNING SW W–B

W–B

MOON ROOF MOTOR AND LIMIT SW

ST RELAY

W–B

3 1V

B2

TURN SIGNAL FLASHER

W–B

W–B

PERSONAL LIGHT

W–B

W–B

3 1F

W–B

WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW]

W–B

W–B

A

4 1V

W–B

W–B

MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND RELAY

W–B

W–B

VANITY LIGHT RH

A

B 3 : *6 B 2 : *7

VANITY LIGHT LH

(E2)

7 1G 3 1N

W–B

POWER OUTLET

(* 2)

W–B

W–B


NOISE FILTER

7 1J

(* 2)

IE

II

IG

BLOWER RESISTOR (LOW SPEED) A/C BLOWER MOTOR LINEAR CONTROLLER

HEATER CONTROL SW

BLOWER RESISTOR

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW

BLOWER SW

CIGARETTE LIGHTER

AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

(GND) ABS ECU (GND2)

REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW

O/D MAIN SW

SHIFT LOCK ECU

A

A

W–B

WIRELESS DOOR LOCK ECU

W–B

A

A

W–B

THEFT DETERRENT ECU

W–B

A

A

W–B

DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH

(* 1) (–)

COMBINATION METER

W–B

(EP)

CLOCK

W–B

A

W–B

A

W–B

A

A



DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH

W–B (* 1)

A

W–B

DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH

(* 1) W–B

GLOVE BOX LIGHT AND SW

A

A

W–B


(* 1) W–B

RHEOSTAT

A

A

W–B (*2)

RADIO AND PLAYER

(*2)

W–B W–B

(*2) W–B (*2)

IF

DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW FRONT RH DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH

IJ

7 IH1

1 IF2

BR

BR

BR

BR

W–B

B14

20 IM1

W–B

STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER

W–B (* 2)

W–B

1 : TMC MADE 2 : TMMK MADE 3 : W/ TRACTION CONTROL 5 : W/ DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT 6 : W/ MOON ROOF 7 : W/O MOON ROOF 8 : W/O THEFT DETERRENT SYSTEM 9 : AUTOMATIC A/C

W–B

A * * * * * * * *

DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH

BR

BR

BR

FUEL SENDER

(ES)

COMBINATION METER

IH

W–B

6 BP1

W–B

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (FRONT PASSENGER’ S SEAT)

W–B

1 BR1

W–B

W–B

B6 W–B

DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR RH

IK

W–B

W–B

B6

BN

AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY

I GROUND POINT

BUCKLE SW LH

W–B (*10)

B12

W–B (* 10)

1 BQ1

W–B

A

A

W–B

B9

W–B

LICENSE PLATE LIGHT RH

W–B

LICENSE PLATE LIGHT LH

W–B

REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH

W–B

REAR COMBINATION LIGHT LH

W–B

DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH

W–B W–B

(*10)

A

HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT

W–B

A

REAR COMBINATION LIGHT LH

W–B

REAR COMBINATION LIGHT RH

W–B

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW

W–B

W–B

A

B9

W–B

B11

B9 W–B

W–B

FUEL PUMP

BUCKLE SW LH

(*11) A

POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (DRIVER’ S SEAT)

W–B

(*10)


W–B

B11

W–B

B11

* 10 : W/ POWER SEAT * 11 : W/O POWER SEAT

W–B

W–B

6 BO1

BL

B11

W–B

LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

A

B

BP

BO



See Page

J5

Code

See Page

Code

See Page

31

J19

31

J38

32

J7

A

31

J22

31

J39

32

J8

B

31

J23

31

J40

32

31

J26

31

J11

: RELAY BLOCKS Code

See Page


1

24

Engine Room R/B No.1 (Engine Comportment Left)

2

24

Engine Room R/B No.2 (Near The Battery)

3

25

Engine Room R/B No.3 (Radiator Upper Support RH)


See Page


1F

20


1G

20


20


22


22


1J 1M 1N 1V 2C 2F 2J 2K

: CONNECTOR JOINING WIRE HARNESS AND WIRE HARNESS Code EA1


Joining Wire Harness and Wire Harness (Connector Location) Engine Room Main Wire and Engine Room Main No No.3 3 Wire (Radiator LH)

IE1

40


IF2

40


IH1

40

Instrument Panel Wire and Instrument Panel No.2 Wire (Instrument Panel Brace RH)

42


II1 II2 II3 IJ1

42


IK2

42


IM1

42


BO1

44


BP1

44


BQ1

46


BR1

46


I GROUND POINT : GROUND POINTS Code


EA

38 (5S–FE) 36 (1MZ–FE)

EB

38 (5S–FE)

Ground Points Location Right Radiator Side Support Left Radiator Side Support

36 (1MZ–FE)

Surge Tank RH

38 (5S–FE)

Intake Manifold

ED

36 (1MZ–FE)


IE

40

Cowl Side Panel LH

IF

40

Left Kick Panel

IG

40


IH

40


II

40

Cowl Side Panel RH

40

Right Kick Panel

EC

IJ IK BL

44


BM

44

Roof Left

BN

44


BO

44

Right Quarter Pillar

BP

44

Back Panel Center

: SPLICE POINTS Code E1 E4

See Page


Code

See Page


36 (1MZ–FE)

B3

44

Roof Wire

38 (5S–FE)

B6

44

Floor No.2 Wire

44

Floor Wire

36 (1MZ–FE)


38 (5S–FE)

B9 B11

I1

42

Cowl Wire

B12

46

Seat No.1 Wire

I2

42

Engine Wire

B13

44

Front Door LH Wire

I7

42

Cowl Wire

B14

44

Front Door RH Wire

B2

44

Roof Wire

J5

J7 (A)

J8 (B)

ORANGE

GRAY

GRAY


A A A A A A

A A A A A A

C C C

B B B

A A

A A

A

A

(Hint : See Page 7)


J19

J11

(Hint : See Page 7)

J22

J23



(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J26

GRAY A A A A A A (Hint : See Page 7)


J38

J39

A A A A A A


(Hint : See Page 7)

(Hint : See Page 7)

J40

A A

A A

A

A

(Hint : See Page 7)

J OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM

[A] : System Title [B] : Indicates the wiring color. Wire colors are indicated by an alphabetical code. B

= Black

W = White

BR = Brown

L

= Blue

V

SB = Sky Blue

= Violet

R = Red

O = Orange LG = Light Green

P

Y

= Pink

= Yellow

[F] : Junction Block (The number in the circle is the J/B No. and the connector code is shown beside it). Junction Blocks are shaded to clearly separate them from other parts. Example:

GR = Gray

G = Green The first letter indicates the basic wire color and the second letter indicates the color of the stripe. Example:

,,,, ,,,, 3C indicates ,,,, that it is inside ,,,, Junction Block ,,,, ,,,,No.3 ,,,,

L–Y

[G] : Indicates related system.

L (Blue)

[H] : Indicates the wiring harness and wiring harness connector. The wiring harness with male terminal is shown with arrows ( ). Outside numerals are pin numbers.

Y (Yellow)

[C] : The position of the parts is the same as shown in the wiring diagram and wire routing. [D] : Indicates the pin number of the connector. The numbering system is different for female and male connectors. Example : Numbered in order from upper left to lower right

Numbered in order from upper right to lower left

Female

[I]

Male (

)

: ( ) is used to indicate different wiring and connector, etc. when the vehicle model, engine type, or specification is different.

[J] : Indicates a shielded cable. Female

Male

The numbering system for the overall wiring diagram is the same as above [E] : Indicates a Relay Block. No shading is used and only the Relay Block No. is shown to distinguish it from the J/B. Example :

[K] : Indicates and located on ground point. [L] : The same code occuring on the next page indicates that the wire harness is continuous.

Indicates Relay Block No.1

J

SYSTEMS

LOCATION

SYSTEMS

LOCATION

ABS TMC Made . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19–2 TMMK Made . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20–2

Light Auto Turn Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–1

ABS and Traction Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18–2

Power Outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16–3

Air Conditioning Automatic A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29–2 Manual A/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27–2

Power Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22–2

Auto Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24–2 Back–Up Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–4

Moon Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21–2

Power Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1~29–1 Power Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13–2 Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26–3

Cigarette Lighter and Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16–4

Radio and Player Built–In Type Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24–3 Separate Type Amplifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23–2

Combination Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25–2

Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26–2

Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17–2

Remote Control Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12–4

Door Lock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14–2

Shift Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16–2

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator 1MZ–FE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4–2 5S–FE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5–2

SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28–2

Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–4

Engine Control and Engine Immobiliser System 1MZ–FE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–2 5S–FE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3–2

Starting and Ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1–2 Stop Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11–4 Taillight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11–2 Theft Deterrent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15–2

Headlight w/ Daytime Running Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7–2 w/o Daytime Running Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–2 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21–4 Illumination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–2 Interior Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9–3 Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21–3

Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8–2 Wiper and Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12–2 Wireless Door Lock Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14–5


SYSTEM INDEX

1 CAMRY ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM P o w er S o u rc e

S ta rting a n d Ig n ition

1

C ha rg in g

3

2

4

B–G W * * * * *

ACC 2 AM1

IG1 4

W–R 7 AM2

IG2 6

B–R

ST2 8

R

W

B–Y

1 : 1MZ–FE 2 : 5S–FE 3 : w/ Daytime Running Light 4 : TMC Made 5 : TMMK Made

B–R(*2) J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B

1

Y (*3) 4 IK2 J1 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

C

Y (*3) 6 EB1 R–L

IGT1

GND

6

7

3

BR–Y (*1)

GR (*1)

Y

IGT2

5

BR (*1)

To Engine Control Module ED : *1 EC : *2

BR (*2) Rear side of the surge tank(*1) Intake manifold(*2)

G1 B , G2 A GENERATOR

IGT3

BR (*1)

IGF

W

Y (* 3) C

+B

4

To Engine Control Module

R–L

To Daytime Running Light Relay (Main)

Y

N1 NOISE FILTER (Ignition)

IGC1

Y (w/o Daytime Running Light)

IGC2 I 2 IGNITER


C

BR (*2)

IGC3

A

9

B GR(*2 *4) B–O(*2 *5)

BR(*2)

10

A

N1 NOISE FILTER (Ignition)

1

1

2

G

2


B–R

2

B–R

2 Y

B A

1

4 IG2

BR

LG–B (*1)

To Bulb Check Relay [Comb. Meter]

A

1

A

W–R (*1)

B A

2 L

IG

C B GR(*1 *4) B–O(*1 *5)

GR(*4) B–O(*5)

C B


Left kick panel

II2

GR(*4) B–O(*5)

BATTERY


A

J7 A , J8 B

W–B

10

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

FL MAIN 3. 0W

6

GR(*4) B–O(*5) (A/T)

B–G

S1 B , S2 A STARTER 11 A B

N GR

B–R

GR(*4) B–O(*5) (M/T)

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

W–B

1 A

B–R

100A ALT

GR(*4) B–O(*5)

F6 C , F9 F

1


P

1

A

B–R

F4 A , F5 B ,


1 C

A

B–R

2 F


1 F


5 1 B

A

B–R

B

B–R

B–R

A

4


A

2

B

2 Y–R(*2)

11 II2

C7 CLUTCH START SW

11 2J

W–R

9 2K

3

W–R (*2)

5 2D

3

2 B(*2)

3 2B

1

4

B–R (*1)

2

IGF IGT GND

B–W (A/T)

3

12 II3

B–W (M/T)

1

GND IGT IGF W–R

B–W (A/T)

B

1 ST RELAY

40A MAIN

30A AM2

5A ALT–S

B–R

B–G 1 2A

5

4 B 2 1J

B–R (*2)

BR(*2)

2

1 1B

+B

B–G

4 2L

1

+B

B–R

3 2C 1


13 II3

8 1C B–R (*1)

B

3 1J B–W

40A AM1

W–R

B–W

2

1 1K 10A GAUGE

5A IGN

13 A


C8 A , C9 B

B–R (*2)

5A STARTER

W

2 1K


B

CHARGE WARNING LIGHT[COMB. METER]

W


5 1B

B

B–Y

B

B–R

8 1T

B–R

3 1K

I16 IGNITION SW

B–R

B–R

4 1K

B–R

5 1K

1 A L

B B IG A S A

1

B–G

2 3

W

J

1

W

B

25A A/F HTR

W (*1)

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B

100A ALT

40A AM1

B–G

7. 5A OBD

W

FL 1. 25B

C10 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP [COMB. METER]

G–R

W–B W–B

W–B

W–B

IG

A

W–B

W–B

B–Y

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

F4 A , F6 C , F9 F Under the left center pillar


Instrument panel brace LH



BL

A

R–L

5

7 1J

BR

Left radiator side support

B (*1)

L–B M

4

SIL 7

C C

C

(Shielded)

W

EB

EFI RELAY W–B (* 1)

B (*1) F14 FUEL PUMP

7 ID1

8 1J

SG 5

BR

C A

B B

BR

J7 A , J8 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR C B BR BR A B

4

E1 3

+B 12

TE1 D1 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 1

8

* 1 : California

BR

BR

B–Y

BR

L–W

W

B–W

B–R

B–Y

B–R

B–Y

G–R

G–R

B(*1)

B–Y

BATTERY

30A AM2 L–B

FL MAIN 3. 0W

15A EFI 2

A A

A B

W–B

1 ES1

B–R

7

D

D

4

CG

BAT D5 DATA LINK CONNECTOR 3

16

W

1 A

2 W–B (*1)

2

4 EB1

CIR OPN RELAY

1 C

2

L–B

3

1

1

G–R

1

2

1 J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

2 F

10 2C

3

1

2 1D R–L

5 2C 2 2J

A B

C A

5

7 IK1

1 1K

W–B

4 2F

1

2

C A

B–R

B–R

B–R

3

From Airbag Sensor Assembly

1 F

1 2A

3

5

2

L (*1)

2

5

B–W

B–R

W–R B–W (* 1)

B–W

B–R

B–R

1

7 2K

7 1W

5A IGN

3 1K 8 1C

12 II3

B–R

1 1B

B–Y

8 2J

B–Y

B–R

B–R

B–Y

10A GAUGE

4 2L

ST2

IG2 6

IG1 4

I16 IGNITION SW

7 AM2

2 AM1

2

E ng in e C o n trol an d E n gine Im m ob ilis e r S y s tem (1 M Z – F E )

N

M

L

K

J

I

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

(Cont. next page)

L–W

4 1B

1

5 1B

5 1K

W–R

2

2 1K

W

ACC B–Y

1

2

L (*1)

1

1

P o w e r S o ur ce

B

10 1J

2 CAMRY


BR

(Shielded) J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W

W

G–R


A/F HTR RELAY(*1)

2 CAMRY (Cont’ d)

(Cont. next page) * 1 : California * 2 : Except California * 3 : w/ Engine Immobiliser System

E n g in e C o n trol an d E n gine Im m ob ilis er S y s te m (1 M Z – F E )

5 A B

B–R

A

A

B–R

B–W

A

A

To A/C Control Assembly

From Igniter

From ABS and Traction ECU

2

To A/C Amplifier To A/C Control Assembly

From A/C Amplifier From A/C Control Assembly

1

2

To Speedometer [Comb. Meter]

2

1

V

1

B–R

1

2

I13 INJECTOR NO. 6

2

A B–R

1

A

I12 INJECTOR NO. 5

2

I11 INJECTOR NO. 4

1

I10 INJECTOR NO. 3

I9 INJECTOR NO. 2

I8 INJECTOR NO. 1

B–Y

1 ID1

1

V (*6)

GR

BR–Y

LG–B

W–R

L (*9)

LG (*9)

B (*9)

W (*9)

BR–W (*9)

LG–B

B–Y

V–W

V

G

R–L

W

Y

R

L

B–R

B–Y

B–W

W

L–W

B–Y

10 ID1

2

A B–R

L–W

A B–R

W

B–R

F

B–Y(*3) J18 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B–R

E

8

B–R B–Y

V7 VSV(Vapor Pressure Sensor)

D

7

6

B–Y

C

* 4 : TMC Made * 5 : TMMK Made * 6 : Automatic A/C

B–Y 16 A

6 E

+B

W

1 A

2 A

FC

HTS

3 A

9 B

6 D

# 10

1 E

#20

OXS 8 B

EOM

HAFR AFR+

13 C

AFR–

13 B

A/C

EGR

16 B

ACT

14 A

NEO

EVP1

18 E

21 A

EFI+

RSO

7 D

16 E

13 A

EFI–

20 A

25 E

TRC+ TRC–

RSC

13 E

IGF

12 E

IGT3

HTR OXR1 3 D 11 D

15 E

14 B

11 E

IGT2

TW

IGT1

HTL OXL1 4 D 12 D

A

A

B–Y

4

+B 2

B BR

BR

BR



OX

E1

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

4

3

HT

BR

BR

2 II1

(Shielded)

A

2

B

A

E1

1

BR

B–Y

B–Y

+B

Y–R

A

OX

H4 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (Bank 2 Sensor 1)(*2)

B–Y

A

3

HT

BR

A

B–Y

1

(Shielded)

A

W

2

L–B

3

H3 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (Bank 1 Sensor 1)(*2)

A

1

Y–B

R–W

1 B–Y

G–R

1


G–R

B

1

LG

B (*1)

2

B–Y

B B(*1)

2 V5 VSV(EVAP)

BR

4

Y–G

BR

2

BR

B–Y

3

2 V4 VSV(EGR)

4

1

B

N

25 B

SPD

ACIS 17 E

(Shielded)

2

BR

M

AFL– 21 D

B–W(*4) L (*5)

BR

B

L

22 B

TPC


L (*4) B–W(*5)

4 BR

K

# 60

AFL+ 12 D

B–W

2

(Shielded)

E1

3

A29 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR (Bank 2 Sensor 1)(*1)

+B

1

R (*4) B–R(*5)

OX

G(*4) BR(*5)

HT

B–R

3

A28 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR (Bank 1 Sensor 1)(*1)

G–R

J

4 D

9 A

4 E

#50

HAFL

3 D 11 D 20 D

BR

5 EB1

B

10 IG3

1

(Shielded)

E A

P–B

E A B–Y

G–R

B A

G–R

I

3 E

# 40

R–Y

E B G–R

H

2 E

#30

V6 VSV(Intake Air Control)

E B

H8 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (Bank 1 Sensor 2)

B B

B–Y

B–Y

G

5 D

MREL BATT IGSW

B–Y

B–Y


B A

8 A

E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D , E11 E

6 A

B B

SIL

B–Y

B–Y (*3)

9 II3

11 A

TC

BR

BR

BR

BR

BR

B–Y

BR BR

6 II3

BR

BR

D E F G

BR

BR (*1)

C

Rear side of surge tank

ED

J

* 4 : TMC Made * 5 : TMMK Made


Cowl side panel LH


B

BR (*1) BR (*1)

P2 POWER STEERING OIL PRESSURE SW 1

B–L

To Tachometer [Comb. Meter]

B–O

CF

29 E

D B 1 II2

B–W 1

2

L

BR

NE+ 16 D

BR

C2 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR 2

1

B–R

(Shielded)

3 EC1

(Shielded)

W

1 EC1

From Park/Neutral Start SW(A/T) or Clutch Start SW(M/T)

W

W

2 EC1

STA 7 A

GR(*4) B–O(*5)

1

K1 KNOCK SENSOR 1

(Shielded)

K2 KNOCK SENSOR 2 W 1

BR

4 EC1

(Shielded)

KNKR 27 E


NE– 24 D

G22+ 10 E

(Shielded)

RXCK CODE

BR (* 1)

10 C 5 C 4 C

BR

BR (*5 M/T)

Surge tank RH

EC

BR

A

A

BR A

BR A

BR (*2)

A BR A

G

F

E


A BR A D

C

B

B–Y

A

A

BR

BR

BR

BR (*1)

BR

BR A

IMLD

16 C

L

KSW

11 C

B–W

NSW

L–B

20 B

4 IG3

G–W (*3)

8 IG3

3

R–L (*3)

R–Y


E1 E03 E02 E01 17 D 30 E 31 E 21 E

2

1 4

L–Y (*3)

2

T7 TRANSPONDER KEY AMPLIFIER

5 1 A

B–Y (*3)

9

THW

14 D 13 D

W–B (*3)

E1 EGR GAS TEMP. SENSOR

THG

G–Y


From ” STARTER” Fuse

From FAN NO. 1 Relay

TXCT

G–B 2

1

BR

E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D , E11 E

2 D

VC VTA1

23 D 15 A

STP ELS2

18 A

10

BR

ELS

G–O

19 A

From ” TAIL” Fuse

B–Y

18 D

From ” MIRROR–HEATER” Fuse

E2

1

VTA VC

E2

2 BR

3

G–W

From Stop Light SW

L–B

G–W

B–W

KNKL 28 E

Y BR

Y

L

To Unlock Warning SW

G–W

(Shielded)


R–Y

F A

TACH

J27 A , J28 B

Y

Y

To Theft Deterrent ECU

To A/C Amplifier To A/C Control Assembly

B–O

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

BR

BR

27 B

PTNK

17 A

Y

6 ID1 Y

P

B–O

ADJ2 24 E


3 II1

2 Y 3

PTNK

P

VCC

1

E2

BR

5 ID1

4 II1

BR

2 ID1

BR

11

F A

1

Y E2 EGR VALVE POSITION SENSOR

BR

E n gine C o ntro l a n d E ng in e Im mo b ilise r S y s te m(1 M Z – F E )

B

E05 8 D

BR (*1)

PS 9 D

E04 1 D

E2G THA

19 D

3

22 E

W–G

BR 2

VG

10 D

5

2 BR

M2 MASS AIR FLOW METER

BR (*1)

EGLS

* 1 : California * 2 : Except California * 3 : w/ Engine Immobiliser System

1

3

4

L–Y

22 D

B–Y

12

R–B

P

BR

2 CAMRY (Cont’ d)

IE

W–B (*3)

MEMO

3 CAMRY

B

7. 5A OBD

40A AM1

B–R

B–R


30A AM2

B

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–G W–B

BL

A

5

M

4

L–B

W–B EB

L–B

BATTERY

L–B F14 FUEL PUMP

CIR OPN RELAY

B–Y Under the left center pillar


G–R

FL MAIN 3. 0W

5 ID1

6 ID1

P

7 ID1

C10 MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP [COMB. METER]

Y

F4 A , F6 C , F9 F FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

G–R

1 II2

1

3

VCC

8 II4

7 II4


1 A

E A

L–W

100A ALT

G–R 5 EB1

R–L

4 EB1

B–Y

E A

B A

2

PTNK

P

10 IG3

B–R (*1)

1

2

B A

BR

1

3

2

2

Y

1 C

4 2F 5 2C

E B

E2

1

2 ID1

PIM 2

Y

3

VC

E2

1

3 II2 BR

Y

M1 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR BR

2 F

10 2C

E B

B–Y B B

BR

BR

4

3

1

2

B

B–Y

B–Y(*1)

G–R

G–R

L–R

P

B–Y

LG

Y

BR

B–Y

B–W(* 1)

B–R(*1)

B–R

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

T2 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR BR

1 F

15A EFI

2 2J

7

II3

B–Y

B–R

1 2A

EFI RELAY

1 1B

1

9

B–Y (*1)

4 1B

5

B–R 1

D

R–L

2

1


D

2 1D

1 1K

BR

3

1

5

7 IK1

10A GAUGE

B–R (*1)

5A IGN

8 1C

3

* 1 : w/ Engine Immobiliser System * 2 : w/o Engine Immobiliser System

BR

1

7 2K

B–W(*1)

B–R(*2)

7 1W

3 1K

B–R (*2) (*2)

2

W–R

8 2J

B–R

B–Y

B–R

B–R (*1)

4 2L

ST2

IG2 6

IG1 4

2

B–Y

2 1K

I16 IGNITION SW

7 AM2

2 AM1

ACC

B

B–Y

E ng ine C on tro l a nd E n g in e Imm o bilis e r S y s tem (5 S – F E )

BR

10 1J

W

5 1B

5 1K

W–R

1

P ow e r S ou rc e

R

Q

P

O

N

M

L

K

J

I

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

(Cont. next page)


Y

LG

Y

B–Y

A13 A/C EVAPORATOR TEMP. SENSOR L–R

JUNCTION CONNECTOR J27 A , J28 B

B–Y

B–Y

B–Y

B

G–R

W–B

(Cont. next page)

3 CAMRY (Cont’ d) E ng in e C o n trol an d E ng in e Im m ob ilis e r S y stem (5 S – F E ) A B C

B–Y

B–R(*1) B–W(*1) 10 ID1

B–Y

1

B–Y

2

V

2 A

7 C

6 C

15 B

3 C (*1)

1 A

10 C

9 C

23 C

22 C (*2)

#20

#30

# 40

+B

ISCO

ISCC

B (*3)

C

EGR

EVP

ENGINE CONTROL MODULE TXCT 9 D (*1)

SIL J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C C

2


II4

7

2 II3

A B

B B

H8 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (Bank 1 Sensor 2) P–B BR

7 1J

C A

3

1

OX

HT

+B 2

E1 4

W–B (*1)

B

B–Y (*1)

B–Y

W–B


C A

J7 A , J8 B

A A W–B

5

1 II3

SG 5

W–B

8 1J 1

5 B

W

B

CG 4

16 A

HT2 14 C (*1) 21 C (*2)

(Shielded)

BAT 16

JUNCTION CONNECTOR BR

L–Y (* 1) 4

BR

G–W (* 1) 2

B

R–L (* 1) 3

C W

SIL

13 B

(Shielded)

II4

(Shielded)

1

W

OX2

6 A

P–B

CODE 8 D

B

RXCK 3 D

G–R G–R

BATT

B

V–W

12 A 12 A

4 II4 T7 TRANSPONDER KEY AMPLIFIER

L–R

1

From Diode(Idle–Up)

P


B–Y

9 C 24 C

2 A (*2)

B–R

B–L

G–R

G–R

L–R

P

Y LG

10 C 25 C

#10

A

B–Y (*4)

2

P–B

12 B

B–O

5 A 14 A

W

10 B

B–Y

7 B

B–Y

2 B

W

11 B

I11 INJECTOR NO. 4

1 B

B–R

3 B

ELS

Y

4 B

PSSW

4 C 13 A

I10 INJECTOR NO. 3

FC

B–R

W

4 A 14 A

B–Y

12 II2

B–Y(*1) BR A

B–Y B Cowl side panel LH

IE

IG

J11 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Instrument panel brace LH

BR

R

THR 11 B

LG

P Q

PTNK 8 B

Y

O

PIM 2 B

Y–B

N

VTA 10 B

G–B

M

VC 1 B

1

11 C

IGSW

G–B

Y–B

L

THA 3 B

1

3

11 C

L–Y (*1)

THW

1

1

12 C

E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D

4 B

2

2

12 C

G–W (*1)

2

MREL

1

R

TPC

1 A

1

B

2

R–L (*1)


I14 INTAKE AIR TEMP. SENSOR

2

1

7 D

2

L

8 B

B–R (* 1)

16 B

B–W (* 1)

BR

BR

9 B 9 B

I9 INJECTOR NO. 2

I8 INJECTOR NO. 1

6 II4

2

B B–R

B–R

B–W (*1)

5 II4

V

BR

E2 1

K

B

V5 VSV(EVAP)

B

V4 VSV(EGR)

B

V

BR


2

V

BR


B

1

I

B

12 II3

1 ID1

J

B

B–Y

B–R

B–R

V7 VSV(Vapor Pressure Sensor)

H

B B

B–R

G

8


B–Y

F

* 3 : California * 4 : Except California

B–Y

E

7

6

B–Y

B–Y

D

5

B–Y

* 1 : w/ Engine Immobiliser System * 2 : w/o Engine Immobiliser System

BR

BR

D

E

J

B (*3)

C

A11 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR

G (*3)

L–B

R–Y

R–Y

W

B–O

J27 A

BR

A

A

A

A

Intake manifold

14 C (*2)

15 C

EOM 2 D

BR

R–Y

EC

Intake manifold

BR BR

BR EC

A

BR A A

TE1

E01 E02 E03 13 C 26 C 25 C (*1) 13 C 26 C 16 B (*2)

A

J23 JUNCTION A CONNECTOR

IGT2

BR

BR

6 II3

E1 24 C

IGF

BR

BR

L BR

1

13 B

E04 15 C

BR

To Tachometer [Comb. Meter]

1

5 C

KNK

IGT1

15 B (*2)

BR (*4)

3

E1

1 : w/ Engine Immobiliser System 2 : w/o Engine Immobiliser System 3 : California 4 : Except California


7 B (*1)

8

TE1

+B

12

* * * *

BR

BR

L–B


L–B

To Theft Deterrent System

(Shielded) 1

2

17 C L

8 IG3

2

G+

(Shielded)

F A

NE– 6 D 11 D

STA

12 B

NSW

BR

4 IG3

B–O

F A

4 C

12 D

NE+

MGC A/C SW LOCK


PRS

BR (*3)

9 II4

LOCK IN

E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D

STP

3 C 19 C

23 C 17 C 22 C 20 C

BR

3 II4

9 A

8 A

V–W

8 A

7 A

SPD

HT1

H3 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (Bank 1 Sensor 1)

4 D

(Shielded)

TACH

OX1

11 A 11 A

22 A 22 A

20 A

10 A

10 A 15 A

21 A

L–Y 21 A

From MG CLT Relay

18 C 13 A

R–B

19 C 19 A

From A/C SW

1 D

L(*5) W(*6) (*3) 4 A

R–W

KSW

W (*4) 9 A

From A/C SW

AF+

L–Y (*4) 1 C

G–W

8 C

From Stop Light SW W–L

6 B

G

5 B

From A/C Dual Pressure SW

6 B

From ” STARTER” Fuse B–W (A/T)

GR(*5) B–O(*6)

6 B

W–L 10 II3

11

From Ignition Coil and Igniter No. 1, No. 2

B

AF–

14 B

HT 1

W–R

HTAF

(*3)

14 B

B–W(*5) O (*6)

2 C

BR

2 C

OX

3

E1

4

To A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock Sensor Y–R

BR

E

AF–

4

+B

2

BR

BR (*4)

10

From Park/Neutral Position SW(A/T) or Clutch Start SW(M/T) L–W

IMLD

HT

1

AF+

3

B–Y (* 4)

+B

2

9

E n gine C o ntro l a n d E ng in e Im mo bilis er S y s te m (5 S – F E )

B–Y BR

D

B–Y (*4)

B

A

B–Y

3 CAMRY (Cont’ d)

12



BR(*4) BR

BR

BR

BR (*3)

K1 KNOCK SENSOR 1

(Shielded)

B–W


C2 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR

BR

B–R

(Shielded) To Speedometer [Comb. Meter]

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

4 CAMRY

1

2

2 AM1

IG1 4

3 1K

B–Y

1 1K

1 1J

A

7

5 II2

6 II2

1 IJ1

3

II3

4 II2

A

G–W

D

R–B

A

D

R–B

7 2K 8 2J

D

R

W–R

B–Y

E

L–W(*3) 0 (*4)


B–W


B–R

C

L–W(* 3) 0 (*4)


C

B–W

5 1B

4 2L

II2

Y

B–R

W

E Y E

Y

2 1K

9

G–W

PL

8

R–B

RL

9

R–L

I16 IGNITION SW

5 1K

2 1D

NL

10

R

7 1W

DL

3

B–R

ST2

2L

4

L–W

2 II2

LL Y

B–R



IG2 6

2 C

A

R–L

10A GAUGE

5A IGN W–R 7 AM2

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

F B

1 : California 2 : Except California 3 : TMC Made 4 : TMMK Made

4

R–L J28 B R–L

ACC

3

F B

R–L

B–Y

B–R W

* * * *

E le ctro n ic a lly C on tro lled T ra ns m is s io n a nd A /T Ind ic a tor (1 M Z – F E )

P o w er S ou rc e

R–B 1

C A

A B

3

16 IG3

8 A

2 A

MREL IGSW

12 B

3 B

2 B

L

2

R

7 E

8 E

8 A

9 A

16 B


G–O

A


A

C

O2 A O/D MAIN SW 2 4 W–B A A

B

ED

BR (*1)

B

Rear side of surge tank



W–B

EC

W–B

J22 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A BR (*1)

A

Surge tank RH

C G–O C

G–O

E3 ELECTRONICALLY CONTROLLED TRANSMISSION SOLENOID

12 A

G–O

1

BR


10 A

OD2

11 IG3

BR (*2)

From Cruise Control ECU

W–B EB

7 A

10 B

BR

B

W

Y

R

L

W–B

BATTERY

S2

E1 17 D

BR

S1

E02 31 E

BR

SL

6

E01 21 E

2 BR

SLN+

3

E03 30 E

R

SLN–

2

V3 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (Electronically Controlled Transmission)

1

7 II2 L–B

4

L–B

A

J26 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A L–B

NC2+ 14 E

G

L–B

V

P–L

W–L

B A

26 E

A


NC2–

11 A

P

9 E

IDLO

R

S2

6 A

4 B

OD1

N

S1

24 B

D

20 E

B–Y

B B

B–Y

FL MAIN 3. 0W

19 E

SL

B–Y

B–G


1 A

16 A

F4 A , F6 C , F9 F

100A ALT

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

1 C

SLN+

SPD

2

E 7 A , E 8 B , E 9 C , E10 D , E11 E SLN–

22 B

G–W

E2

L

B–R

B–R

2 F

THW

15 IG3

R–B

VTA1

R

VC

10 1H

B–R

NSW

O/D OFF

B–Y

W–B

W–B

B

2 D 23 D 14 D 18 D

20 B

14 IG3

O

B–R

BATT

13 IG3

Y

D

7 C 1 A

5 1V

D

R–L

L–R

Y–B

V–W

R–B

5 2C 4 2F 2 2J

+B 1 F

Y

1 2A

B–R

B–W

B–Y

1 1B

B–R

2

Y

1

See Engine Control and Engine Immobiliser System

To Speedometer [Comb. Meter] From Cruise Control ECU

L–W(*3) 0 (*4)

15A EFI

C A


EFI RELAY

40A AM1

30A AM2

5


2

IF

Left kick panel

J

W

B–R

40A AM1

B–R

B–R L–B L–B

L–B

B–G

J23 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Intake manifold

BR EC

9 A

Intake manifold

13 C 26 C

16 B

SPD 8 A


BR

LOCK–UP

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J27 A , J28 B

W–B

W–B

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

F4 A , F6 C , F9 F EC

A

A

E02

BR

OD2 5 A (*3) 7 A (*4)

IDLO

11 IG3

C

4

2

C

C

12 A

7 C

O2 O/D MAIN SW W–B


6 A

11 A

A

IF

A

A

16 B

7 A

W–B

B NO. 2

W NO. 1


BR (California) A

14 C

BR

15 C

E01

25 C 13 C 26 C

BR

S2

E1 24 C

OD1

G–O

E3 A , E4 B

S1

7 II2

J25 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A L–B

E04 15 C

E03

R

2

L

V–W

1 B

A

A

6 C

21 C

S2

IGSW

W–B

EB

SL

3 B

P 1 A

7 C

1 C

8 C

V

B A

B B

B–Y

G–O


12 A

20 C

S1

STP


TE1

20 A

8 A

9 A

15 IG3

10 1H

5 1V

4 II2

II3

Left kick panel

7

PL


10 A


D

BATTERY

EFI RELAY 12 A

E2

E7 A , E8 B , E9 C

THW

3 A (* 3) 3 A (* 4)

18 A

O/D OFF

FL MAIN 3. 0W

W–B SL

VTA


1 A

B–Y +B

VC

17 A 17 A

16 A 18 A

15 A 19 A

N

100A ALT

B

1 C

B–Y NSW

1 A


BATT MREL

9 A 4 A

7 B 15 B

B–R (*3)

9 B

Y

9 B

R–B

4 B

Y–B

4 B

L–R

10 B

14 IG3

13 IG3

16 IG3 Y

11 B

D

D

L

O

1 B


2

B–R

1 B

B–R (*3) 22 A

R–B


22 A

C A

R

2 F

B–W (*3) 7 D

A B

C A

A

3

8

RL

R–B

1 A

See Engine Control and Engine Immobiliser System

L–W(*1) O (*2)

2 A

II4

Y

2 2J

6

Y

5 2C 4 2F

3

5

L–W(*1) O (*2)

G–W

1 F

1 2A

2

1

D

A

B–R

1 1B

15A EFI

R–B

D

L–W(* 1) O (*2)

1

30A AM2

7 2K 8 2J

R–L

2

W–R

4 2L

J29 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D

1 IJ1

9 II2

9

NL

B–R

2 1K

E

E

II2

10

DL

R

L–W(* 1) O (*2)

E

6

3

2L


R–B

B–Y

Y

5 II2

Y

R–L

2 II2

4

LL L–W

5 1B

J28 B

R–L

A

A

B–R

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

F B

F B


2 C

4

R

G–W

B–W (* 3)

B–R (* 4)

2 1D

10A GAUGE

1 1J

R–L

R

I16 IGNITION SW

7 1W

5A IGN

1 1K

3

1 : TMC Made 2 : TMMK Made 3 : w/ Engine Immobiliser System 4 : w/o Engine Immobiliser System

R–B

5 1K

B–R

IG2 6

3 1K

R–L

* * * *

G–W

ST2

B–Y

IG1 4

ACC

2 R–L

W–R 7 AM2

2 AM1

B–R

E le ctron ic a lly C on tro lle d T ra ns m is s io n a nd A /T Ind ica to r (5 S – F E )

B–Y

W

1

P o w er S ou rc e

5 CAMRY

J OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM P

G–O

G–O

BR


B–Y

6 CAMRY H ea d lig ht (w /o D ay time R u nn in g L ig h t)

P ow er S ou rc e

1

3

2

2

4

1

HEAD RELAY

40A MAIN

4

15A HEAD (LH) 3

15A HEAD (RH)

2

1 3 2B

8 2K 3 2G

3

B

2

1

1

2

D B

D B J35 A , J36 B

8

13 EL

F B

R–L

F B

R–Y

C13 COMBINATION SW

R–L

4

F4 A , F6 C

R–B

R–B

1 C

H

T

HF

HL

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

HI D A

OFF

F A

F A

TAIL R–L

HEAD

R–L

R–B

LIGHT DIMMER SW CONTROL SW

B–G FL MAIN 3. 0W

H2 HEADLIGHT RH

R–B


1 A

3 H1 HEADLIGHT LH

3

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

R–W

R–B B

R–B

B

8 2C

R


6 2G

R–B

J32 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B R–B B

4 2G

LOW HIGH

3 IG1

FLASH 17

R–L

16

7

W–B

8 R–B

C9 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT [COMB. METER]

A A

BATTERY

R–L 9 W–B

W–B


8 1J A J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

7 1J


A W–B

W–B

A


IF

Left kick panel

J

B–R

B

B

B–R

B–R

W–B

IG

JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–B

R–B

B–G 7 1J

8 1J

B

I17 INTEGRATION RELAY A

A

A

16

W–B W–B


IF

A

A

9

Left kick panel


R

LIGHT DIMMER SW CONTROL SW


W–B

FLASH

HIGH

LOW

8

18

8 EB1

20

DIM

2

4

R

2

2

2

7 EB1

4

3

2

2

5 2G

2

2

EB

2

1

3

1

W–B


W–B


B

HI

R–L

A

B

HF

C9 HIGH BEAM INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]


B

T

7

3 IG1

21

H–ON

H–LP

2

2

R

BATTERY

R–B

J27 A , J28 B HEAD

H

8

R–Y

TAIL

OFF

EL

13

3

R–W

3

4

R–Y

R–B

D6 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RELAY(Main)

IND

HEAD RELAY

FL MAIN 3. 0W

2

10A GAUGE R–Y

F4 A , F6 C , F9 F

12

HI

T

W–R

3

1

W–R

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

V–Y TAIL

2

2

R

15A HEAD LH(UPR)

1 A

V–Y +B

19

2

1

R

4 2G

R–B

100A ALT

P–L

2 F

P–L

H

R–L

E

R–W CHG–

To Brake Fluid Level Warning SW PKB

Y

BRK

R

IG

R–W

CSE

G–R

CSO

From TAILLIGHT Relay 17

G–Y

16

R

CSB

22

To Integration Relay

13

3 2G

2

5A DRL NO. 2

14

To Parking Brake SW

4

From Generator

23

8 2K

3

1

DIM RELAY

5

7 1V

40A MAIN

4

R–L

R

15

D A

1 1W

2

1

3 2B

4

2 2G

R–B


W–B

DRL NO. 4 RELAY

R–B

H1 HEADLIGHT LH

15A HEAD RH(UPR)

6

8 IG1 GR–R

9 IG1

GR–R

4 IG1

F B

R–L

3

CLTE

SHORT PIN

4

12 2J

7. 5A DOME

R

CLTS

2

1

1 2A

3

R–B

1

CLTB

1 1J

1 1K

2

2

1

R–W

R

10A H–LP LH(LWR)

1 1B

1

A40 AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL SENSOR

IG1 4

ACC

I16 IGNITION SW

2 AM1

B–Y

B

B

H ea dlig ht (w / D a y tim e R u n ning L igh t)

R–L

2

2

3

1

2

1

2

D2 DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT RESISTOR

R–B

H2 HEADLIGHT RH

3

1

2

R–G

1 C

40A AM1

2

2 1K

W

1

P o w e r S o ur ce

10A H–LP RH(LWR)

1 F

7 CAMRY


R–Y

R–Y

C13 COMBINATION SW

W–B

R–B

8 CAMRY P o w er S ou rc e

T urn S ign al a nd H a za rd W ar ning L igh t

1

B ac k – U p L igh t

3

2

4

B ACC 2 AM1

IG1 4

B–Y 1 1K

R–L

R–L

10A GAUGE

W

7. 5A TURN

I16 IGNITION SW

1 2A

10A HAZARD 2 II2 F

2 1L

1 1J

H7 HAZARD SW

2

F 40A AM1

W

10 TB

R–L

TL

2

B2

TR

TL

OFF

LH

ON

OFF

TB

A

TR

5

6

G–W

G–R

1

3

G–Y

B–R

G–B 8 1V

6 1H 5 1A

3

8 A (A/T) 1 B (M/T)

1

3

R10 BACK–UP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]

W–B

W–B

5 1V

R–B C

W–B

Back panel center

3 13 1S

R–B

1

3 II3

R8 BACK–UP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

BP

2 B (M/T)

R–B

2

W–B

W–B IF

2 A (A/T)

R–B

3

W–B

Left kick panel

R–L (5S–FE)

R–B

W–B

A

A

B B

A

W–B


B A

W–B J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

F2 FRONT TURN SIGNAL J35 A , J36 B LIGHT RH JUNCTION CONNECTOR G–Y G–Y

5

2 1A R11 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]

G–Y 6

W–B

EB

C 9 B , C10 C TURN SIGNAL INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER]

IG

G–Y


16 B

W–B


1 C LH

A

W–B

BATTERY

W–B

2

F1 FRONT TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH

G–B 3

1 B RH

W–B

FL MAIN 3. 0W

5

1 EB1

G–B

B–G

B

C

6

G–B

G–B

1 C

C

R9 REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

C J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A

R–B

6 1S G–B


10 1C

8 1H

11 1S

G–B

F4 A , F6 C ,

G–Y

2 F

100A ALT

D G–Y

T6 TURN SIGNAL FLASHER

B–R

B–R 1 F

1

G–B

2

P1 A BACK–UP LIGHT SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW](A/T)

D

G–Y

B1 B BACK–UP LIGHT SW (M/T)

G–Y

1 A

J15 JUNCTION CONNECTOR D

RH


R–L (1MZ–FE)

9

G–B

7


C13 TURN SIGNAL SW [COMB. SW]

1 1 1B

R–L (5S–FE)

G–B

8

B1

F

R–L (1MZ–FE)

G–R

2 1K


3 2K R–L

C J27 JUNCTION CONNECTOR Under the left center pillar


J

J OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM L6 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT SW R–Y

L5 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LIGHT

1

2

R–Y 1

R

From Theft Deterrent ECU

R–Y

Cowl side panel LH

I15 IGNITION KEY CYLINDER LIGHT 2

G–R

1 : w/ Fade Out 2 : w/o Fade Out 3 : w/o Theft Deterrent System 4 : w/ Theft Deterrent System

3 1V

W–B W–B

BM Roof left

2

R–W (*1)

R–W

From Wireless Door Lock ECU

D A


R–G

E A

6 IN2

E A

R–G

D12 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT LH R–G 1

7 1S 1 1G

W–B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR


A A B

J 9 A , J10 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–G

R–G


F4 A , F6 C , F9 F

1 F

100A ALT

2 F

B–R

1 A

B

B–R

1 C

1 1B

1

B–R

40A AM1

2

2 1K

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

B–G

FL MAIN 3. 0W

BATTERY

IG

J11 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B

C A

8 A (*3)

6 B (*4)

10

6

3 C 2 C 1 C

I16 IGNITION SW

ACC

IG1 4 2 AM1

B

R–G

7 1J

4 C

B–Y

B

1

W

R–G

D13 DOOR COURTESY SW FRONT RH R–G 1

E A

2

1 D7 DIODE (Courtesy)

I18 A , B I17 C ,

7

R–G

INTEGRATION RELAY

10A GAUGE

R–W

D B

4 1G

4

R–W

R–G

See Taillight System

1

R–W 1

R–W

J33 A , J34 B

See Headlight System

D15 DOOR COURTESY SW REAR RH R–W


1

7. 5A DOME 1 1K

8 IN2

R–W

R–W

D A

12 1S

9 1S 1 1W

12 2J

2 SHORT PIN

R

R–W (*2)

E B

R

8 1G

R–Y

G–R

E B

11 1H 6 1F 1 1M 2 1F

2 1M

2

5 1F

R

R

1

1 2A

R–W (*2)

1

DOOR I19 INTERIOR LIGHT

D A

R

From Light Failure Sensor

ON OFF

R

R–W

L ig h t A u to T ur n O ff

W–B

P5 PERSONAL LIGHT

C16 CONDENSER 2 1

R

2

W–B (w/ Moon Roof)

1

2

R (w/ Moon Roof)


1

R

D10 DIODE (Dome)

2

* * * *

G–R

R–W

2 V8 VANITY LIGHT LH

R

P ow er S ou rc e

W–B

W–B 1

R

R

3

In te rio r L igh t

V9 VANITY LIGHT RH

R

9 CAMRY

W–B

2

W–B 1

R

3 1F

1

R

R

IE

11

E

10

R–W

E


R

R

4

C9 OPEN DOOR WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]


* 1 : Separate Type Amplifier * 2 : Built–In Type Amplifier * 3 : Automatic A/C

Illu mina tio n

1

* 4 : Manual A/C * 5 : w/ Daytime Running Light * 6 : w/o Daytime Running Light

3

2

4

G 1

5

TAILLIGHT RELAY

7. 5A PANEL 2

A A

3

A A

A A

A A

J30 A , J31 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR 4 1B

6 1C

4 1J

G

1

W–B

2

G3 GLOVE BOX LIGHT AND SW

B

J5 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C10 COMBINATION METER ILLUMINATION [COMB. METER]

R4 C

A A A W–B

A A B

W–B

B

A

3

D A

B 8 1J

6 1V

4 1H

B

E B

D A

1 E

D A

W–B

BATTERY

12

5 IH2

E B


13

W–G (*1)

A A

3

W–G (*1)

W–G (*2)

W–B A


1

B

A A

16

9 C

RADIO AND PLAYER

5 B

R2 B , R3 A

3

RADIO AND PLAYER

H7 HAZARD SW

2

2 C

O2 A/T SHIFT LEVER ILLUMINATION [O/D MAIN SW] B

G (*1)

G

2 B

HEAD

FL MAIN 3. 0W

1

10 A

B (*3)

TAIL

C13 COMBINATION SW

2

A24 ASHTRAY ILLUMINATION

A B

12


B (*4)

A B

G

G (*3)

B5 BLOWER SW

7

10 IH1

B B

G (*4)

3

6

B (*4)

A B

4

A14 A/C SW

A B

1

B B

G (*4)

B–G

LIGHT CONTROL SW

OFF

2

B

H

C5 CIGARETTE LIGHTER ILLUMINATION

T

2 B (*4)

EL

To Daytime Running Light Relay(Main)

14

From Daytime Running Light Relay(Main)

1


6

G

G (*4)


B B

G

B B

G

B B

B A

G

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

G (*2)

G–Y (*5)

G

F4 A , F9 F

1 A

B A

G–R (*5)

2

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

100A ALT

G (*1)

A

G–R (*6)

B–R 2 F

A B

G

G–R J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

A B

J13 A , J14 B

A

B–R B–R 1 F

5 1D

T

ILL 2 R7 RHEOSTAT

B

J16 A , J17 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B

7 1J W–B J11 JUNCTION CONNECTOR IG


IF

Left kick panel

J


5

2

W–B

R10 TAILLIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] 4 G–O

9

W–B 3

G–O

G–O

G

Back panel center W–B W–B A A J40 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

W–B

3

5

1

R9 TAILLIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH] SIDE MARKER G W–B (*6)

1

G

L1 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT LH W–B

2

G

G (*6)

G–O

* 1 : TMC Made w/ ABS w/o Traction Control * 2 : TMMK Made w/ ABS w/o Traction Control * 3 : w/ ABS and Traction Control

3

W–B

1

W–B

2

1

C B

W–B

W–B



1 1B

A

A

W–B


BATTERY

IG


8 1J 7 1J

HEAD

TAIL

C13 COMBINATION SW

W–B A

F4 A , F9 F FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

B–G

FL MAIN 3. 0W

100A ALT 1 A

B–R

2 F

B–R

B–R 1

16

EL H T OFF

1

14

2

A

B–R

1 F

40A AM1 2

2 1K

W

W–B

LIGHT CONTROL SW

B–R

4 1B

7 1C

W

G–R (*5)

I17 INTEGRATION RELAY G

To Wireless Door Lock ECU To Theft Deterrent ECU

15A STOP

2 AM1

1

TAILLIGHT RELAY

From Daytime Running Light Relay(Main) G–Y (*4)

J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR G–R (*4) A G–R A

6 1C

3 2

1

5

I16 IGNITION SW

IG1 4

ACC

To Daytime Running Light Relay(Main)

G–R


1

W–B 2

G–O

EB

F1 FRONT PARKING LIGHT LH

A A

A A G–O (1MZ–FE)

G–O

C B


F2 FRONT PARKING LIGHT RH

G–O A

9 1C

10A TAIL

G–O

G–O

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

G

2

G

J35 A , J36 B

8 1S

G

TAIL

B–Y

2

G

L2 LICENSE PLATE LIGHT RH W–B

BL

W–B

5

1

W–B

G–O

3

11

W–B R11 TAILLIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH] SIDE MARKER W–B G (*6)

BP

W–B

3

W–B 4

G–O

Under the left center pillar

8

R8 TAILLIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

TAIL

T a illig ht

Back panel center

R9 STOP LIGHT LH [REAR COMB. LIGHT LH]

BP

W–B W–B

G–R

5

2

2 4

5 IF2

Y–G

W–B

G–O

P ow er S ou rc e

BL

A A

1

2

1

W–B

G (*6)

11 CAMRY



2 1H

7 L3 LIGHT FAILURE SENSOR

C 8 A , C10 C

Y–G

R–L

1 1S

W–B

G–R

7 C

D

2 1D

1 1K

* 4 : w/ Daytime Running Light * 5 : w/o Daytime Running Light * 6 : TMC Made

W

10A GAUGE

R–L

D

R–L

3

5 1R

G–W (*3)

H10 HIGH MOUNTED STOP LIGHT R

R To Condenser R11 STOP LIGHT RH [REAR COMB. LIGHT RH]

3 A

To ABS and Traction ECU

G–W

To Shift Lock ECU


G–W (*2)

G–W

G–W


To ABS Actuator and ECU

C B

G–W (*1) C B

To ABS ECU


G–W

A A

1


4

S top L igh t

4 1R

G–W 2

W

2 1S

S6 STOP LIGHT SW

12 CAMRY P o w e r S o u rc e

W ipe r a n d W a s h er

1

R em o te C o n trol M irr or

3

2

4 * 1 : TMMK Made * 2 : TMC Made w/ Mirror Heater * 3 : TMC Made w/o Mirror Heater

L–R

IG1 4

B–Y

L–R

ACC 3 2 AM1

1 1K

6 1K

I16 IGNITION SW W

25A WIPER

40A AM1

E A

+B

+2

+1

+S

INT1

INT2

B1

EW

WF

2

M WF

EW

WIPER RELAY +2

2

8

+1 7

+S

LEFT

+B

16

RIGHT

UP

MH L

L–Y

L–B

L–O

W–B

HL

LEFT/ UP

8

A

A

VR 7

B

4 2F

15 IM1 LG–R

LG–B

BR–R

1 A

3 A

2 A

1 A

3 A

2 A (*1)

4 B

2 B

3 B

4 B

2 B

3 B (*2)

3 C

1 C

2 C

3 C

1 C

2 C (*3)


4 M

M

M

M W–B


14 IM1

A W–B

IG

16 IM1

LG–R

W–B

E F3 FRONT WIPER MOTOR

A

15 IE1

BR–Y

10 2J


14 IE1

BR–W

W–B

M

BATTERY

16 IE1

C

W–B

W–B

FL MAIN 3. 0W

LG–B

S

BR–R

+1

10

C LG–R

2 BR–Y

1

BR–W

B–G

+2

5

E

6

C L

3

M+ LG–B



A

1

LG–R

L

VL BR–Y

5

L–W

1 A

RIGHT/ DOWN

MV

HR BR–R

F4 A , F9 F

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

6 IK1

DOWN

17 SELECT SW

L–W

B–R

B–R

11

R6 REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR SW

9 B

WASHER

OPERATION SW

W2 WASHER MOTOR

B–R 100A ALT

P–L

V

LO

L

L 2

1

2 F


A E B

HI

1 F

A

OFF INT

1 1 1B

1 1T P–L

2

C11 WIPER AND WASHER SW [COMB. SW]

L


2 1K

1 1A

To Wireless Door Lock ECU

4 1C

15A CIG


EB

R16 A , B , C

R17 A , B , C



IF

Left kick panel

J

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

100A ALT

J33 A , J34 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B (*3)

B–G Cowl side panel LH

W–B

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

2

R

UP G

L–W

See Light Auto Turn Off System

INTEGRATION RELAY

I18 A , B

F4 A , F9 F

M P11 POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT RH

1

2

1

5

D

R

UP G

M P12 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR LH

1

U

3

1

U

2

5

D

1

4 SD

2 SU

M P13 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REAR RH

B

3 BP1

2 BP1

G

W–B(*4) G

P10 POWER WINDOW MOTOR FRONT LH

2

R

1

B

4 SD

2 SU

UP

W–B

W–B

IE

M

L 3

U

D

G–W

R

IG

1

B

3

G–B

2

G–Y

SD

R–B

5

3 BO1

G–B

SU

1 BP1

R–Y

2 BO1

7 IN2

5 IN2

G–B

3 1V

4

1 BO1

5 IM2

4 IM2

DOWN

R–L

L

L

DOWN

L

5 IF1

12 IE2

6 IE2

13

RRD

DOWN



A

6 IM2

DOWN L

L

DOWN L

1 IF1

9 IE2

7 IE2

8

RRU

DOWN

BATTERY

L–W

R–B

7 1G

W–B (*3)

R–B

FL MAIN 3. 0W

UP L

20 IE1

NORMAL WINDOW LOCK SW A

UP

9 IN2

11 IE2 G–W

W–B (*4)

LOCK

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A L A

5 IE2 R–L

W–B (*4)

5

G–Y

A

A

DD

1

G

DU

R–Y

1 A

W–B W–B (*3) J38 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A

4

E

12

RLD

G–B

A A

L

C B

3

E

9

RLU

REAR RH

R–B

2 F

6 B

13 1G L

3 1S

UP

7 1J

G–W

7 1S

1 1D

R–L

13 A (* 1) 1 B (* 2)

6

PD

G–Y

8 A

10

14

PU

REAR LH

R–Y

B–R

10A GAUGE

6

(*2) 3 B

3

FRONT RH

P9 POWER WINDOW MASTER SW

G–B

1 1B

R–B

1

7

2

POWER RELAY

BW

4

1 : w/o Theft Deterrent System 2 : w/ Theft Deterrent System 3 : TMC Made 4 : TMMK Made

UP

(*1)12 A

5

11

3

* * * *

R–B

1 F

W

40A AM1

1

BW

B

L(*4)

2

10

B

B

L(*3)

FRONT LH


10 IE2 L(*3)

2

30A POWER

12 1G

L(*4)

2 1K

25A DOOR

1

5 1G 4 1B

L

L(*3)

1 1K

IG1 4 B–Y

ACC

R–B

2

P o w er W in do w

L(*4)

I16 IGNITION SW

1

B–R

2 AM1

P o w er S ou rc e

13 CAMRY


P8 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR RH

P7 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW REAR LH

P6 POWER WINDOW CONTROL SW FRONT RH

DOWN R

MEMO

L–W

B–R

SHORT PIN

B

B–R

B–R

J33 A , J34 B

25A DOOR W–B (*3)

B–G

FL MAIN 3. 0W IE

Cowl side panel LH

W–B (*3)

7 1G

W–B (*4) W–B (*4)

(*3)

20 IM1

W–B (*3)

20 IE1

W–B (*4) W–B

W–B

IJ

W–B (*4)

W–B (*3)

Right kick panel

W–B (*4)


A

W–B (*4)

3 1V

W–B (*3)

W–B

D18 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW RH G UNLOCK W–B(*3)

LOCK


A

W–B (*3)

2

W–B(*4)

M

3


1

4

11 IE1

8 IE2

3 IE2

L–R


L–R

BL


IG

P9 DOOR LOCK CONTROL SW LH [POWER WINDOW MASTER SW] G W–B UNLOCK (*4) W–B (*3) LG LOCK


LG A

F

F

F

7 A

W–B

6 BO1

M

3


A

2

4

1

4 BO1

7 BO1

L–Y

5 BO1

6 IF2

7 IF2

L–B

L–B (*1)

L–B

L–R

L–R

L–R

2 IF2

25 B

6 A 12 B

B B

C A

C B

B A

L–Y

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J30 A , J31 B

C B B A

B A

B B

L–B

L–B

L–R

L–R

4

1 IN2

2 IN2

7 B

10 A

1 : w/o Theft Deterrent System 2 : w/ Theft Deterrent System 3 : TMC Made 4 : TMMK Made

C A

C A

* * * *

W–B(* 4)

W–B(* 3)

L–Y

L–B

L–B

L–R

L–R

Y

L–Y

L–R

L–W

R–G

11 A (*1) 9 B (*2)

R–Y

M

L

K

J

I

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

(Cont. next page)

L–Y

BATTERY

A

UNLOCK W–B (*3)

L–R

F9 F

From Theft Deterrent ECU W–B (*4)

J39 JUNCTION A W–BCONNECTOR


A

L–W A

L–R

A

1

3

L(*2) L–B

A

2

L(*2)

L–R

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

R–G W–B (*4)

1

2

F

7 1S

6 B

8 A


6

9 A (*1) 5 B (*2)

3

L–R

L–R

F4 A , F6 C ,

3

3

4 IM1

L–B(*1)

L–B

100A ALT

LG D17 DOOR KEY LOCK AND UNLOCK SW FRONT RH L UNLOCK

2 F

4

LG 5


6

3 IM1

L–W

7

R–G 4 IE1

L–W

3 IE1

A

L

2

12 IM1

B

L–W

J37 JUNCTION ACONNECTOR

B

11 B


1 F

JUNCTION CONNECTOR G

13 IM1

B

B

B

A

R–G


4 1B

LG

G

12 IE1


13 IE1

E

B

B

5 A 20 B L L–R

L–Y

1 A

7. 5A DOME

D

B

R–G

3 A 18 B

L–W

D

R–G

1 1D

E

G

J6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR E

4 A 19 B

I18 A , B INTEGRATION RELAY

R–Y

L–B

1 C

L–W See Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning System

5 1M

5

2

L–W L

1 2A

D

2 A (*1) 17 B (*2) R–G

C B

1 A

16 B

8 1G

L–R

A A

7 1J

10

1 1W

L–R

1

13 A (*1) 1 B (*2)

1

D o o r L o c k C o n trol

L–B

2

12 2J

R

P ow e r S o urc e

14 CAMRY


Y

D21 DOOR LOCK MOTOR AND DOOR UNLOCK DETECTION SW REAR LH W–B

W–B (*4)

W–B

LOCK

14 CAMRY (Cont’ d) W ire le s s D oo r L o ck C on trol

5 A

R–Y

1

2

E A

From Remote Control Mirror SW V 1 G–R

E B

E B

D A

B A

J33 A , J34 B

D A

G–R

L–R

D A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J 9 A , J10 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR

L–Y

C

4 L–Y

Y C

L–R

9

B B


C

Y

10

13 L–Y

From Theft Deterrent ECU G

5

12

L–Y C

F

L–B

11

14

LG


8

R–W

7

Y

E

L–R


To Door Courtesy SW Front RH, Rear RH

L–W 15

D

8

R

R–G



D B

C

7

6

R

D10 DIODE (Dome)

B


L–Y H

M

4

From TAILLIGHT Relay

1



1 (*3) 4 (*4)

3

L–Y

M

2

4 BP1

L–B

4 (*3) 1 (*4)

7 BP1

L–R

3


2

5 BP1

Y

L–B

L–R

L–Y

11 IM1

W–B

3 IM2

3 IN2

L–Y

G–R

7 IM2

K

10 IG1

L–B

L–B

Y

J

L–B

L–Y

I

L–R

A W–B


W–B(*4)

W–B

Right kick panel

IK

W–B

M

A

6 BP1

W–B(*3)

W–B

L

BN

Under the right center pillar

Left kick panel

IF

J

1

2

2 IF1

Back panel center BP

J33 JUNCTION CONNECTOR C

C LUG

7 A

Left radiator side support IF

A

A 6 IF1

To Door Unlock Detection SW Rear LH, RH

Y

To Door Unlock Detection SW Front RH

L

To Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front RH

L–W

To Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH, RH

R–G

To Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH

L–R

To Door Unlock Detection SW Front LH

R–G

To Door Courtesy SW Front RH

R–W

To Door Courtesy SW Front RH, Rear RH

R–G

To Door Courtesy SW Front LH

L–B


2 F

B

FL MAIN 3. 0W 1 A

25A DOOR B–G

BATTERY

100A ALT 1 F

B–R

1 C

L–W

EB Left kick panel

5

9

E A

D B D B

L–Y

B–R B–R

B–R

IH

Instrument panel brace RH

2

3 IK1

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

1

1 IG3

From Engine Control Module R–Y

J 9 A , J10 B

3 A

DSWH IND E

7 B 2 A

DSWL LSWR

16 A

LSWP

To Luggage Compartment Light SW

15 A

UL2

R–Y

10 A

L2

R–Y

8 A

UL3

W–B

9 A

LSWD KSW

W–B

14 A

DSWD

IG

13 A

A B 1 1B

B–R

4 1B

1

2

2 1K

BR

R–Y


40A AM1

I16 IGNITION SW

IG1 4

W

B–R


1 1D

1

2 AM1

ACC

15A ECU–IG

C A

8 1D

1 1K

B–Y

CTY

DSWP

L–W

+B2

L–W

1 B

C

C


8 1G

1 1W

12 2J

2

1

1 2A B

2

7. 5A DOME

B–R


5 A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–Y

SHORT PIN R

R–Y

W–B

1 A

J16 A , J17 B

T 3 B , T 4 A THEFT DETERRENT ECU

9 B

SH +B1

R

11 A

W–L

D B

E A

2 D10 DIODE (Dome) 1

5 IG3

4 IK1

1

2

3 2F

W–L

B

4 A

TAIL

G–R

11 B

G–R

W–L

B


10A HORN

W

B


B

B 10 IG1

G–R

From TAILLIGHT Relay

6 B

R–B

3

T h eft D e te rren t

G–W

6 A

R–B

PANI

18 A

From HEAD Relay(*1) From Daytime Running Light Relay(Main)(*2)

HORN

12 B

G–B

T1 THEFT DETERRENT HORN R

P o w e r S o ur ce

G–W

E6 ENGINE HOOD COURTESY SW

HEAD

11 IG1

G–B

7 IG3

From HORN Relay

10 B

LG


15 CAMRY

L4 LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT KEY UNLOCK SW G–W W–B

4

* 1 : w/o Daytime Running Light * 2 : w/ Daytime Running Light


16 CAMRY P ow er S ou rc e

Power O u tlet

S h ift L o c k

1

2

C ig are tte L ig h te r an d C loc k

3

G

4

R

L–R

IG1 4

B–Y

R

ACC 3

1 1K

G

L–R

2 AM1

W

1 1W

6 1K

I16 IGNITION SW W

R

2 1K

12 2J

15A POWER– OUTLET

8 1D G–W

C

SLS–

SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID 1 2

L

V

1

1 1B

1 2A

L–B

1

2

1

D B

3

1

4

2

C6 CLOCK

S3 SHIFT LOCK ECU

4 W–B

W–B W–B

W–B 8 1J

W–B

5 IG1

4 1V

L–B

A

2

A

7 1J

IG


W–B

A

W–B

Left kick panel


A

W–B

IF


BATTERY

3 1V

A

1 W–B

A

W–B


K3 KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID

B–G FL MAIN 3. 0W

2

KLS+

5


1 A

1 C

2 G

E A

R

G

P

G–R 3

C4 CIGARETTE LIGHTER

B

B–R

B–R


100A ALT

A B

G–W 1

P4 POWER OUTLET

P1

2 F

A

P–L

P2

E 1 F

A A A

SHIFT LOCK CONTROL SW

B–R

B–R

B–R

A

J16 A , J17 B

SHORT PIN

P–L

40A AM1

4 1B

2

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

STP SLS+


TAILLIGHT RELAY 6 1C

ACC

5 1

1 1T

L–R

2

1

6 1J

J30 A , J31 B

IG

2

1

6 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

3

5 1J

1

P–L

2

From Stop Light SW

R

3

8 1G

15A CIG D10 DIODE (Dome)

C

P–L

7. 5A DOME

B–R

B–R

7. 5A PANEL


R–Y

G 5 1D

15A ECU–IG

IE

A

Cowl side panel LH

IG


IF

Left kick panel

J

W

15A STOP

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R R–L O

F4 A , F9 F FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK D

B–G D

D

4

J2 JUNCTION CONNECTOR O


W

CRUISE

LG–R

O

W–B

3 C12 CRUISE CONTROL SW [COMB. SW]

W–B IG

A

7 1J

8 1J

W–B

CANCEL

A A



A A


SET/ COAST

A A

W–B

M

1

15

MO R–G

RESUME/ ACCEL

CMS CCS

A B

16

GND

2

7

MC

4

3

SPD

12

R–Y

L

2

STP–

8

4

1

2

5 1R

4 1R

A A

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

J27 A

A A

R–Y

EP

5

10

CCS

OD

14

3

G–W

BATTERY

C10 CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR LIGHT[COMB. METER] O

W–L

FL MAIN 3. 0W

11

CMS

IDL

13

W–B

5 IG2

5

B–R

4

TC

6

L–R

ECT

G–B

G–W

10

PI


V–W

D

3

P1 D POSITION SW [PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SW]

4

* 1 : 1MZ–FE A/T * 2 : 5S–FE A/T

W

1 A

R–L 7


100A ALT

J12 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B–R

B

A

B–R

C14 CRUISE CONTROL CLUTCH SW A

9 II2

10

2

L–B (A/T)

9

B–R J29 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B–R (M/T) A

D

Y–B (A/T)

2 F

2

A

A

A

A


B–R

C

R–L (M/T) 1

2 II2

R–L (*2)

C

9 1J

15A ECU–IG

D A

F B

To Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid

D

10A GAUGE

1 1J

F B


D

2 1D

1 1K


3


1 F

B–Y

R–L (*1)

1 1B

40A AM1

I16 IGNITION SW

IG1 4

ACC

R–L (A/T)

R–L (*2)

1

2

2 1K

2 AM1

R–L

2W

C ru is e C on trol

R–L (*1)

4 1B

7 1C

W

1

P ow e r S o urc e

17 CAMRY

J OVERALL ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAM S6 STOP LIGHT SW

G–W C3 CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR

R–B

W–B

To Data Link Connector 1, 2

To Data Link Connector 2

18 CAMRY P ow e r S o urc e

A B S an d T rac tion C on tro l

1


3

2

4

R–L

8 IK2

GR–L

IG1 4 B–Y 3

O BR

2 IK1 B B

MR

23 A

9 A

TS

TC

SR

R–L

24 A 11 A

R+

LG–R

R–Y

GR

GR–L

1 A

MT

22 A D/G

W–B

1 IL1 II3

A

A W–B

BR

1



2

BR

(Shielded) B(*1) L(*2)

W(*1) P(*2)

1

(*2)

2

2


1

BR

3 IL1

(Shielded) G(*1) BR(*2)

J8 B

2

9 ID1

R(*1) Y(*2)

J7 A ,

1


A A

(*2)

A B

2 IL1

W–B 3 ID1

6

G

W–B (*2)

A B

A9 ABS SPEED SENSOR R FRONT LH

W–B (*2)

W–B

1

4 ID1

6 IK2

W–B

1 IK2

W–B

W–B (*2)

RR– GND3 GND2 GND1 10 B 9 C 10 C 15 A B

4

RR+ 9 B W

RL– 1 B G

B

W

G

R

RL+ 2 B R

FL– FR+ FR– 4 A 17 A 18 A

W–B (*2)

W–B


A

GR–R

R–W

R

LG–B

14 A

AST

LG T5 TRACTION OFF SW

From Stop Light SW

8 1J

W–B



W–B

C

10 A

FL+ 5 A

7 1J

C L C

12 A

CSW 11 B

A B

L

BATTERY

25 A


G–W


G–B

7 C

SFLR SRRH SRRR SRLH SRLR

L

LG

B

W

BR–W

L

G–B

G–B

L

B–G

C

8 C

G–Y

1 C

R–G

2 C

W–R

W–L

L–B

W–R

R–B

Y–B

Y–R

B–Y

6 C 13 A 26 A

WA WT NEO EFI+ EFI– TRC+ TRC– STP 4 B 12 B 15 B 6 B 14 B 13 B 5 B 16 B

LG

18 IG3

4 C 12 C

J8 B

12 IK2

C A

J7 A ,


JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B

L

3 B

17

R–L

5 B

B

3

ABS TRC 14

LG–R

4 A

B

LG–R

10 A

MT

P–B

5 A

LG–R

11 A

II3

B

4

LG–R

6 A

11

R–Y

12 A


8 II3

LG–R(*1) P–B(*2)

R–Y

3 A

A15 A , A16 B , A17 C IND 3 B

C

EA

LG(* 1) B–Y(*2)

9 A

SRRH SRRR SRLH SRLR AST

TC

11

5 II3 G–B

1 A

SRC1 SRC2 SMC1 SMC2 SFRH SFRR SFLH


Right radiator side support

BM

E1

TC

16 G–B

8 A

G–B

LG

12 IG3

5 C

IG1

5 A

19 IG3

B–R

B–R 8 B

C

FL MAIN 3. 0W

W–R

W–L

W–B 2 A

SFLR


TS

22

M

SRC1 SRC2 SMC1 SMC2 SFRH SFRR SFLH

SLIP

4 C R–L

F4 A , F5 B ,

ABS

1 A

BS

10 A/D


WA 2 B


5 IK2

L

100A ALT

3 C

GR–R

4 B

GND

7 C

TRAC OFF

2 F

3

5

AB

R–L

B–R

B–R 1 F

A7 A , A8 B

C

B–G 1 B

3

C

7 A C 8 A , C10 C COMBINATION METER

3 GR–R


1 B

B–R

B–R

D

3

W–B

9 1J

D

3

(Short Pin)

W–B


1 1B

2

4

23

R–L(*1) Y–B(*2)

3

R–L J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

3

4 II3

WB

2 1D 1

4

ABS MOTOR RELAY

3

15A ECU–IG

10A GAUGE

60A FL ABS

40A AM1

1

ABS SOL RELAY

W

1 1K

2

1

6

2

I16 IGNITION SW

2 1K 2

5


1


3

R–L

2 AM1

3


GR ACC

EA

EC

JUNCTION CONNECTOR IG

Right radiator side support

Surge tank RH

J

W

B–R GR–L

W–B

GR–L

W–R

B–R

B–G

B–R W–R

R–B

60A FL ABS

B–G SFRR SFLH

R–B SFRH

W–R SRLH

4 A

6 B

BS

SRLR MT

3 A

A4 A , A5 B

E

W–B

W–R Right radiator side support

1 A

W–B

IG

2

W–B




1

2


1

2 IL1

1 IL1

3 ID1

9 ID1

10 B

23 B

RR+

FR+

3 A

22 B

RR–

FR–

9 A

C A

II3

Surge tank RH (1MZ–FE) Intake manifold (5S–FE)

EC

J22(1MZ–FE) A J23(5S–FE) JUNCTION CONNECTOR A

6

J7 A , J8 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR B B

BR

EA

A

W–B

2 A

RL+

FL+

8 A

9 B

RL–

FL–

2 A STP

5 B

G

BM

M

ABS ACTUATOR

12 B

GND

ABS ECU

W–B

25 B

GND2

D/G

24 B

R

W–R

2 B

SRRH SRRR

8 B

TC

8 B

A10 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT RH 1 2

B

W–B

W–L

SFLR

4 B

L–B 7 B

W–L

3 B

G–Y

5 B

10 A

MT

R–W

1 B

5 IK2 LG–B

13 IK2

14 B

15 B G–Y

12 IK2

11 A

W–R

6 A

SRLR LG–B

11 IK2

12 A

R–G

5 A

SRLH

TS

LG–R

W

BATTERY

ABS MOTOR RELAY

W–L

BR

FL MAIN 3. 0W

GR

G

F9 F

GR

R

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

ABS SOL RELAY

B

F4 A , F5 B ,

GR–R

W

1 A

R–L

1 B


2 B

G–B

100A ALT

J4 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–L R–L

SFLR SRRH SRRR

G–B

SFRR SFLH

R–Y

SFRH

J29 JUNCTION CONNECTOR G–B 21 B

G–W

WA

LG–R

11 B

A18 A , A19 B

1 IK2

6 IK2

G

IG1

LG–R

1 B

B–R 13 B

P–B LG–R

R

R+

R–L

26 B

B

B

From Cruise Control ECU From Airbag Sensor Assembly

SR

B–R J3 JUNCTION B CONNECTOR

B

B

From Stop Light SW

7 A

C

C

ABS 14

G

12 IG3

C

11 II3

8 II3

TC 4

A9 ABS SPEED SENSOR FRONT LH 1 2

B

MR

4

7

5 II3

TC 11

3

A/D E1

10

BR

W

1 A

J12 JUNCTION CONNECTOR 1 IK1

D

D

TS 16


R

2 F

3

10A GAUGE

3

C

C

G–B

3

5

22

WA R–Y

3

6

4

2 1D

AB

5

LG–R

3

3

1

9 1J



4

BR

1 F

3

4

2

15A ECU–IG

2

3

R–L 3

(Short Pin)

1

1

3

R–L

1 1B

2

3

WB

23

4 II3


3

BR

1

40A AM1

GR–R

1 1K

2 R–L

LG

2

GR–R

B–Y

8 IK2

A B S (T M C M a de )

O

2 1K

IG1 4

1

B–Y

I16 IGNITION SW

2 AM1

ACC

P o w er S ou rc e

19 CAMRY


20 CAMRY A B S (T M M K M a d e)

P o w e r S o u rc e

1

3

2

4

From Cruise Control ECU O

ACC B–Y


1 1K B–G

A/D

1

W

ABS

5

TS 16

II3

R–Y

J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR J7 A , J8 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR C B BR A B


8

LG

B–Y(1MZ–FE) LG(5S–FE)

II3

5 IK2

BR

R–Y

LG–R

11

TC

TS


2 F FL+

FL–

FR+

FR–

GND1

GND2

RL+

RL–

RR+

RR–

7

6

5

4

19

16

9

8

2

1

1 IK2

6 IK2

13 IK2

3 IK3

(Shielded)

9 IK3

7 IK3

2 IK3

6 IK3 BR

L

P (Shielded)

J22(1MZ–FE) J23(5S–FE) JUNCTION CONNECTOR

(Shielded)

B

W

G

R (Shielded)

8 IK3

BR

Y

FL MAIN 3. 0W

W–B

B–G

F9 F

6 II3

L

W–B

P

(Shielded)

BR

Y

W–B

W–B

(Shielded) W–B

G

R (Shielded) F4 A , F5 B , FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

11

BR

12

TC 11

LG–R

12 IK2

WA

AB

LG–R

B

21

IG1

P–B

B

10 IK3

15

+B

B

LG–R

C

B

R–L

17

B


12 IG3

R–L

100A ALT 1 A

5 IK3

R–L

B–R

B–R

+B

4

C

R–L

18

STP

7

C C

B–R

B–G

14

1 F

L

B–R

G–W

1 1B

L

1 IK3


1

D

C

J12 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B–R B–R

3

G–W

40A AM1

1 B

D

From Stop Light SW


2

9 1J

LG–R

BR

2 1D

2

4

3

R–L

60A FL ABS 2 1K

TC

E1

14


P–B(1MZ–FE) LG–R(5S–FE)

15A ECU–IG

10A GAUGE

3 I16 IGNITION SW

10


IG1 4

From Airbag sensor Assembly

2 AM1

(Shielded) A 3 ID1

9 ID1

4 ID1

3 IL1

2 IL1

1 IL1 A L

(Shielded)

P

Y

W–B

BR

BATTERY

(Shielded) BR

2

1


2

1

1


2

A25 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR LH Right radiator side support

EA

1

2

A26 ABS SPEED SENSOR REAR RH Surge tank RH (1MZ–FE) Intake Manifold (5S–FE)

EC

J

21 CAMRY

W

1 1B

B–R

B–R

B

B–G

W–B

W–B

L–B

W–B

W–B


J 9 A , J10 B

L

W–B (*3)

W–B

W–B

From Engine Control Module

2

W–B (*1) Under the left center pillar

1 BQ1

W–B (*1)

IG

JUNCTION CONNECTOR L–B B B

B A

A

BL

A

2

1

J40 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–B (*2)


B B

B A

B7 BUCKLE SW LH

Roof left

POWER RELAY


W–B A

W–B 2

1

L–B

1

B6 BUCKLE SW LH

BM

W–B

A , B

3 BQ1

R–Y(*1)

4 1S

8

6

1

7 1S

1

1 1W


IE

3 1F

M4

From Theft Deterrent ECU L–B

Cowl side panel LH

3 1V

NO. 3

R–Y (*1)

3 B (* 4)

7 1D

L–B

5 1M

7

R–Y (*2)

MOON ROOF MOTOR AND LIMIT SW

NO. 2 3 A (* 3)

3 1M

J33 A , J34 B

7 1J

INTEGRATION RELAY

5 1F

C

6

C

C

3

5

H5 HORN (High)

1

1 2F

HORN RELAY

H o rn

G–W

BATTERY

B–R 7 1F

9

I18 A , B

G–B

4 A

G 1 B (*4)

5

6 B (*6)

3 1T

7. 5A DOME

M

6 B

10

1 B

8 A (*5)

4 A

10 2K

2

1

10A HORN

4


FL MAIN 3. 0W

2 B

5 B

NO. 1

4 B

2

3 B

13 A

L–W

3

30A POWER 1

R–B 12 A


5

2

10A GAUGE

2 A (*3)

1

MTR–

12 2J

2

1

1 2A

G–B

1 A

1 A

P–B (*4)

G–W 5 A

R–L R

6 A

5

7 C

SEAT BELT WARNING J4 LIGHT[COMB. METER] JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–L R–L R–W

100A ALT

3

LS#1 MTR+

A A

C B C 8 A , C10 C

2 F

7

LS#2

1

5 1G

D

D

2 1D

R (*4)

1 F

8

LS#3

IG

4

1 1D

25A DOOR

1 1K

R

1 C

2

G

B

L

4 1B

JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B–R

B–R

6

R (*4) L–W

1

40A AM1

1 : w/ Power Seat 2 : w/o Power Seat 3 : TMC Made 4 : TMMK Made 5 : w/o Theft Deterrent System 6 : w/ Theft Deterrent System

M3 MOON ROOF CONTROL SW AND RELAY

* * * * * *

3

K e y R e m ind e r a nd S e a t B e lt W a rning

SHORT PIN

2

2 1K

B–R

R(*4)

2

B–R

I16 IGNITION SW

IG1 4

ACC

B B–Y

M oon Roof

B

2 AM1

1

P ow e r S ou rc e

1

H6 HORN (Low)

G–W


C12 HORN SW [COMB. SW]

G–B


R–G


W–B

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

F4 A , F6 C , F9 F


P o w er S ea t

1


3

2

4

L–W

L–W

L–W

A A

A A J 9 A , J10 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR

8 IF1

C B 4 IN2

L–W

L–W

3 1D

L–W

2 2 BQ1

2 BR1

30A POWER L–W

L–W

1 4 1B

P14 A , B POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (Driver’ s Seat)

11 A (*1) 2 B (*2)

P15 A , B POWER SEAT CONTROL SW (Front Passenger’ s Seat)

11 A (*1) 2 B (*2)

B–R DOWN

UP 3 A

2 A

6 B

8 B

5 B

R–B (*1)

L–Y (*1)

W–B

2 M

R (*2)

2

P20 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Front Passenger’ s Seat Rear Vertical Control)

M

L–Y (*2)

1

1 R–B (*2)

M

P21 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Front Passenger’ s Seat Reclining Control)

2

7 A (*1) 4 B (*2)

R (*1)

5 A

12 B

R–G (*2)

1

REAR

1 A

7 B

R–G (*1)

4 A

L–B (*2)

L (*2)

M

8 A

P22 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Front Passenger’ s Seat Slide Control)

2 R (*2)

2

P16 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Driver’ s Seat Rear Vertical Control)

L–Y (*2)

M

R–B (*2)

P17 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Driver’ s Seat Reclining Control)

R–G (*2)

L–B (*2)

1

1

FRONT

L–Y (*1)

L–B (*1)

L (*2)

B–G

P18 POWER SEAT MOTOR (Driver’ s Seat Slide Control)

W–B

M

REAR VERTICAL

RECLINING

11 B

L–B (*1)

5 B

REAR

2 A

6 B

SLIDE

L (*1)

5 A

12 B

2

FRONT

1 A

7 B

R (*1)

4 A

R–G (*1)

8 A 11 B

R–B (*1)

3 A (*1) 8 B (*2)

4 B

1 A

DOWN

UP

REAR

FRONT

REAR VERTICAL

RECLINING

7 A

L (*1)

F4 A , F9 B

100A ALT

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

2 F

REAR

FRONT

B–R

B–R 1 F

SLIDE

1

FL MAIN 3. 0W 1 BQ1

1 BR1 2

5

6

1

4

3

2

5

6

1

4

W–B

3

W–B

BATTERY

P19 POWER SEAT MOTORS (Driver’ s Seat)

A

P23 POWER SEAT MOTORS (Front Passenger’ s Seat)

BL


W–B

Right kick panel

IK


W–B


BN

J

L–Y

20A RADIO NO. 1

B–R

B–R

B


7 IH1

100A ALT

B–G 1

1

BR

IH

B R12 REAR SPEAKER LH

R13 REAR SPEAKER RH

2

Y 2

4 IF1

10 IF1

3 IF1

B R

9 IF1

3 IH2

1 IH2

6 IH2

2 IH2

BR Y W

BATTERY

RR– 10 A

RR+ 3 A

RL– 11 A

B R

FL MAIN 3. 0W

40A AM1 Y W

1 A

GR R

4 A

7. 5A RAD–NO. 2 W

10 B

RL+

L–Y

E

V

2 F

RRIN

14 B RLIN

13 B

STEREO COMPONENT AMPLIFIER

S4 A , S5 B

LG

1 F

P FR+

G

1 A

Y

FR–

11 B

BEEP SGND

4 B

R

8 A

W

FL+

FRIN

6 B

B

2 A

FR 7

FL

FLIN

5 B

6

L

FL–

GND 12

MUTE

12 B

5

MUTE

BR

9 A

BEEP 13

GND

GND

13 A

11

GR

+B

RL 14

R4 RADIO AND PLAYER

(Shielded)

7 A

1 IH1

5 IH1

2 IH1

15

RR

ANT+B

8

1 B

1

RACC AMP+

9 B

3

ACC AMP+B

W

1 C

GR L

6 IH1

L–Y LG

4 IH1

9 IM1

1 IM1

8 IH1

R

ACC

2

3

+B

R+B

3 B

4

B

2 B

1

V

3 IH1


1

F13 FRONT TWEETER (Speaker)RH

2

P

1 1B


GR

1

L–Y L

9 IE1

2

P LG

1 IE1

V

B

B

1

P

A

A

1


L

1 2A

W LG

2

2

F12 FRONT TWEETER (Speaker)LH

V R–B (*1)

2 1K

6 1G

5 1W


L

3 1H

6 1K

L–R L–Y B–R (* 1)

11 2K

IG1

ACC 3

2

R ad io a nd P la y e r (S ep ar ate T yp e A m plifie r)

To Auto Antenna Motor and Relay

I16 IGNITION SW

2 AM1

1

P o w er S ou rc e

23 CAMRY

4

* 1 : w/ Auto Antenna


(Shielded)

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

F4 A , F6 C , F9 F

24 CAMRY P o w e r S o u rce

1

2 AM1

R ad io an d P lay e r (B u ilt– In T y pe A m p lifier )

A u to A n te n na

3

2

ACC 3

L–R

IG1 4

B–Y

4 * 1 : Separate Type Amplifier * 2 : Built–In Type Amplifier * 3 : w/ Auto Antenna

B

W

I16 IGNITION SW

1 2A

6 1K

20A RADIO NO. 1

2 1K

1 1K

7. 5A RAD–NO. 2

15A ECU–IG

2 3 1H

8 1D

GR

B–R (*3)

B

11 2K L–Y

40A AM1

L–Y(*2)

1

5 1W GR(*2)

1 1B

ANT+B

C A J16 A , J17 B JUNCTION CONNECTOR

B B

F4 A , F6 B ,

FR+

FR–

1 A

5 A

RL+

RL–

2 B

6 B

RR+

RR–

1 B

3 B

GND 7 A BR

R

W

3 IF1

10 IF1

4 IF1

R

B

9 IF1

Y

L

Y

1 IM1

1 IE1

B

L

9 IM1

9 IE1

LG

LG

3 IN1

FL– 6 A

V

4 IN1

RADIO AND PLAYER

+B

V

5 IN1

ACC

P

B–R (* 3)

1 A

GR (* 3)


FL+ 2 A

A B

L–Y (* 3)

100A ALT

C B

4 A

B–R (*2 *3)

A A

B–R (*1 *3)

A A

L–Y (*2)

B–R (*3)

GR (*2)

GR

L–Y (*2)

L–Y

B–R

B–R

B A

2 F

3 A

R2 B , R3 A 8 A

B A 1 F

B–R(*2 *3)

GR (*2)

From Radio and Player

B–R

6 1G

1 IN1

1 C

2

5

ACC

IG

B–R (*3)

B–R (*3)

+B

GR (*3)

L–Y (*3)

B

B–G

3

4 ANT W

P

FL MAIN 3. 0W

E A27 AUTO ANTENNA MOTOR AND RELAY

6

2

W–B


BATTERY

W–B

IK

BN

1

2


1

2

R12 REAR SPEAKER LH

1

2

R13 REAR SPEAKER RH BR

W–B Right kick panel

1



IH

J

1 1W

R

B–R

B–R

B

F4 A , F6 B , F9 C

B–G

J21 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–L (*2) R–L (* 2)

A

R–L (* 1)

A

J24 JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–L (*1)

BATTERY

FL MAIN 3. 0W

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

A

D

D

2 1D


F14 FUEL SENDER

1

1 IF2

3

2

4 IF2

3 IF2

BR

1 A

100A ALT

A

II2

R–L

2 F

2

F

F

R–L

1 F


1 1J

10A GAUGE

1 1K


1 C

IG1 4

ACC

Y–R

4 1B

I16 IGNITION SW

2 AM1

B–Y

R

G–W

1 2A

1

1

40A AM1

E

2

Y–R

2

2 1K

W

2

E

1

G–W

SHORT PIN

12 2J

R

P ow er S ou rc e


7. 5A DOME

1

2

R–Y

8 1G

D10 DIODE (Dome)

25 CAMRY

BR IH

BR

R–L ED : *1 EC : *2

Rear side of surge tank(* 1) Intake manifold(*2)

3

1

C o m bina tio n M ete r

R–L (*2)

R–L (*1)

1

IG+

3 SI

2

P SE

4

L

P

Y–G

BR

BR

G–W

Y–R

R–L

R

* 1 : 1MZ–FE * 2 : 5S–FE

I

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

(Cont. next page)


V2 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (Combination Meter)

L

Y–G W3 WATER TEMP. SENDER

BR

25 CAMRY (Cont’ d) * 3 : Except * 4 * 4 : TMMK Made, TMC Made USA w/ Traction Control * 5 : Speedometer

C om b in ation M ete r

5 A B

7

6

R

R

R–L

R–L

7

D

E

BR


BR

2

Y–G

1

P

9 A

A

WATER TEMP.

A

TACHOMETER

8 C

6 C

L

15 B

7 B 3 A

9 C

SLIP

5 A

TRAC OFF

3 C

DOOR

10 B

O/D OFF

12 A

(*5)

ILLUMINATION

12 C 14 B

TURN LH

1 B

TURN RH

1 C

BRAKE

REAR LIGHTS

4 B

13 A

CHARGE

See Theft Deterrent System

See ABS and Traction Control System See Interior Light System See Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator System

GR(*3) B–O(*4)

17 IG3

6 IG1

P–L

11 C 2 C

WASHER LEVEL

HIGH BEAM


See Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light System

See Charging System

ABS

4 A

SEAT BELT

W–B Y–B

5 IJ1

10 C

See Headlight System

See Cruise Control System

12 B SRS

C 8 A , C 9 B , C10 C

Y–B

8 B 9 B

CRUISE

4 C

5 B

B

V–W

13 B

1

A

A W–B

See ABS(TMC Made) System See ABS(TMMK Made) System See ABS and Traction Control System

2 B

OIL

B


See Engine Control and Immobiliser System

B–O

BULB CHECK RELAY


See Illumination System 3 V–W IG3

W–B


8 A

FUEL

C

P

R–W

See Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning System EB

R

B

See Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator System

O1 OIL PRESSURE SW

2 W–B


P3 PARKING BRAKE SW R–W

IG

1

10 A

16 B

From Park/Neutral Position SW(A/T) or Clutch Start SW(M/T) 3 P–L IK2

W1 WASHER LEVEL WARNING SW

W–B A

5

See Charging System


R–W (*6)

P–L


3 IG2

R–W

7 IG1

1

3

BR


R–W (* 7)


2

G–W

B–O

B

R–W 1

N

V–W


R–W (*6)


7 A

FUEL

V–W

L

7 IJ1

D

6 B

TRIP METER ODOMETER

I

P

11 A

V–W

H

2 IJ1

2

SECURITY

6 IG3

B–O

C


Y–G

6 IJ1

6 A

From A/C Control Assembly

G

G–W

3 IJ1

L


F

Y–R

Y–R

BR

8

11 B

13 C

See Illumination System C

* 6 : w/ Daytime Running Light * 7 : w/o Daytime Running Light

See SRS System Left kick panel

IF

COMBINATION METER

J

26 CAMRY

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R

B–R


W–B (*5)

100A ALT

B–G Cowl side panel LH

W–B

F4 A , F7 D , F9 F FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK IE

W–B(*6) J38 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

R16 A , B

W–B


W–B (*5)

1 B

R14 A , R15 B Right quarter pillar

REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER B (*3)

W–B

W–B

BO

W–B

EB

W–B


A

B (*3)

IG

A

To A/C Control Assembly

B–R

W–B

W–B (*2)

IJ

W–B

W4 WATER TEMP. SW NO. 1 L–W W–B

N2 NOISE FILTER (Rear Window Defogger) W–B (*8)

To Diode(A/C) To Engine Control Module

1

L (*1)

2 EA1

1

From MG CLT Relay

3 1V

E

2

1

5

3

1

1


1

1

B–R

W–B

W–B

W–R

1

M

2

B–R(*1)

FAN NO. 2 RELAY

1 A

3

IG

4

1 II1

2

G–W

1

2

4

1

1

1

5

3

1

1

1

M

2

2 2H

2

B–R

Right kick panel

B–R (*2) W–B (*5)

W–R

BATTERY

To Engine Control Module D

Y–G(*8)

W–B

20 IM1

NOISE FILTER REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER

5

5 IK1

L(*1)

L(*1)

1 2G

7 2G

2 2F

R1 RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

7 1G

Y–G (*7)

20 IE1

L–B

(*5)

L–W 1 EA1

2

A3 A/C SINGLE PRESSURE SW

W–B (*6)

1

B

L (* 1)

W–B

DEFOGGER RELAY 8 ID1 B (*4)

12 1J

G–W (*1)

4 B (*6)

5 A (*5)

A

1 1L

1 2C G–W

B–W (*2)

A

R17 A , B

W–B (*5) A

MIRROR HEATER RH [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR LH]

6 B (*6)

13 2J

4

3

1

2

FAN NO. 1 RELAY

L

MIRROR HEATER RH [REMOTE CONTROL MIRROR RH] To Engine Control Module

B–Y 1 A (*5)

3

2

4

FAN NO. 3 RELAY

L

A

2

2

2 2C 4 2F

3

1

2 2B

2

30A CDS

1

1 : 1MZ–FE 2 : 5S–FE 3 : w/ Auto Antenna 4 : w/o Auto Antenna 5 : TMC Made 6 : TMMK Made 7 : Automatic A/C 8 : Manual A/C

G–W

FL MAIN 3. 0W

G–O (*2) 3

1

5

6 2K

30A RDI

* * * * * * * *

R

1 A

TAILLIGHT RELAY 4 B (*6)

5

13 1J

A

6 1A

1

4

R ad ia tor F a n a nd C on d en s er F a n

A1 A/C CONDENSER FAN MOTOR

2 F

B–Y (*1) 5 A (*5)

NOISE FILTER

6 B (*6)

40A DEF

1 F

B–Y 1 A (*5)

A

A

3 1R J32 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

D11 DIODE (Idle–Up)

5 IM1

7 1J

2

L–B

(*2)

B–Y

1

5 IE1

4 1D

2

ENGINE MAIN RELAY

3

5 1T B–Y

B–Y


11 1J

2

1

L–B

A

A

G–O

9 1C


1

15A ECU–IG

B–R

6 1C

3

10A TAIL

1

1 1K

10A HEATER

1 1B

40A AM1

2

5

4 1B

B–Y

3

B–R

1

2

1

2

B–R

B–R

1 D

W

2 1K

I16 IGNITION SW

IG1 4

ACC

B–Y

B–R

B–R

R ea r W ind ow D e fog g er an d M irror H ea ter

B–R

2 AM1

1

P o w er S ou rc e


W5 WATER TEMP. SW NO. 2

W–B B–R

R5 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SW W–B (*8)


W–B (*6)

27 CAMRY A ir C o nd ition in g (M an ua l A /C )

P o w e r S o u rce

1

3

2

4

B–W

1

L–B

4

G


ACC 2 AM1

* 1 : 1MZ–FE * 2 : 5S–FE

IG1 4

2 IK2

B–Y

1

B


2

6

A 5

1

7 GND

A

BR (*2) J23 JUNCTION CONNECTOR

OFF

II3

BR (*2)

2

B


IG

B

BR(*2)

DEF

BR(*2)

F/D

F F

R–W (*2)


W–B

W–R (*1)

B/L FOOT

W–B (*1)

F

W–R(*1)

5

1

10 W–R(*1)

B

13

L–A/C

R–W (*1)

W–B


A

W–L (*1)

B

SG


4

9

B

6 IG A

LOCK TH

L–W (*1)

W–B

BATTERY

G (*1)

7 IK2

R–B

3

CONTROL CIRCUIT

10 IK2

14

+B

8

5

L–R

M

A12 A/C AMPLIFIER

S–A/C

1

B5 BLOWER SW

EB

D

FACE

2

A13 A/C EVAPORATOR J12 TEMP. SENSOR JUNCTION CONNECTOR R–B To Engine Control Module (*2)

3

A

GND

R–B

2

W–L (* 2)

R–B (*1)

OFF

ACT

L–R

LO

AC1


4 M1

A

IGN

L–Y (*2)

8 M2

A

W–B (*1)


B–G

5 HI

A

A

J32 JUNCTION CONNECTOR L–B L–B

1

L–O

L–B

B–W

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK

FL MAIN 3. 0W

6 B–W

F9 F

2

W–B

1

3

7

W–B(*1)

L–Y (*1)

1

W–B

B4 BLOWER RESISTOR

M

F4 A , F8 E ,

L–R

1

12 2


To FAN NO. 3 Relay 3 EB1

L–R

L–W

50A HTR

100A ALT

2

2 EB1

B3 BLOWER MOTOR L–R B–W

1 E

B–W (*2)

4

MGC

3

LG–B(*1)

4

L–Y (*1)

L–W

L–R 1 EB2

B–R

B–R

2 F

1 A

L–W(*1)

DEF

5

L–Y(*2)

B–R 1 F

L (*1)

1

F/D

B–Y(*1)

1

6

9 IK2

L–O

1 L–R

7

B–L

1

B/L FOOT

8

L–R

1

1

L

1 1 1B

D3 DIODE (A/C) 1

B–W

1

2

L–W

3

GND FACE 3


W–B

2

DEF L–B

R–B

3

5 2K

L–R

40A AM1

5

F/D

L–B

2

1

2 10A A/C

4

1

B–O(*1)

5

1

MG CLT RELAY

HTR RELAY

L–B

1

1

2 W–R(*1) BR(*2)

1

1 W–L

FOOT 2 1W 3 1R



B/L

9 2C


FACE


L–B


L–B

H9 HEATER CONTROL SW

10A HEATER

W

L–B L–B

G (*2)

L–B

1 1K

I16 IGNITION SW

2 1K


4

A

ON A20 AIR VENT MODE CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

A14 A/C SW

Intake manifold

EC

J

28 CAMRY

W

B–R

40A AM1

B–R

B–R W–B

B–G IG

Y–R (*2 *3) S9 SIDE AIRBAG SQUIB LH

2

P24 PRETENSIONER LH

1

Y–B(*1) L–B(*2)

A22 AIRBAG SQUIB (Front Passenger Airbag Assembly)

2

Y–G (*2 *3)

A23 AIRBAG SQUIB (Steering Wheel Pad)

1

2

S10 SIDE AIRBAG SQUIB RH

1

E2

2

P25 PRETENSIONER RH

1

3 1V

3 1N

28 B

PR– 6 C

5 C

PR+

LA

3 B

W–B IE

12 B

SIL

TC

19 B

Cowl side panel LH

To Data Link Connector 3



A

2

Y

BATTERY


1

W–B SPIRAL CABLE

Y–R (*2 *3)

Y–R (*2 *3)

FL MAIN 3. 0W

Y–B 2

Y

1

Y–R (*1 *3)

7 1J

Y–G (*2 *3)

2 BW1

Y–R (*2 *3)

Y–G (*2 *3)

1 BW1

Y–R (*1 *3)

1 A

SFR– 1 C

SFR+

Y–G (*1 *3)

2 C

Y–G (*2 *3)

2 BV1

1 A

ESR

7 C

A

A

Y–B

1 BV1

2 A

CENTER AIRBAG SENSOR ASSEMBLY PL+ PL–

FSR

9 C VUPR SSR+

12 C 10 C

12 A

10 A

9 A

VUPL SSL+ FSL ESL C17 A , C18 B , C19 C

7 A

A

Y

1 1N

+SR

9 B

LG

7 II3

W–B

100A ALT

1 C

B

2 F

SFL– 6 A

SFL+

Y–G (*1 *3)

5 A

–SR

20 B

2 IG2

13

W

1 F

P– 11 B

P+ 10 B

13 B

D–

Y–R

14 B

D+

Y–G

27 B

E1

B–O +SL

P–L (*3)

1 2A

GR 15 B

L–W (*3)

–SL

LG–B (*3)

1 1B

BR 26 B

4

GR–L (*3)

ACC

W–R

6 B

1

P (*3)

IG2

BR–W

5 B

2

L–Y (*3)

3

12

To Data Link Connector 1, 2

P–B

1

30A AM2

4

3

LG (*3)

2

S8 SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR RH

GR (*3)

1

S7 SIDE AIRBAG SENSOR LH

4

J3 JUNCTION CONNECTOR B–Y

1

10A ECU–B

SHORT PIN

W–R

4 2L

2

2 IU1

W–R 1 IU1

1 BR–W B–W

2 IT1

2 B–W

2 1N

BR 1 IT1

1

A B CONNECTION DETECTION PIN

LG

4 1N

15A CIG

6 1K

A B CONNECTION DETECTION PIN

2 1G

3 1W

C9 SRS WARNING LIGHT [COMB. METER]

2

5A IGN

3 1K

B–R

A32 AIRBAG SENSOR FRONT RH

W–R

1 : TMC Made 2 : TMMK Made 3 : w/ Side Airbag 4 : TMMK Made 1MZ–FE

P–B

2

IG2 6 ST2

L–R

A31 AIRBAG SENSOR FRONT LH

3

* * * *

LG

2 1K

W–R

I16 IGNITION SW

7 AM2

W–R

IG1

2

W–R

5 1B

5 1K

2 AM1

W

ACC 3

W–R

SRS

B–Y(*4) LG(Except *4)

7 2J

1

P ow er S ou rc e


MEMO

W–R

3 1W

10 1V

W–R

B

F4 A , F6 C , F8 E , F9 F

B–G


W–B

BATTERY

W–B EB

B–W 6

M

2 L–R

II

W–B

1

FUSIBLE LINK BLOCK IG

W–B

2

A A


SI

W–B

W–B

B–W

L–W


2

1

1

1

L

3

5

1

D3 DIODE(A/C)

1

3

2

EB

A


W–B

B–W

5 2K

9 2C

A

3 1R

2 1W

L–B

Cowl side panel RH

J11 JUNCTION CONNECTOR A A W–B

A33 A/C BLOWER MOTOR LINEAR CONTROLLER

+B

VM

GND

3

4

B–W

FL MAIN 3. 0W

2

1

B3 BLOWER MOTOR

B–W

L–R

L–R

1 A

B–R

50A HTR

1 E

L–B

100A ALT

2 F

B–R

B–R

1 F

W–B

1 C

L–R

1 2A

L–W

2 EB1

MG CLT RELAY

1

L–B

L–W

1 EB2

HTR RELAY

L–B

B–W

1

3

5

1

2

1

1

1

4

1

L–W

1

L–B

10A HEATER

1 1K

L–B

SHORT PIN

1

IG1 4

ACC

3

L–B

1 1B

40A AM1

I16 IGNITION SW

2 AM1

B–Y

2

A ir C o n ditio ning (A u tom a tic A /C )

L–B

2

2

2 1K

W

1

P o w er S ou rc e

W

7 2J

10A ECU–B

29 CAMRY

L–Y

A

4

7 IK2


W–B

W–B

L–B

W–B

B–W

B–W

L–Y

L–W

L–B

W–R

J

I

H

G

F

E

D

C

B

A

(Cont. next page)


B8 BLOWER RESISTOR (Low Speed) W–B

29 CAMRY (Cont’ d) A ir C on ditio n in g (A u to ma tic A /C )

5 A

W–R

7

6

Y–G

8

From Defogger Relay A34 A , A35 B

13 A B

IG+


23 A RDFG

HR

26 A 10 A

MGCR LOCK 2 B

3 A

BLW 16 B

PSW 9 B

SPD 15 A

AIF 6 A

AIR 7 A

TPI

FACE

7 B

4 A

B/L 17 A

FOOT 18 A

F/D 19 A

DEF 20 A

AMH 9 A

AMC 8 A

S5

TS

TP

11 A

5 B

8 B

IGN 16 A

GND 14 A

B–Y

B–O



LG–B

V

F

W–B

From Engine Control Module J29 JUNCTION CONNECTOR W–R W–R

5 DEF

W–R

4 F/D

Y

3 FOOT

F

W–R F W–R

2 B/L

6 IG

W–B

W–B

7 GND

M

W–R

L–B

3

5

A39 AIR MIX CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

WARM

L–B

4

W–R

1

W–B

B–Y

2

CONTROL CIRCUIT B

B–W

L

A

P

M

COOL

J

1

FACE

G–R

I

L–O

H

B–L

G

AC1 13 B

10 IK2

2 F

L–R

4

L

1


4 A2 A/C MAGNETIC CLUTCH AND LOCK SENSOR

L–W

L–B

B–W

W–L

1


1

W–R

L

L

F

B–W

ACT 10 B

2

4 IK3

1

W–R

E

TW 14 B

Y

2 W–R

W–R

2 IG1 A38 AIR INLET CONTROL SERVO MOTOR

11 IK2

9 IK2

1

A30 A/C AMBIENT TEMP. SENSOR

1


W–R

A36 A/C ROOM TEMP. SENSOR

A

B–Y

A

1

2

L–W L–Y

L–W

G–Y

W–R

B–Y

A

2

L

A

A37 A/C SOLAR SENSOR

L

L

L–B

W–R

D

TAM 3 B

1 IK1

W

3


C

TE 6 B

P–L

R

L–Y

5

M

B

W

L

P

G–R

L–O

B–L

L–R

L

L–W

V–W L–B


B–W

W–L

L–Y

L–W

L–B

7

TR 4 B

1 IG1

L 6

SG 1 A

W–B W–R W–B

J

K POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart)

K

K POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) Fusible Link Block (See Page 19) Fuse 50A

100A

HTR

ALT

System

Page

Air Conditioning (Automatic A/C) Air Conditioning (Manual A/C)

292 300

Charging Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light) Illumination Light Auto Turn Off

62 100 126 110

Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan Taillight Theft Deterrent (TMC Made) Theft Deterrent (TMMK Made)

288 132 182 188

Wireless Door Lock Control (TMC Made) Wireless Door Lock Control (TMMK Made)

162 172

Instrument Panel J/B (See Page 20) Fuse

System

Page

Charging Combination Meter Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1MZ–FE) Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (5S–FE)

62 280 202 210

Engine Control (1MZ–FE) Engine Control (5S–FE) SRS

66 82 245

Combination Meter Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1MZ–FE) Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (5S–FE) Engine Control (1MZ–FE)

280 202 210 66

Engine Control (5S–FE) Starting and Ignition (1MZ–FE) Starting and Ignition (5S–FE)

82 54 58

OBD

Engine Control (1MZ–FE) Engine Control (5S–FE)

66 82

7.5A

PANEL

Cigarette Lighter and Clock Combination Meter Illumination

258 280 126

7.5A

RAD–NO.2

Auto Antenna Radio and Player (Built–In Type Amplifier) Radio and Player (Separate Type Amplifier)

272 278 274

7.5A

TURN

Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light

114

ABS (TMC Made) ABS (TMMK Made) ABS and Traction Control Back–Up Light

234 240 226 138

Charging

62

5A

5A

7.5A

10A

IGN

STARTER

GAUGE

∗ These are the page numbers of the first page on which the related system is shown.

K Fuse

10A

10A

10A

10A

15A

15A

15A

System

Page

Combination Meter Cruise Control Door Lock Control (TMC Made) Door Lock Control (TMMK Made)

280 218 150 156

Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (1MZ–FE) Electronically Controlled Transmission and A/T Indicator (5S–FE) Engine Control (1MZ–FE) Engine Control (5S–FE)

202 210 66 82

Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light) Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning Light Auto Turn Off Moon Roof

100 260 110 194

Power Window Stop Light Taillight

144 118 132

HEATER

Air Conditioning (Automatic A/C) Air Conditioning (Manual A/C) Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater

292 300 268

MIRROR–HEATER

Engine Control (1MZ–FE) Engine Control (5S–FE) Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater

66 82 268

Engine Control (1MZ–FE) Engine Control (5S–FE) Taillight Wireless Door Lock Control (TMC Made)

66 82 132 162

Wireless Door Lock Control (TMMK Made)

172

Cigarette Lighter and Clock Remote Control Mirror Shift Lock SRS

258 266 252 245

ABS (TMC Made) ABS (TMMK Made) ABS and Traction Control Auto Antenna

234 240 226 272

Cruise Control Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan Shift Lock Theft Deterrent (TMC Made)

218 288 252 182

Theft Deterrent (TMMK Made) Wireless Door Lock Control (TMC Made) Wireless Door Lock Control (TMMK Made)

188 162 172

Power Outlet

264

GAUGE

TAIL

CIG

ECU–IG

POWER–OUTLET


K POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) Fuse

15A

25A

25A

30A

STOP

WIPER

DOOR

POWER

System

Page

ABS (TMC Made) ABS (TMMK Made) ABS and Traction Control Cruise Control

234 240 226 218


202 210 66 82

Shift Lock Stop Light

252 118

Wiper and Washer

140

Door Lock Control (TMC Made) Door Lock Control (TMMK Made) Moon Roof Power Window

150 156 194 144

Theft Deterrent (TMC Made) Theft Deterrent (TMMK Made) Wireless Door Lock Control (TMC Made) Wireless Door Lock Control (TMMK Made)

182 188 162 172

Door Lock Control (TMC Made) Door Lock Control (TMMK Made) Moon Roof Power Seat

150 156 194 198

Power Window

144

40A

AM1

Charging Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan

62 288

40A

DEF

Rear Window Defogger and Mirror Heater

268

Engine Room J/B No.2 (See Page 22) Fuse 5A

7.5A

ALT–S

DOME

System

Page

Charging

62

Cigarette Lighter and Clock Combination Meter Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light) Interior Light

258 280 100 122

Key Reminder and Seat Belt Warning Light Auto Turn Off Moon Roof Theft Deterrent (TMC Made)

260 110 194 182

Theft Deterrent (TMMK Made) Wireless Door Lock Control (TMC Made) Wireless Door Lock Control (TMMK Made)

188 162 172


K Fuse

System

Page

10A

ECU–B

Air Conditioning (Automatic A/C) Combination Meter SRS

10A

HAZARD

Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Light

114

Horn Theft Deterrent (TMC Made) Theft Deterrent (TMMK Made) Wireless Door Lock Control (TMC Made)

256 182 188 162


172


202 210 66 82

Engine Immobiliser System

94

10A

15A

HORN

EFI

292 280 245

15A

HEAD (LH)

Headlight (w/o Daytime Running Light)

96

15A

HEAD (RH)

Headlight (w/o Daytime Running Light)

96

15A

HEAD LH (UPR)

Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light)

100

15A

HEAD RH (UPR)


100

RADIO NO.1

Auto Antenna Radio and Player (Built–In Type Amplifier) Radio and Player (Separate Type Amplifier)

272 278 274

Charging Engine Control (1MZ–FE) Engine Control (5S–FE) Starting and Ignition (1MZ–FE)

62 66 82 54

Starting and Ignition (5S–FE)

58

20A

30A

AM2

30A

CDS

Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan

288

30A

RDI

Radiator Fan and Condenser Fan

288

Headlight (w/ Daytime Running Light) Headlight (w/o Daytime Running Light) Light Auto Turn Off Starting and Ignition (1MZ–FE)

100 96 110 54

Starting and Ignition (5S–FE) Theft Deterrent (TMC Made) Theft Deterrent (TMMK Made) Wireless Door Lock Control (TMC Made)

58 182 188 162


172

40A

MAIN

Engine Room R/B No.1 (See Page 24) Fuse

System

Page

10A

A/C

Air Conditioning (Manual A/C)

300

25A

A/F HTR

Engine Control (1MZ–FE)

66


K POWER SOURCE (Current Flow Chart) Engine Room R/B No.2 (See Page 24) Fuse

System

Page

5A

DRL NO.2


100

10A

H–LP LH (LWR)


100

10A

H–LP RH (LWR)


100

Engine Room R/B No.3 (TMMK Made w/ ABS and Traction Control) (TMC Made w/ ABS, w/ ABS and Traction Control) or Fusible Link Block (TMMK Made w/ ABS w/o Traction Control) (See Page 25) Fuse 60A

FL ABS

System ABS (TMC Made) ABS (TMMK Made) ABS and Traction Control


Page 234 240 226

MEMO

L PART NUMBER OF CONNECTORS Code

Part Name

Part Number

Code

Part Name

Part Number

A1

A/C Condenser Fan Motor

90980–10928

B4

Blower Resistor

90980–10976

A2

A/C Magnetic Clutch and Lock Sensor

90980–10942

B5

Blower SW

90980–10877

A3

A/C Triple Pressure SW (A/C Dual and Single Pressure SW)

90980–10943

B6

Buckle SW LH

B7

Buckle SW LH

B8

Blower Resistor (Low Speed)

C1

Camshaft Position Sensor

C2

Crankshaft Position Sensor

C3

Cruise Control Actuator

90980–11150

C4

Cigarette Lighter

90980–10760

C5

Cigarette Lighter Illumination

90980–11148

C6

Clock

90980–11013

C7

Clutch Start SW

90980–10825

A4

ABS Actuator

90980–11413

A5

ABS Actuator

90980–10891

A6

ABS Actuator and ECU

90080–98070

A7

ABS and Traction Actuator

90980–11698

A8

ABS and Traction Actuator

90980–11413

A9

ABS Speed Sensor Front LH

A10

ABS Speed Sensor Front RH

A11

Air Fuel Ratio Sensor

90980–11178

A12

A/C Amplifier

90980–10807

A13

A/C Evaporator Temp. Sensor

90980–10825

A14

A/C SW

90980–10631

A15

ABS and Traction ECU

90980–11390

A16


90980–11391

A17


A18

ABS ECU

A19

ABS ECU

90980–11390

A20

Air Vent Mode Control Servo Motor

90980–11165

A22

Airbag Squib (Front Passenger Airbag Assembly)

90980–11884

A23

Airbag Squib (Steering Wheel Pad)

90980–10850

A24

Ashtray Illumination

81945–33010

A25 A26

ABS Speed Sensor Rear RH Auto Antenna Motor and Relay

A28

Air Fuel Ratio Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1) Air Fuel Ratio Sensor (Bank 2 Sensor 1)

A30

A/C Ambient Temp. Sensor

A31

Airbag Sensor Front LH

90980–11060 90980–11697 90980–11178 90980–11070 90980–11856

Airbag Sensor Front RH

A33

A/C Blower Motor Linear Controller

90980–11676

A34

A/C Control Assembly

90980–11390

A35

A/C Control Assembly

90980–11391

A36

A/C Room Temp. Sensor

90980–10825

A37

A/C Solar Sensor

90980–11918

A38

Air Inlet Control Servo Motor

90980–11165

A39

Air Mix Control Servo Motor

90980–11319

A40

Automatic Light Control Sensor

90980–11107

B1

Back–Up Light SW

90980–11250

B2

Brake Fluid Level Warning SW

90980–11207

Blower Motor

C9

90980–10903

90980–10976 90980–10947

Combination Meter (TMC Made)

90980–11114

Combination Meter (TMMK Made)

90980–98048


90980–11113


90980–98046


90980–11115


90980–98047

C11

Combination SW

90980–11594

C12

Combination SW

90980–11616

C13

Combination SW

90980–11672

C14

Cruise Control Clutch SW

90980–10906

C15

Cruise Control ECU

90980–11391

C16

Condenser

90980–10860

C17

Center Airbag Sensor Assembly

90980–11869

C18


90980–11872

C19


90980–11867

Data Link Connector 1 (1MZ–FE)

90980–11195

90980–11424

A32

B3

C8

C10

ABS Speed Sensor Rear LH

A27

A29

90980–11075

90980–10825

D1

Data Link Connector 1 (5S–FE)

90980–11323

D2

Daytime Running Light Resistor

90980–10928

D3

Diode (A/C)

90980–11071

D4

Data Link Connector 2

90980–11417

D5

Data Link Connector 3

90980–11665

D6

Daytime Running Light Relay (Main)

90980–11058

D7

Di d (Courtesy) Diode (C t )

D10

Diode (Dome)

D11

Diode (Idle–Up)

D12

Door Courtesy SW Front LH

D13

Door Courtesy SW Front RH

D14

Door Courtesy SW Rear LH

D15

Door Courtesy SW Rear RH

D16

Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front LH

D17

Door Key Lock and Unlock SW Front RH

90980–10962 90980–11071

90980–10871

90980–11490

Note: Not all of the above part numbers of the connector are established for the supply. In case of ordering a connector or terminal with wire, please confirm in advance if there is supply for it using “Parts Catalog News” (published by Parts Engineering Administration Dept.).

L Code D18 D19 D20

Part Name

Part Number

Code

Door Lock Control SW RH (TMC Made)

90980–11326

H1

Headlight LH

Door Lock Control SW RH (TMMK Made)

90980–10797

H2

Headlight RH

H3

Heated Oxygen Sensor (Bank 1 Sensor 1)

H4


H5

Horn (High)

H6

Horn (Low)

H7

Hazard SW

H8


90980–11028

H9

Heater Control SW

90980–10799

H10

High Mounted Stop Light

90980–11148

Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Front LH Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Front RH

D21

Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Rear LH

D22

Door Lock Motor and Door Unlock Detection SW Rear RH

90980–11150

E1

EGR Gas Temp. Sensor

90980–10899

E2

EGR Valve Position Sensor

90980–11143

Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid (1MZ–FE)

90980–10854

Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid (5S–FE)

90980–11156

E4

Electronically Controlled Transmission Solenoid

90980–11143

E5

Engine Coolant Temp. Sensor

90980–10737

E6

Engine Hood Courtesy SW

90980–11189

Engine Control Module (1MZ–FE)

90980–11638

Engine Control Module (5S–FE)

90980–11392


90980–11637


90980–11391


90980–11586


90980–11390


90980–11476


90980–11408

E11

Engine Control Module

90980–11421

F1

Front Turn Signal Light and Parking Light LH

E3

E7

E8

E9

E10

90980–11020

Part Name

Part Number 90980–11314

90980–11028

90980–10619 90980–10801

I1

Idle Air Control Valve

90980–11145

I2

Igniter

90980–11653

I3

Ignition Coil and Igniter No.1

I4

Ignition Coil and Igniter No.2

I5

Ignition Coil No.1

I6

Ignition Coil No.2

I7

Ignition Coil No.3

I8

Injector No.1

I9

Injector No.2

I10

Injector No.3

I11

Injector No.4

I12

Injector No.5

I13

Injector No.6

I14

Intake Air Temp. Sensor

90980–11163

I15

Ignition Key Cylinder Light

90980–10906

I16

Ignition SW

90980–11615

I17

Integration Relay

90980–11107

Integration Relay (w/ Theft Deterrent)

90980–11058

Integration Relay (w/o Theft Deterrent)

90980–11542

I19

Interior Light

90980–10121

I18

90980–11150

90980–11246

90980–11153

F2

Front Turn Signal Light and Parking Light RH

F3

Front Wiper Motor

J1

Junction Connector

90980–11542

F4

Fusible Link Block

J2

Junction Connector

90980–10803

F5

Fusible Link Block

J3

Junction Connector

90980–11542

F6

Fusible Link Block

J4

Junction Connector

90980–10803

F7

Fusible Link Block

J5

Junction Connector

90980–11542

F8

Fusible Link Block

J6

Junction Connector

90980–11502

F9

Fusible Link Block

J7

Junction Connector

F10

Front Door Speaker LH

J8

Junction Connector

F11

Front Door Speaker RH

J9

Junction Connector

F12

Front Tweeter (Speaker) LH

J10

Junction Connector

90980–11599

–

90980–11579 90980–10825

90980–10916

90980–11661

F13

Front Tweeter (Speaker) RH

J11

Junction Connector

90980–10976

F14

Fuel Pump and Sender

90980–11077

J12

Junction Connector

90980–10803

G1

Generator

90980–09213

J13

Junction Connector

G2

Generator

90980–11349

J14

Junction Connector

G3

Glove Box Light and SW

90980–11098

90980–11661

L PART NUMBER OF CONNECTORS Code

Part Name

J15

Junction Connector

J16

Junction Connector

J17

Junction Connector

J18

Junction Connector

J19

Junction Connector

Part Number

Code

Part Name

Part Number

P1

Park/Neutral Position SW,A/T Indicator Light SW and Back–Up Light SW

90980–11332

P2

Power Steering Oil Pressure SW

90980–11428

P3

Parking Brake SW

90980–10871

P4

Power Outlet

90980–10760

P5

Personal Light

90980–10825

P6

Power Window Control SW Front RH

90980–10789

P7

Power Window Control SW Rear LH

P8

Power Window Control SW Rear RH

P9

Power Window Master SW and Door Lock Control SW LH

P10

Power Window Motor Front LH

P11

Power Window Motor Front RH

P12

Power Window Motor Rear LH

P13

Power Window Motor Rear RH

P14

Power Seat Control SW (Driver’s Seat)

P15

Power Seat Control SW (Front Passenger’s Seat)

P16

Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Rear Vertical Control)

P17

Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Reclining Control)

P18

Power Seat Motor (Driver’s Seat Slide Control)

P19

Power Seat Motors (Driver’s Seat)

90980–10803

P20

Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s Seat Rear Vertical Control)

90980–10976

P21

Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s Seat Reclining Control)

90980–11166

P22

Power Seat Motor (Front Passenger’s Seat Slide Control)

P23

Power Seat Motors (Front Passenger’s Seat)

P24

Pretensioner LH

P25

Pretensioner RH

R1

Radiator Fan Motor

90980–10928

R2

Radio and Player

90980–10996

R3

Radio and Player

90980–10997

R4

Radio and Player

90980–11264

R5

Rear Window Defogger SW

90980–11280

R6

Remote Control Mirror SW

90980–11450

R7

Rheostat

90980–10908

R8

Rear Combination Light LH

90980–10795

90980–10803 90980–11661

90980–11542

J20

Junction Connector

90980–11539

J21

Junction Connector

90980–11542

J22

Junction Connector

J23

Junction Connector

J24

Junction Connector

J25

Junction Connector

J26

Junction Connector

J27

Junction Connector

J28

Junction Connector

J29

Junction Connector

J30

Junction Connector

J31

Junction Connector

J32

Junction Connector

J33

Junction Connector

J34

Junction Connector

90980–11539

90980–11529

90980–11661 90980–11502 90980–11661 90980–10803

90980–11661

J35

Junction Connector

J36

Junction Connector

J37

Junction Connector

J38

Junction Connector

J39

Junction Connector

J40

Junction Connector

K1

Knock Sensor 1

K2

Knock Sensor 2

K3

Key Interlock Solenoid

L1

License Plate Light LH

L2

License Plate Light RH

L3

Light Failure Sensor

90980–10803

L4

Luggage Compartment Key Unlock SW

90980–11212

90980–11542

90980–10825 90980–11148

L5

Luggage Compartment Light

90980–11148

L6

Luggage Compartment Light SW

90980–11097

M1

Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor

90980–10845

M2

Mass Air Flow Meter

90980–11317

M3

Moon Roof Control SW and Relay

90980–10799

M4

Moon Roof Motor and Limit SW

90980–11011

N1

Noise Filter (Ignition)

90980–10843

N2

Noise Filter (Rear Window Defogger)

90980–11259

O1

Oil Pressure SW

90980–11363

O2

O/D Main SW and A/T Shift Lever Illumination

90980–10795

90980–10631 90980–10807

90980–10860

90980–10803

90980–10825

90980–11001

90980–10825

90980–11001 90980–11862

R9

Rear Combination Light LH

90980–11001

R10

Rear Combination Light RH

90980–10795

R11

Rear Combination Light RH

90980–11001

Note: Not all of the above part numbers of the connector are established for the supply. In case of ordering a connector or terminal with wire, please confirm in advance if there is supply for it using “Parts Catalog News” (published by Parts Engineering Administration Dept.).

L Code

Part Name

R12

Rear Speaker LH

R13

Rear Speaker RH

R14

Rear Window Defogger

R15

Rear Window Defogger

R16

R17

Part Number 90980–10860

90980–10792

Remote Control Mirror LH (TMC Made w/ Mirror Heater)

90980–10558

Remote Control Mirror LH (TMC Made w/o Mirror Heater)

90980–10395

Remote Control Mirror LH (TMMK Made w/ Mirror Heater)

90980–11487

Remote Control Mirror LH (TMMK Made w/o Mirror Heater)

90980–11489

Remote Control Mirror RH (TMC Made w/ Mirror Heater)

90980–10558

Remote Control Mirror RH (TMC Made w/o Mirror Heater)

90980–10395

Remote Control Mirror RH (TMMK Made w/ Mirror Heater)

90980–11487

Remote Control Mirror RH (TMMK Made w/o Mirror Heater)

90980–11489

S1

Starter

90980–09689

S2

Starter

90980–11400

S3

Shift Lock ECU

90980–11488

S4

Stereo Component Amplifier

90980–10848

S5

Stereo Component Amplifier

90980–10807

S6

Stop Light SW

90980–11118

S7

Side Airbag Sensor LH

S8

Side Airbag Sensor RH

S9

Side Airbag Squib LH

S10

Side Airbag Squib RH

90980–11857

90980–11864

Code

Part Name

Part Number

T1

Theft Deterrent Horn

90980–11235

T2

Throttle Position Sensor

90980–11261

T3

Theft Deterrent ECU

90980–11424

T4

Theft Deterrent ECU

90980–11392

T5

Traction Off SW

90980–11013

T6

Turn Signal Flasher

82751–50010

T7

Transponder Key Amplifier

90980–10789

U1

Unlock Warning SW

90980–10860

V1

Vapor Pressure Sensor

90980–11860

V2

Vehicle Speed Sensor (Combination Meter)

90980–11143

V3

Vehicle Speed Sensor (Electronically Controlled Transmission)

90980–11156

VSV (EGR)(1MZ–FE)

90980–11149

V4

VSV (EGR)(5S–FE) 90980–11156

V5

VSV (EVAP)

V6

VSV (Intake Air Control)

90980–11149

V7

VSV (Vapor Pressure Sensor)

90980–11859

V8

Vanity Light LH

V9

Vanity Light RH

W1

Washer Level Warning SW

90980–11068

W2

Washer Motor

90980–10981

W3

Water Temp. Sender

90980–11428

W4

Water Temp. SW No.1

90980–11235

W5

Water Temp. SW No.2

90980–11243

W6

Wireless Door Lock ECU

90980–11264

90980–10621

Toyota Camry 1999 SIL

Toyota Camry 1999 SIL

Toyota Corolla 1991 SIL

Toyota RAV4 2007 SIL

Toyota Prius NHW11 2002 SIL

Sil De Strandjutter

Sil de Strandjutter

Sil de strandjutter

Sil de Strandjutter

Sil De Strandjutter

Sil De Strandjutter

Sil de strandjutter

1999

№1999

Toyota Prius - Electrical Wiring

The Toyota Way

1999)

1999

1999

1999)

The Toyota Way Fieldbook

The Toyota Way Fieldbook

The Toyota Way

Система разработки продукции в Toyota

Toyota Corolla Owners Workshop Manual

Рассказы (1999)

Рассказы (1999)

Toyota - Rav4 - Electrical Wiring Diagrams

Wildfire (1999)

Норвегия, 1999

Agriculture Fact Book 1999 (Agriculture Factbook, 1999)

Toyota Camry 1999 SIL